0 Instruction Manual

1
BLACKSTONE
INSTRUCTION MMNUAL
ESL12 - 16Mk2 . r
INDUSTRIAL AND &URINE ENGINES
Publication No- 71 October 1994
Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd. Hazel Grove, Stockport,

Cheshire SK7 5AH. England
Telephone: 061-483-1000 Tclefax: 061-487-1465 Telex: 667314
MIRRLEES BLACKSTONE LTD
ESL 12- 16 Mk2 Instruction Manual
Amendment Record
d
M
e -- BUCXSTONE
B ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Preface
This manual has been compiled to assist suitably qualified engineers to operate and
maintain the Mirrlees BlackstoneESL12 and 16 cylinder Mark2engines. It must be used in
conjunction with the manuals for the specific ancillary or driven machinery supplied in the
particular application.
It is important to read the manual before attempting to carry out any operation or
maintenance task. There are three methods of locating information:
1) A quick reference, chapter location list (page i).
* 2)
3)
A detailed contents list (pages ii - ix).
A subject index, and glossary of terms at the back of the book.
At the start of each maintenance task is a list of
1) Special tools and equipment required
2) The minimum spare parts required for maintenance planning.
3) Any major associatcd tasks.
4) Main component weights - as a guide to lifting and general handling.
The following standard headings are used in the text:
‘WARNING:’- indicates a particular hazard to personal safety.
‘CAUTION’- indicates a particular risk of damage to the engine or component.
‘NOTE:’- is for information only.
‘Replacement’ is used as a general term meaning removal and installation.
‘Renewal’ refers to the removal of a component and the installation of a new component in
its place.
CAUTI0N:FOLLOWING MOUNTING ON FINAL OPERATIONAL SEATINGS BUT
PRIOR TO INITIAL STARTING EACHENGINE SHOULD BE BARRED FOR A MINIMUM
OF FOUR (4) REVOLUTIONS.
The following documents are supplied as necessary and may be referred to in the manual:
1) Parts list.
Last Issued 1/1/93 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

MIRRLEES =
Preface ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BL4CKSTOhW
2) Engine test data.
3) Baseplate drawings.
4) Specific systems and wiring diagrams for the particular installation.
5) Where applicable, technical instructions for:

Turbocharger
Heat exchangers (oil and water coolers, intercooler, radiator)
Engine governor
Air compressor
Lubricating oil priming pump
Fuel lift pump
Flexible couplings and anti-vibration mountings
Any additional non-standard equipment, e.g. off -engine pumps, electric
starter, off-engine air filters
Any enquiries in connection with this manual are welcome and should be addressed to:
Technical Publications Department

Mirrlees Blackstone Limited
Bramhall Moor Lane Telefax: (0161)487 1465
Hazel Grove, Stockport Telex: 667314 MIRLES G
Cheshire SK7-5AH Telephone: (0161)483 1000
England
No responsibility can be accepted by the Company for the misunderstanding or
misinterpretation of information provided in the manual, nor for the engineering methods
used.
This manual, or any part of it, may not be reproduced without thewritten permission of the
manufacturer.
The manual conforms to British Standard 4884, Parts 1 and 2.
a
Last Inued llV93 Mirrlees Blachtonc Ltd
MB'
=BUCKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section
Index
OUICK REFERENCE CHAPTER LOCATION LIST
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
SECTION 2 TECHNICAL DATA
SECTION 3 CRANKCASE AND CRANKSHAFT
SECTION 4 CYLINDER HEAD, PISTON, CONNECTING ROD AND LINER
SECTION 5 CAMSHAFT, DRIVE TRAIN AND TAPPET BLOCK
SECTION 6 AIR INLET AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
SECTION 7 FUEL SYSTEM
SECTION 8 LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM
SECTION 9 COOLING SYSTEM
SECTION IQ AIR START SYSTEM
SECTION 11 SAFETY DEVICES, CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION
SECTION 12 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

AND FAULT FINDING
SECTION 1.3 HYDRAULIC PACK, ENGINE LIFTING AND INSTALLATION
GLOSSARY GLOSSARY O F ABBREVIATIONS & WORDS
LastIuued 1/1/93 Contents i MirrleesBlackstone Ltd

ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Section
INSTRUCTION MANUAL Index
Z BLACXSTONE
SECTION 1 JNTRODUCTION PAGE

1.1. DESCRIPTION OF ENGINE ........................................ 1
1.2. ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND OVERHAUL - GENERAL ........... 3
1.3. HEALTH AND SAFETY ............................................ 5
1.4. LEAD ACID AND ALKALINE B A m R I E S ........................... 6
Main Hazards - Electrolyte .......................................... 6
Precautions ......................................................... 6
Protect the eyes...................................................... 6
1.5. EMERGENCY ACTION ............................................ 7
Skin Contact ........................................................ 7
Eye Contact ........................................................ 7
Mixing Acid and Water (Lead Acid Batteries) ............................ 7
1.6. ENGINE SERIAL. NO. - example .................................... 7
SECTION 2 TECHNICAL DATA PAGE

2.1. ENGINE LAYOUT AND GENERAL DIMENSIONS .................... 1
2.2. SPECIFICATION ................................................... 3
2.3. COMPONENT WEIGHTS (approximate) .............................. 4
2.4. STANDARD PRESSURES &TEMPERATURES ....................... 5
Automatic Alarm & Shutdown Systems ................................. 5
Lubricating Oil System ............................................... 5
Fresh Water System .................................................. 5
Exhaust System ..................................................... 5
2.5. TORQUE LOADS AND HYDRAULIC TENSIONING DATA ............ 6
2.6. TIGHTENING TORQUES .......................................... 7
2.7. FUEL & LUBRICATING OIL SPECIFICATIONS ...................... 7
Fuel Specification Limits ............................................. 7
Fuel Properly Class .................................................. 8
Approved Engine Lubricants .......................................... 8
SECTION 3 CRANKCASE AND CRANKSHAFT PAGE

3.1. DESCRIPTION .................................................... 2
3.2. CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS .............................. 3
CrankshaftEndfloatCheck ........................................... 3
Crankshaft to Main Bearing Clearance Check ............................ 4
Crankshaft Deflection Check .......................................... 6
Main Bearing Replacement ........................................... 7
Main Bearing Removal ............................................... 9
Main Bearing Installation ............................................. 11
Thrust Bearing Replacement .......................................... 14
Thrust Bearing Removal .............................................. 14
Thrust Bearing Installation ............................................ 15
..
Lastlrsucd 1/1/93 Contents ii Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
Section ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
Index INSTRUCTION MANUAL .
.BLACBTONE
3.3. PUMP DRIVE SYSTEM ............................................. 17
Belt Removal ....................................................... 18
Fitting and Tensioning a New Belt...................................... 19
Re-fitting and Re-tensioning a Used Belt .............................. 20
Crankshaft Pulley Replacement ........................................ 21
Crankshaft Pulley Removal ........................................... 21
Crankshaft Pulley Installation......................................... 21
PumplRnsioner Pulley Replacement ................................... 22
Pumpmnsioner Pulley Removal ....................................... 22
Pump/”knsioner Pulley Installation..................................... 22
Drive belt Tensioner ................................................. 23
3.4. TORSIONAL VIBRATION DAMPER ................................ 24
Holset Damper Fluid Sampling ........................................ 24
Damper Replacement ................................................ 27
Part 1 - Damper Replacement - Engines without a Free End
fitension Shaft ..................................................... 28
Removal ........................................................... 28
Installation ......................................................... 29
.
Part 2 - Dam er Replacement - Engines with a Free End
P
Extension Sha t ..................................................... 30
Removal ........................................................... 30
Installation ......................................................... 31
3.5. FLYWHEEL ....................................................... 32
Flywheel Replacement ............................................... 32
Flywheel Removal ................................................... 33
Flywheel Installation ................................................. 34
3.6. CRANKCASE FI’ITINGS ............................................ 34
Crankcase Extractor Fan ............................................. 34
Crankcase End Covers ............................................... 35
Sump .............................................................. 35
Turbocharger Mounting Bracket ....................................... 37
Crankcase Water Drain Valves ......................................... 38
3.7. TECHNICAL DATA
Stud Tensioning Data
................................................
................................................
39
39
e
. .
SECTION 4 CYLINDER HEAD PISTON CONNECTING ROD AND LINER PAGE
4.1. DESCRIPTION .................................................... 2
Cylinder Head Assembly ............................................. 2
Valve and Rocker Gear ............................................... 2
Pistons ............................................................. 2
Connecting Rods .................................................... 4
Cylinder Liners ..................................................... 4
4.2. CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY ...................................... 4
Valve Clearance Adjustment (’Igppet Adjustment) ........................ 4
Cylinder Head Assembly Replacement .................................. 5
Cylinder Head Assembly Removal ..................................... 6
Cylinder Head Assembly Installation ................................... 7
Lastlrmcd lly93 Contents iii Minlccr Blaehtonc Ltd

MRRLEES=

. INSTRUCTION MANUAL Index
.
Servicing the Cylinder Head Assembly .................................. 10

Cylinder Head Dismantling ........................................... 12
Cylinder Head Re-Assembly ......................................... 15
Valve and Valve Seat Insert Grinding ................................... 15
Valve Guide Renewal ................................................ 17
Vake Seat Insert Renewal ............................................ 17
Cylinder Head Stud Renewal .......................................... 19
4.3. PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY ....................... 22
Connecting Rod Large-End Endfloat Check ............................ 22
Large End Bearing to Crankpin 'Vertical' Clearance Check ................ 23
Large End Bearing Block Replacement ................................. 24
Large End Bearing Block Removal ..................................... 24
Large End Bearing Block Installations .................................. 21
Piston and Connecting Rod Shank Assembly Replacement ................. 29
Component Weights: .................................................. 29
Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly Removal .......................... 29
ServicingThe Piston And Connecting Rod Assembly ...................... 31
Piston and Connecting Rod Shank Assembly Installation .................. 33
Small End Bearing (Bush) Renewal ..................................... 35
4.4. CYLINDERLINER ................................................. 36
Liner Deglazing ..................................................... 36
LinerReplacement .................................................. 39
Liner Removal ...................................................... 39
Liner Installation .................................................... 39
4.5. TECHNICAL DATA ................................................ 42
Con-Rod, Piston &Liner ............................................ 42
Valve & Rocker Gear ................................................ 43
SECTION 5 .
CAMSHAFT DRIVE TRAIN AND TAPPET BLOCK PAGE
5.1. DESCRIPTION .................................................... 1
Camshaft .......................................................... 1
Drive Train ......................................................... 2
Tappets ............................................................ 2
Pushrods ........................................................... 2
5.2. CAMSHAIT ....................................................... 2
Camshaft Timing Check .............................................. 2
Camshaft Replacement ................................ :.............. 3
Camshaft Removal .................................................. 4
Camshaft Installation ................................................ 6
5.3. CAMSHAIT DRIVE TRAIN ........................................ 8
Camshaft Drive Train Replacement .................................... 8
Camshaft Gear Train Removal .......................................... 9
Inspection of the Camshaft Gear Rain .................................. 11
Camshaft Gear Train Installation ...................................... 12
Gear Shaft Bush Renewal (Compound and Idler Gears) ................... 15
LastIssucd 1 h 9 3 Contentsiv Mirrlccs Bladcrtonc Ltd

Section
Index
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
AB
MIRRLEES :
.
.BLACKSTONE
5.4. TAPPETBLOCK ASSEMBLY ........................................ 17
Air Start Timing Valve Clearance ChecWAdjustment ...................... 17
Tippet Block and Tippet Replacement .................................. 19
Tippet Block Removal ............................................... 20
.............................................
Tippet Block Installation 20
5.5. TECHMCAL DATA ................................................ 22
Camshaft .......................................................... 22
Tippet Assembly .................................................... 22
Compound and Idler Gears ........................................... 22
SECTION 6 AIR INLET AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS PAGE

6.1. DESCRIPTION AND FLOW DIAGRAM .............................. 2
6.2. AIRFILTER ........................................................ 3
6.3. TURBOCHARGER ................................................ 3
Turbocharger Maintenance ........................................... 4
Turbocharger Replacement ........................................... 4
Turbocharger Removal .............................................. : 4
Turbocharger Installation ............................................. 5
6.4. INTERIM CLEANING OF TURBOCHARGERS ....................... 5
Introduction ........................................................ 5
Cleaning The Turbine Side Of The Turbocharger ......................... 6
Equipment Required ................................................. 7
Washing Procedure .................................................. 7
6.5. AIR INLET AND EXHAUST DUCTING .............................. 9
6.6. HEATSHIELD ..................................................... 9
6.7. TECHNICAL DATA ................................................ 9
7- FUEL SYSTEM PAGE

Low Pressure Fuel System ............................................ 2
High Pressure Fuel System ............................................ 3
Fuel Injection Pumps ................................................ 3
Fuel Injectors ....................................................... 3
7.2 FUELSYSTEM - BLEEDING ....................................... 4
7.3. FUEL FILTER ASSEMBLY .......................................... 5
Simplex Fuel Filter Element Renewal ................................... 7
Removal ........................................................... 7
Installation ......................................................... 8
Duplex Filter Element Renewal (LH element change described) ............ 8
Removal ........................................................... 8
Installation ......................................................... 8
Duplex Filter - Control Valve '0Ring Renewal ......................... 10
a
LastIrmcd 1/1/93 Contentsv Minlccs Blackstone Ltd
* MB BLACmTONE
7.4.
~~
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
FUEL INJECTION PUMPS ..........................................

Section
Index
11
Fuel Injection Pump Replacement ...................................... I1
Pump Removal ...................................................... 11
Fuel Injection Pump Installation ....................................... 12
Fuel Injection Pump Maintenance ..................................... 12
Fuel Injection Pump. Spill Port Closing (SPC) Timing Check ............... 14
7.5. FUEL INJECTORS ................................................. 16
Fuel Injector Replacement ............................................ 16
Injector Removal ............................................. ;...... 16
Injector Installation .................................................. 18
Dismantling Procedure ............................................... 18
Re-assembly Procedure.. ........................................... 19
7.6. TECHNICAL DATA ................................................ 20
SECTION8 LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM PAGE

8.2. LUBRICATINGOIL ................................................ 6
Lubricating Oil - General ............................................ 6
Lubricating Oil Draining and Filling .................................... 6
Lubricating Oil Draining ............................................. 6
. . Oil. Filling
Lubricating . . ................................................
7
8.3. LUBRICATING OIL FILTER ASSEMBLY ............................. 7
Simplex Lubricating Oil Filter Element Renewal ......................... 8
Removal ........................................................... 8
Installation ......................................................... 9
Duplex Lubricating Oil Filter Element Renewal
(Left Hand described) ................................................ 9
Installation ......................................................... 11
Duplex Lubricating Oil Filter Changeover Valve '0' Ring
Renewal ........................................................... 11
Dismantling ........................................................ 11
Assembly .......................................................... 12
8.4. ENGINE DRIVEN LUBRICATING OIL PUMP ........................ 12
Engine Driven Lubricating Oil Pump Maintenance ....................... 12
Pump Shaft Seal Renewal ............................................. 13
Engine Driven Lubricating Oil Pump Replacement ....................... 13
Removal ........................................................... 14
Installation ......................................................... 14
8.5. LUBRICATING OIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ..................... 16
Lubricating Oil Pressure Relief Valve Adjustment ........................ 16
8.6. LUBRICATING OIL THERMOSTATIC CONTROL VALVE ............. 17
Lubricating Oil Thermostatic Control Valve-Element Renewal ............ 18
Lubricating Oil Thermostatic Control Valve-Element Testing .............. 18
Last Issued 1/1/93 Contents v Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

MIRRLEES
Section
Index
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL MB
.
.BUCUTONE
8.7. TECHNICAL DATA ................................................ 19
SECTION 9 COOLING SYSTEM PAGE

9.1. SINGLE CIRCUIT COOLING SYSTEM .
GENERAL DESCRIPTION ...................... .................
9.2. FRESH WATER ( F m ) SYSTEM .DESCRIPTION
AND FLOW DIAGRAM ........................ .................
9.3. FRESH WATER ................................ .................
Fresh Water Quality and Additives ................. .................
Quality ........................................ .................
..
Additives ....................................... .................
Fresh Water . Draining and filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................
..
Draining ........................................................... 5
Filling ............................................................. 5
9.4. FRESH WATER SYSTEM . THERMOSTATIC CONTROL
VALVE ............................................................ 5
F/W Thermostatic Control Valve Element Renewal ....................... 5
F/W Thermostatic Control Valve Element Testing ........................ 5
9.5. FRESH WATER PUMP ............................................. 5
Fresh Water Pump .Dismantling and Assembly ......................... 5
Water Pump Dismantling ............................................. 6
Water Pump Assembly ............................................... 8
9.6. INTERCOOLER ................................................... 8
Intercooler Maintenance ............................................. 8
Intercooler Replacement ............................................. 9
Intercooler Removal ................................................. 9
Intercooler Installation ............................................... 9
9.7. TECHNICAL DATA ................................................ 10
Fresh Water System .................................................. 10
SECTION 10 AIR START SYSTEM PAGE

a
10.1. AIR START SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND FLOW
DIAGRAM ...................................................... 2
10.2. TECHNICALDATA .............................................. 3
.
SECTION 11 SAFETY DEVICES CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION PAGE
11.1. GENERALDESCRIPTION .......................................... 1
11.2. MECHANICAL SAFETY DEVICES .................................. 1
Mechanical Overspeed Trip ........................................... 1
Adjustment ......................................................... 3
Setting Clearance Between Operating Lever and Overspeed
Trip Weight ........................................................ 4
Setting Latch Lever Relative to the Latch Pulley (Figure 169A) ............ 5
Final Setting Check (Figure 169B) ..................................... 5
Last Issued 1/1/93 Contentsvi Mirrleer Blackstone Lid

MB
~~ ~~~
K BUCKSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section
Index
Fuel Pump Rack Leaf Springs ......................................... 5
CrankcaseReliefValves .............................................. 6
11.3. ENGINE CONTROLSYSTEM ....................................... 6
Engine Control Lever Assembly ....................................... 6
Fuel Control Linkage (Heinzmann Electronic Governor) .................. 8
. .
Description ......................................................... 8
Setting Up the Fuel Control Linkage ................................... 9
If the control linkage has been removed ................................ 9
11.4. STANDARD MECHANICAL INSTRUMENTATION ................... 12
Turbocharger Water Jacket Thermometer ............................... 12
11.5. ON ENGINE INSTRUMENTATION AND PROTECTION
PANEL ............................................................ 12
Instrument Panel .................................................... 12
Basic Engine Protection System ........................................ 12
11.6. TECHMCALDATA ................................................ 14
Automatic Alarm & Shutdown Systems ................................. 14
. .
MagneticPick-Up .................................................. 14
SECTION 12 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PAGE

AND FAULT FINDING
12.1. STARTING - NORMAL ............................................ 1
12.2. STOPPING - NORMAL ............................................ 2
12.3. STOPPING - EMERGENCY ........................................ 2
12.4. EMERGENCY RUNNING .......................................... 2
Engine Driven Pump Failure (L.O., EW. & R.W. systems) .................. 2
Turbocharger Failure ................................................. 3
Engine Protection System and Sensor Failure ............................ 3
12.5. STARTING - AFTER OVERHAUL OR LAYING UP.. ................. 3
12.6. LAYING UP AND RE-COMMISSIONING THE ENGINE .............. 4
Laying Up the Engine ................................................ 4
. . . the Engine ........................................
Re-commissioning 5
12.7. ENGINES ON STANDBY DUTIES ................................... 5
12.8. ENGINE MAINTENANCE .......................................... 5
General ............................................................ 5
Daily & Weekly Routine Maintenance ............................... ..'. . I
Daily Maintenance Checks: ........................................... 7
Planned Maintenance ................................................ I
Weekly Maintenance Checks .......................................... 7
'Running-In' Maintenance (after commissioning or overhaul) ............. 9
12.9.FAULT FINDING .................................................... 10
FAULT FINDING ........................................................ 11
LastIssued 1/1/93 Contentsvii Mirrlees Blackstone Lld

MIRRL.EES =
Section
Index
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
-
- BUCI~STOAE
SECTION13 HYDRAULIC PACK. ENGINE LIFTING AND INSTALLATION PAGE

13.1. HYDRAULIC PACK & EQUIPMENT. ................................
Components: .......................................................
Hydraulic Pack and Equipment - Function ..............................
Hydraulic Pack - Description .........................................
Hydraulic Tensioners - Description ....................................
Other Hydraulic Equipment - Description ..............................
Safety Precautions when Using the Hydraulic Pack & Equipment ...........
Preparing the Hydraulic Pack and Equipment for Use .....................
13.2. ENGINE LIFTING ................................................. 6
13.3. INSTALLATION ................................................... 7
Heavy Fuel Installations .............................................. 7
MOTIONNOVEMENT ............................................. 7
Length ............................................................ 7
Bend Radius: ....................................................... 7
Abrasion: .......................................................... 7
Installation Hints .................................................... 8
Method ............................................................ 8
GLOSSARY
LastIrmed 1/Y93 Contents viii Minlccs Blackstone Ltd

MB
=B L A C X S T O ~
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 1
Contents
INTRODUCTION
1.1. DESCRIPTION OF ENGINE .............................. 1

1.2. ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND OVERHAUL - GENERAL .... 3
13. HEALTHANDSAFETY .................................. 5
1.4.. LEAD ACID AND ALKALINE BATTERIES ..................
- .
Main Hazards Electrolyte .. . . .... . .. . . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . .
Precautions ..............................................
..
Protect the eyes. . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . .. . . . . .. . .
1.5. EMERGENCYACTION ..................................
Skincontact .............................................
Eyecontact .............................................
.
Mixing Acid and Water (Lead Acid Batteries) . . ... . .. . . . .. . ..
1.6. ENGINE SERIAL NO. - example ..........................
Contentsi Mirrlees Blackstone Lrd

e MB
1BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
0
Section 1
INTRODUCTION
M L121 MA ZEN I M
E
-
Figure 1 General View Of Engine
1.1. DESCRIPTION 0F ENGINE
The ESL 12and 16 cylinder Mark2 engines have been designed to give a high fuel efficiency
and a long service life with the lowest possible maintenance and operating costs.
Turbochargers, intercooler and four-valve cylinder heads are fitted as standard to increase
the fuel economy and the available power. The engine can be supplied in either distillate
fuel (refined diesel oil) burning or heavy fuel (unrefined oil) burning versions.
The crankshaftkonnecting rod assembly is mass-balanced to minimise vibration and
torsional stresses. The rotatingmassesof the engine and driven equipment are ’tuned’by an
individually selected flywheel and a damper for the same reason and to avoid harmful
resonant stresses over the engine’s speed range.
A flat drive belt transmits power from the crankshaft to the engine driven pumps.
A two stage, automatic engine protection system, normally consisting of an alarm circuit
and an engine shutdown circuit operating via the governor, is triggered if sensors detect
operating conditions outside safe limits, e.g. low lubricating oil pressure. Engine overspeed
protection is provided by an independent, mechanically operated system, which shuts off
the engine’s charge air supply when operated.
a
LastIssued 1/1/93 1-1 Mirrlees Blacktone Ltd
Section 1 ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
-
- BUCKSTONE
Hydraulic stud-tensioning is used in place of torque loading on the most highly stressed
engine studs.
No changes should be made to the engine which could affect its operation without the prior
agreement of Mirrlees Blackstone Limited.
The engine conforms to the International Standards Organisation (1.50) notation in that:
1. The free-end of the engine is opposite to the flywheel end.
2. The standard direction of crankshaft rotation is clockwise, looking onto the flywheel end.
3. The cylinders are numbered, beginning number 1 at the flywheel end.
4. 'A'cylinder bank is on the left 'B'cylinder bank is on the right, looking on to the flywheel and
irrespective of direction of rotation.
a
Last Issued 1/1/93 1-2 Mirrlces Blackstone Ltd
e MB
= BLACKSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 1
However, for design reasons, B1 cylinder is nearer to the flywheel than A1 which is not to
I S 0 notation.
Every engine is built with care and skill and is thoroughly tested before leaving the factory.
Proper installation, regular maintenance and careful operation will help to ensure a long
and trouble-free life. To ensure the minimum of delay in engine maintenance, a basic or a
comprehensive spares list and lists of gasket and seal sets for various tasks are supplied in
the parts manual.
Addresses for enquiries:

Spare Parts should be obtained from the local Agent or from:-
Uffington Road Telefax: (0780) 56694
STAMFORD Telex: 32234 MBSTAM G
Lincs. PE9 2GB Telephone: (0780) 64641
England Telegrams: Mirrlees, Stamford
Telefax: (0780) 65850
Service Enauiries: should be addressed to local agents or to :
Service Department
Bramhall Moor Lane Telefax: (061) 487 1465
Hazel Grove, Stockport Telex: 667314 MIRLES G
Cheshire SK7-5AH Telephone: (061) 483 1000
England
THIS MANUAL DESCRIBES A BASIC ENGINE WITH THE FOLLOWING FEATURES AS
STANDARD:
1) Direction of rotation - clockwise, looking on to the flywheel end.

2) Direct, into cylinder compressed air starting.
3) One turbocharger and one intercooler, situated at the free end.
4) Controls and instruments situated at the flywheel end of the engine.
5) Electronic governor and instrumentation.
6) Both raw (through-flow) and fresh (circulating) cooling water systems.
9
LastIssued 1/1/93 1-3 Mirrlecs Blackstonc Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTOh!E
Distillate oil fuelled.
ENGI N E MAINTENANCEANDOVERHAUL - GENERAI,

The manual is written to enable maintenance checks to be carried out with the minimum
possible dismantling and removal of components. This avoids disturbing bedded-in
components and removes the subsequent risk of mis-assembly. If the results of these
checks are within the limits specified in ‘Technical Data’, the components are best left well
alone.
Certain operations such as cleaning heat exchangers and oil coolers on marine installations
should only be carried out on shore.
Before using a torquewrench, the setting must be checked and, if necessary, adjusted. Also,
if using a geared adaptor, the appropriate (reduced) torque MUST be used, to give the
correct torque on the nutbolt itself. Failure to do this can result in serious component
over- stressing. For safety reasons the torque wrench must be grasped at the hand grip and
not part way down the handle.
Inspect all screw-threads before fitting and renew if damaged. Lubricate all threads with
clean engine lubricating oil before fitting, unless otherwise specified.
Studs can be damaged by tightening the nut whilst the stud itself is not fully engaged. Check
that studs are properly fitted, before tightening nuts.
When fitting or removing nuts or bolts arranged radially (except for hydraulically tensioned
studs), follow the sequence given in Figure 3.
Do not allow grease or fluids to enter blind, tapped-holes - hydraulic action when fitting
the bolt/stud could fracture the component.
Marking components for alignment - this should be done using a pencil or a felt
marker-pen if no permanent mark is wanted. A scribed line may be used as a permanent
mark but on highly stressed or bearing surfaces.
Ensure that any chemicals used, e.g. solvents or additives are suitable for the use to which
-
they are put follow the manufacturers’ instructions when using.
Ensure that any wood used within the engine during maintenance is good quality hardwood
and that it is free from dirt and loose splinters.
Before barring the engine over, loosen the pressure release plug in each cylinder head two
turns (Figure 4) and observe the safety precautions listed below, under ’Moving Parts’.
Tighten the pressure release plugs after completion of barringkewicing operations to avoid
the ingress of dirt and moisture into the cylinders.
Last Isrued 1/1/93 1-4 Mirrleer; Blackstone Ltd

MB
a -- BLACXSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 1
Figure 3 -Tightening order for Figure 4 -Barring the flywheel round

radial nutsbolts 1. Crankcase cavity water drain
2. Pressure release plug
13. HEALTH AND SAFETY - (General Hazards And Precautions To Be Takenl;

-
Moving Parts the engine should not be run with guards and covers removed, unless
specified in a servicing task.
e Isolate the air-start system, prevent the driven equipment from turning the engine (if
applicable) and set the control lever to 'STOP' before working on any moving parts and
before barring the engine over.
Engine Side Covers - these should be removed for at least 10minutes after the engine
has stopped running.
Noise - engine noise can damage hearing. All personnel should wear ear protectors when
close to a running engine.
Heat - parts of the engine become very hot during running, e.g. exhaust system, air inlet
system, and should not be handled. All heat shields must be in position whilst the engine is
running, unless specified'in a servicing task.
LastIssucd 1/1/93 1-5 Mirrlccs Blachtonc Ltd

Section 1
-
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
miii
= BUCKSTOM 0
Lifting many engine components are heavy and may cause injury if dropped or incorrectly
lifted. Lifting equipment should be inspected before use and its safe operating load must
not be exceeded. Care must be taken to support adequately parts to be lifted, whether by
crane or by hand. A list of the weights of the major components is given on page 2-4.
Working beneath suspended loads is dangerous. If it is unavoidable, however, the load
should be additionally supported by an independent means.
-
Spillages oil or fuel spillages present a fire hazard and can make surfaces slippery; they
should be cleaned up immediately.
J-TIGHPRESSUREFLUTDS AND GASES - (Fuel Injection System, Air Start System, Air
Priming System and Hydraulic Tensioning Equipment). If misused, there is a danger of
high pressure fluid or gas being injected into the body through the skin (if this should occur,
seek immediately medical attention). Do not connect, disconnect or attempt to rectify any
of these systems whilst pressurised, unless specified in a servicing procedure (e.g. bleeding
the fuel injection system). In this case, wear protective clothing, goggles and gloves and
keep any high pressure flow clear of all parts of the body. When using the hydraulic pack,
ensure that the flexible hoses are not trapped, stretched or kinked, or they may be
weakened. This can lead to component failure.
Cleaning Agents - Always Follow Manufacturers Instructions Carefully
1.4. LEADACID AND ALKALINE BATTERIES
Before commencing work on the battery ensure adequate supplies of clean cold water and
Saline solution are available (Saline solution should be kept in a squeeze bottle for
irrigating the eyes).
When handling batteries and electrolyte the manufacturers instructions should be closely
followed. a
Main Hazards - Electrolvte
The electrolyte is dilute sulphuric acid or potassium Hydroxide which is poisonous and
corrosive.
Gas given off during charging is inflammable and can cause an explosion.
Dead shorting of terminals may cause excessive heating and explosion risk.
Burns to the skin and eyes.
Precautions
Wear protective clothing.
a
Last Issued 1/1/93 1-6 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd
MB
=BL4CXSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 1
Protect the eve&
Use tools with insulated handles.
Do not smoke or permit naked flame hear the battery.
Do not wear nylon coats or overalls as they create static electricity.
Isolate the external circuit before separating cells to prevent arcing.
DOnot spill electrolyte on skin or clothing.
e 1.5. EMERGENCY ACTION
Skin Contact
Wash skin with copious amounts of clean water then cover immediately with dry gauze.
Eve Contact
Wash out the eyes with plenty of clean water followed by a wash of saline solution.
When mixing acid and water for electrolyte put water in the mixing vessel and add the acid
SLOWLY stirring all the time.
a NEVERADD THE WATER TO THEACID OR IT WILL SPLASH DANGEROUSLY,

Use lead lined wooden boxes or earthenware vessels for mixing acid. Due to the
considerable heat evolved during this process, DO NOT USE GLASS OR PLASTIC
VESSELS.
1.6. ENG INE SERIAL NO. - example

86B ESL 12 MK212121 R
7-7 I Il l "7-7-I
Year Month
(Few
Model Intercooled Noof
Cylinders
Mark No. Contract No. Reverse
Rotation
Turbocharged (if fitted)
Last Issued 1/1/93 1-7 Mirrlccs Blackstom Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTONE
Figure 5 - Exploded View Of Engine

1.
2.
3.
Cylinder head assembly
Governor
Fuel injection pump assembly
18.
19.
20.
Split gear assembly
Crankshaft balance weight
Sump
e
4. Fuel supply and return manifolds 21. Lubricating oil filter assembly
5. Engine control lever assembly 22. Pump drive assembly
6. Crankcase water drain assembly 23. Holset damper
7. Gear shaft 24. Large end assembly
8. Camshaft end bearing 25. Crankcase end cover
9. Crankca..e door, with explosion relief valve 26. Intercooler
10. Camshaft drive train 27. Intercooler air supply duct
11. Camshaft drive train door 28. 'hrbocharger mounting bracket
12. Camshaft 29. Turbocharger
13. Camshaft door 30. Fuel filter
14. Flywheel 31. Butterfly valve
15. Thrust bearing 32. Exhaust manifold
16. Main bearing shells 33. Exhaust heat shield
17. Main bearing cap 34. Fresh water manifold
Last I m c d 1/1/93 1-8 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

@ MB
= BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 1
Figure 6 - Section Of Engine, Looking From The Flywheel End
Lastlssued 1/1/93 1-9 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd

'a MB
=BLQCXSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 2
Contents
2.1. ENGINE LAYOUT AND GENERAL DIMENSIONS ........... 1

2.2. SPECIFICATION ........................................ 3
2 3. COMPONENT WEIGHTS (approximate) .................... 4
2.4. STANDARD PRESSURES & TEMPERATURES ..............
Automatic Alarm & Shutdown Systems ......................
Lubricating Oil System ....................................
Fresh Water System., .....................................
Exhaust System ..........................................
2.5. TORQUE LOADINGS AND HYDRAULIC TENSIONING DATA
2.6. TIGHTENING TORQUES ................................ 7
2.7. FUEL & LUBRICATING OIL SPECIFICATIONS .............
Fuel Specification Limits ..................................
Fuel Property Class .......................................
Approved Engine Lubricants ...............................
LastImcd lly93 Contents i Mirrlecs Blackstone l i d
.
e MB
= BUCkSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 2
TECHNICAL. DATA
2.1. mGINJ3 LAYOUT AND GENERAL DIMENSIONS
-
Figure 7 The dimensions shown
' . are approximate for a standard 12
cylinder engine, fitted with Brown
Boveri VTR 304 turbocharger. For
further details, see the installation
drawings.
LartIuucd 1/93 2-1 Mirrlsss Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
= BLQCKSTOhE
-
Figure 8 The dimensions
shown are approximate for a
standard 16 cylinder engine,
fitted with Brown Boveri VTR
304 turbocharger and exhaust
pipe adaptor. For further
details, see the installation
drawings.
a
MI
LastIsucd 1/W3 2-2 Minlsss Bladrstonc Ltd

MB
= BLACKSTOhZ
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 2
2.2. SPECJ.FICATION
Aspiration: turbocharged & intercooled as standard
Cycle: 4 stroke
Standard direction of rotation: clockwise, looking on to the flywheel
Firing order (standard rotation, camshaft phasing, 'A' Bank 45O before ' B Bank)
12 cylinder:
1A-lB-4A-43-2A-2B-6A-6B-3A-3B-5A-5B
16 cylinder:
1A-1B-3A-3B-2A-2B-5A-5B-8A-8B-6A-6B-7A-7B-4A-4B
Firing order (reverse rotation camshaft phasing, 'A' Bank 45O after ' B Bank)
12 cylinder:
16 cylinder:
1B-1A-4B-4A-7B-7A-6B-6A-8B-8A-5B-5A-2B-2A-3B-3A
Cylinder bore: 222mm(8.75 in)
Piston stroke: 292 mm (11.5 in)
Piston - cylinder head minimum clearance: 24 mm (0.95 in)
Engine screw threads are IS0 metric (coarse) to British Standard 3643, except hydraulic,
pipe and electrical connections, bought in equipment and hydraulically tensioned fasteners.
The engine conforms to I.S.0 notation.

Note:- Howeverfor design reasons Bl cylinder is nearer fo thefrywheel than A1 which U NOT
fo I.S.0 notation. (Rqier fo the introduction Page 2-2)
LastI~sucd 1/y93 2-3 Mirrlcu Blachtonc Ltd

INSTRUCITON MANUAL MB
- BLACKSTOh!E
~~ ~
2.3. COMPONENT WEIGHTS -l
CVlindel: 16 Cvlindw
k lb kg Ib
Complete Engine 15,993 (35,264) 19,739(43>25)
Crankcase 4,800 (10,584) 5,978 (3,175)
Crankcase Doors 7 (16) 7 (16)
Camshaft Doors 57 (125) 73 (160)
-
Turbocharger (VTR254)300 (654) (VTC304)454 (1,000)
Turbo/Intercooler Air Duct 91 (200)
Turbocharger Mounting Bracket 560 (1,240)
Intercooler 260 (575)
Cylinder Head Assembly
Camshaft
114 (250)
136 (300)
e
Crankshaft (basic) 1,300 (2,862)
Crankshaft Balance Weight 55 (120)
Crankshaft & Balance Weights 2,180 (4,807)
Main Bearing Cap 55 (120)
Piston 24 (52)
Con-Rod Assembly 66 (146)
Con-Rod Shank 33 (73)
Con-Rod Mid-Piece 14 (31)
Con-Rod Large End Cap 19 (42)
Cylinder Liner 50 (110)
Split Gearwheel Halves 7 (15)
Sump 360 (790)
Tappet & Block Assembly
Crankshaft End Cover
23 'poj
so (110) e
Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield 204 (450)
Holset Damper & US Pulley (min) 214 (470)
Flywheel (minimum weight)
Not 900 rpm 556 (1,225)
Flywheel Cover 50 (110)
Raw Water Pump Assembly 61 (135)
Fresh Water Pump Assembly 41 (90)
Lub.Oil Pump Assembly 70 (155)
Lub.Oi1 Filter Assembly (Simplex) 114 (2.50)
Fuel Injector 4 (9)
Fuel Injection Pump 8 (18)
Governor 16 (35)
Last Issued 1/1/93 2-4 Minlees Blackstone Ud

MB
=BlACXSTOh!E
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 2
2.4. STANDARD PRESSURES & TEMPERATURES
The following data is typical only and contract systems and wiring diagrams should be
consulted for individual engines,
arm & Shutdown S - w

Normal L.O.operating pressure 44 psi (3 bar)
Low L.O.pressure alarm setting 13 psi (0.9 bar)at 250 rpm
Low L.O. pressure shutdown setting 10 psi (0.7 bar)at 250 rpm
Low L.O.pressure alarm setting 33 psi (2.3 bar)at 750/1000 rpm
Low L.O. pressure shutdown setting 30 psi (2.1 bar)at 750/1000 rpm
High L.O.temperature alarm setting 7OoC (158OF)
High L.O.temperature shutdown setting 73OC (163OF)
High fresh water temperature alarm setting 88OC (19OOF)
High fresh water temperature shutdown setting 90°C (194OF)
Electronic overspeed shutdown setting 115% max. rated rpm
Mechanical overspeed shutdown setting 120% max. rated rpm
Lubricatine 0il Svstem
Sump Capacity - 12 cyl 610 litres (135 imp. gallons)
L.O.- maximum differential pressure across filter 15 psi (1 bar)
L.O.- thermostatic control valve 56OC (13OOF)
nominal temperature
Fresh Water System
F/W - thermostatic control valve
a nominal temperature
77% (17O0F)
F/W - temperature rise between pump and water

manifold outlet 10°C (18OF)
F/W - temperature rise between pump and
turbocharger outlet 8- 12OC (14.5-21.5OF)
Exhaust Svstem
Maximum difference in exhaust temperatures between any
2 cylinders +/- 3OoC (55%)
Air-Start System
Nominal air bottle pressure (standard size) 400 psi (27.5 bar)
Compressor 'cut-in' pressure 360 psi (25 bar)
Compressor 'cut-out' pressure 400 psi (27.5 bar)
a
LastIssucd 111193 2-5 Mirrleco Blackstone Ltd
= BLICKSTOh?E
2.5. TOROUE LOADINGS AND HYDRAULIC T m O N I N G
m Um
Crankshaft balance weight bolts 680 500
Split gear bolts 205 150
FlywheeVcrankshaft nuts 680 500
Damper/crankshaft nuts 540 400
Sump/crankcase bolts 75 55
Crankcase door nuts 8 6
Camshaft securing bolts 170 125
Intercooler/adaptor plate bolts 65 48
Pulley securing nuts 205 150
Fresh & raw water pump impeller nuts 87 64
Pulley tensioner (& pump) fixing nuts or bolts 135 100
Crankshaft pulley bolts 75 55
Valve bridge guides 135 100
Bridge-piece adjuster locknuts 80 60
Dppet adjuster locknuts 108 80
Rocker cover bolts 88 65
Exhaust manifold bolts 75 55 a
Exhaust manifold 'V' band clamps 14 10
Fuel pump pushrod bolts 75 55
Injector securing nuts 43 32
Injector nozzle nuts 244 180
'CC' type fuel pump discharge union body 407 300
'CV'type fuel pump discharge union body 810-880 600-650
Lub Oil filter cover
Fuel filter cover
a
Las~Isucd llV93 2-6 Minlccs Blackstone Ud
a MB
= BUUBTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 2
2.6.
..
~ s i l m l n l m u m strewth
e 80 Kef/m m m
Thread Size
Nm Ib. ft.
M10 x 1.5 50 37
M12 x 1.75 90 65
M14 x 2 140 103
M16 x 2 220 161
M20 x 2.5 440 325
M24 x 3 760 564
2.7. N EL&LU BRICATING 0IL SPECIFICATIONS
a) Fue1 Specification Limits
The fuel oil should be to specification BS 2869 1970,Class Al,A2 or B1. Before fuel to any
lower specification is used, details of the proposed oil should be forwarded to Mirrlees
Blackstone (Stamford) Ltd for evaluation.
It is the user’s responsibility to obtain good clean fuel as indicated above and our agent or
the local agent of the oil company should be contacted for recommendations of suitable
fuels.
Certain fuels are unsuitable owing to the poor efficiency resulting from their use. The
operator is cautioned that although the engine may appear to run satisfactorily for a short
time on unsuitable fuel, excessivewear and damage will result and the life of the engine will
be shortened.
LastIssucd llW3 2-1 Mirrlscs Blackstone Ltd

-
- BL4CkSTONE
Fuel Prmerty CkS
ea e2 .El
Cetane number, min. 50 45 35
Viscosity at 37.8°C(1000F):
1. Centistokes, min. 1.6 1.6 -
max. 6.0 6.0 14
2. Redwood No. 1 scale in seconds
are approximately: min. 30 30 -
max. 41 41 65
Distillation, per cent, by volume
Recovery at 357OC (675OF) min.] 90 90 - a
Flash point PM closed cup, min. 55oc 55OC 66OC
(130°F) (130%) (15O0F)
Water content, per cent by volume, max. 0.05 0.05 0.1
Ash, per cent by weight, max. 0.01 0.01 0.01
Sediment, per cent by weight, max. 0.01 0.01 0.02
Sulphur content, per ccnt by weight, max. 0.5 1.0 1.5
Copper corrosion test, max. 1 1 -
b) ADDroved En ei ne Lubricants
Best quality heavy duty detergent diesel oil, viscosity SAE30 must be used. It is important
that the detergency level should be adequate, but not higher than is actually necessary.
(Increasing the detergency level beyond that which is necessary may impair engine
performance. The use of insufficient detergent oil could allow a build up of carbon around
the piston rings and have other effects which would ultimately cause serious harm).
Frequent samples of oil should be taken to determine the rate of deterioration and the
advice of the oil supplier sought in any case of doubt. (See 'Lub.Oil-General', page 8-6).
Listed below are oils offered by some of the leading suppliers as suitable for normal engine
duties when running on the class of fuel oil indicated. Fullest details should be given to the
oil supplier concerning the particular installation, including engine type, ambient
temperature range, humidity, site altitude, if subject to sea air or dust, engine cooling water
temperature, engine duty, etc.
Different brands of oil may be mixed, providcd the oil is suitable for the application and
approval is obtained from the lubricant supplier.
Last Inued 1/1/93 2-8 Mirrlces Blacktone Ltd

6 MB
= BLACASTOhZ
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 2
Marketing Comuaw Lub.Oil Fuel Class IBS28691

ls&amam AI e2 El
BP Energol DL - MP30 *
Energol Ds3 - 153 * *
Burma Castrol 215 mx Super *
Deusol CRH 30 *
Duesol RX Super *
Caltex RPM Delo 1000
FWM Delo 300 SAE 30 *
a Chevron Delo 300 S A E 30

Delo 1000 SAE 30
*
*
ESSO Essolube XD-3-30 * *
EXXMAR 12 W 3 0 * *
Gulf Veritas SD-30 *
Mobil Delvac 1330
Shell Gadinia 30
Rimula X30 *
Rimula Oil - 30
Texaco Ursa Super LA 30
e
Lasthsd lly93 2-9 Murlcss Blackstone Ltd
M
a -. BUCKYTOh!E
B ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
Contents
CRANKCASE AND CRANKSHAFT
3.1. DESCRIPTION .......................................... 2

3.2. CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS ..................... 3
Crankshaft Endfloat Check ................................ 3
Crankshaft to Main Bearing Clearance Check ................. 4
Crankshaft Deflection Check ............................... 6
Main Bearing Replacement ................................ 1
Main Bearing Removal .................................... 9
Main Bearing Installation .................................. 11
Thrust Bearing Replacement ............................... 14
Thrust Bearing Removal .................................... 14
Thrust Bearing Installation ................................ 15
.
3 3 PUMP DFUVE SYSTEM .................................. 17
Belt Removal ............................................ 18
Fitting and Tensioning a New Belt ........................... 19
Re-fitting and Re-tensioning a Used Belt ................... 20
Crankshaft Pulley Replacement ............................ 21
Crankshaft Pulley Removal ................................ 21
Crankshaft Pulley Installation .............................. 21
Pumpflensioner Pulley Replacement ........................ 22
Pumpmnsioner Pulley Removal ............................ 22
Pumpflensioner Pulley Installation .......................... 22
Drive belt Tensioner ...................................... 23
3.4. TORSIONAL VIBRATION DAMPER ....................... 24
*' Holset Damper Fluid Sampling .............................

Damper Replacement .....................................
Part 1 - Damper Replacement - Engines without a Free End
Extension Shaft ..........................................
24
27
28
Removal ................................................ 28
Installation .............................................. 29
Part 2. - Dam er Replacement - Engines with a Free End
R
Extension Sha ..........................................
Removal ................................................
30
30
Installation .............................................. 31
3.5. FLYWHEEL ............................................. 32
Flywheel Replacement .................................... 32
Flywheel Removal ........................................ 33
Flywheel Installation ....................................... 34
3.6. CRANKCASE FITTINGS ................................. 34
e
Last Imcd 1/1/93 Contents i Mirrleer Blackstone Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL -
- BUCKSTONE
Crankcase Extractor Fan .................................. 34
Crankcase End Covers .................................... 35
Sump ................................................... 35
Turbocharger Mounting Bracket ............................ 37
Crankcase Water Drain Valves ............................. 38
3.7. TECHNICAL DATA ...................................... 39
Stud Tensioning Data ..................................... 39
Last Irmcd ]/U93 Contents ii Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Section 3
e =BUCKSTOhX INSTRUCTION MANUAL,
CRANKCASE AND CRANKSHAFT
e -
Figure 9 Crankcase And Crankshaft Assembly
1. Crankcase water drain assembly 13. No. 8 main bearing cap
2. Flywheel 14. Pump drive system
3. Flywheel barring holes 15. Viscous damper
4. Thrust bearings 16. Crankcase door
5. Main bearing shells 17. Crankcase door seal
6. No. 1 main bearing cap 18. Main bearing side stud
7. No. 2 main bearing cap 19. Sump seal
8. Crankshaft balance weight . 20. Crankcase end a v e r
9. Main bearing lub oil feed pipe 21. Gasket
10. Lub oil manifolds 22. Turbocharger mounting bracket
11. Lub oil filter assembly 23. Turbocharger water feed pipe
12. Main bearing vertical stud
Last Issued 1/1/93 3-1 Mirrlceo Blackstone Ud

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTONE
3.1. DESCRIFTIQN
Figure 10'- Crankshaft (12Cylinder)

The crankcase is a one-piece iron casting incorporating integral passages for jacket cooling
water and engine inlet air. It forms a rigid structure to which the main engine components
are attached and by which the engine is mounted to a baseplate or supporting structure.
Main bearing caps support the underslung crankshaft. Four hydraulically tensioned studs
attach each main bearing cap to the crankcase (Figure 18). The thin walled steel main
bearing shells are aluminium-tin alloy l i e d . The shells are located by tangs that fit
matching notches in the main bearing caps and crankcase bearing housings (Figure 20).
The crankshaft is fully machined from a continuous grain-flow forging of through
hardened alloy steel. It is designed with alarge overlap between the journals and crankpins,
increasing the crankshaft stiffness. The crankshaft is drilled to allow pressurised oil to flow
through the main bearings to the large end bearings (see lubricating oil flow diagram, page
8- 1). Crankshaft endfloat is controlled by two aluminium-tin alloy thrust rings, mounted
on the No. 1 main bearing. Each thrust ring comprises two halves. The bottom half is
located by a dowel in the No. 1 main bearing cap which prevents the thrust rings rotating.
Steel weights are bolted to the crankshaft webs to balance the rotating masses. The
camshafts are driven by asplit gear mounted on the crankshaft at the flywheel end. Thegear
is made in two halves for fitting purposes, being joined by four bolts and located on the
crankshaft by two dowels, The flywheel is attached to the crankshaft by fitted bolts. The
@ MB
= BLPCXIiTOhX
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
torsional vibration damper is mounted on the crankshaft at the free end. The flywheel and
damper are matched for each engine application to minimisevibration induced stressesand
to avoid 'barred' speed ranges.
The rawwater, freshwater and lubricating oil pumps are driven by a high efficiency, leather
faced polyester cord flat belt from a drive pulley bolted to the damper. The belt alignment is
maintained by crowned pulleys fitted to the belt tensioner and pumps. The drivebelt system
is arranged so that the belt can be replaced without disturbing the driven equipment, engine
pipework and extension shaft, if fitted.
3.2. CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS

a)Crankshaft Endfloat Check
CAWTZON: During this check, do not
lever the balance weights and do not use
excessiveforce on the tommy bar.
Saecial Tools;
1) DTI with a magnetic base.
2) Flat ended tommy bar, lrn (3 ft) long.
1) Isolate the engine starting system and

set the control lever to 'STOP'.
Remove the No 1A cylinder crankcase
Figure 11 - Levering The Crankshaft door. Bar the engine over until the
Web For Endtloat Check crankshaft web is accessible (Fig 11).
0 2) Insert the flat end of the tommy bar between the crankweb and crankcase (Fig 11). Using
the minimum possible force, move the crankshaft towards the free end of the engine to take
up all its endfloat.
3) Mount the DTI on the crankcase, with its anvil bearing on the flywheel (Fig 12). Zero the
gauge.
4) Using the tommy bar, move the crankshaft towards the flywheel end of the engine.
5) Record the DTI reading.
6) As acheck, move the crankshaft back towards the free end and ensure that the DTI reading
is zero again. If it is not, then repeat steps 2-6.
See (3.7.09) for limits.
a
La5tIrnr.d 1/1/93 3-3 Mirrlces Blackstone Ud
INSTRUCI'ION MANUAL
Figure 12 - DTI Positioned for Crankshaft Endnoat Check
b)CrankshaR to Main Bearing Clearance Check

This procedure avoids disturbing 'run-in' bearings.
CAVTI0N:Do not attempt to measure the clearance withfeeler gauges, or the bearing sugaces
will be damaged. Take great care not to apply excessivejack pressure to the bearing,for the same
reason.
Snecial Tools:
1) Bottle jack or similar, with a reach from 350 to 460mm (13.5 to 18 in).
2) A wooden beam 640 x 150 x 50mm (26 x 6 x 2 in).
3) A wooden beam 200 x 150 x 50mm (8x 6 x 2 in).

MB
=BUCKSTOhZ
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
Assoc iated TaskS
Disconnection of driven equipment.
Isolate the engine starting systems and set the control lever to 'STOP'. Remove the
crankcase doors.
Drain the sump of lub oil (Page 8-6).
?b check the No 2 main bearing onwards:-
Bar the crankshaft round until one of the balance weights adjacent to the main bearing is
positioned with the bolt heads at BDC.
Place the larger wooden beam across the lub oil manifolds in the sump, and position
beneath the balance weight.
1. Balance Weight
2. Wooden Beam
3. Bottle Jack
4. Wooden Beam
5. Lub. Oil Manifolds
6. DTI
Figure 13 - Equipment positioned for -

Figure 14 Equipment positioned for
+
No. 2 main bearing clearance check No. 1 main bearing clearance check
5) Place the jack on the beam and hold the smaller beam across the heads of the balanceweight
securing bolts. Raise the jack until it just contacts the smaller beam.
6) Mount the DTI on the adjacent main bearing cap, with the anvil on the lower surface of the
balance weight (Fig 13). Zero the DTI.
7) Gently raise the jack, using minimal force, until the bearing clearance is taken up. This is
indicated by an increased resistance to jacking.
3 -5 Mirrlccs Blackstonel i d
INSTRUClTON MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTONE
Record the DTI reading. Lower the jack and check that the DTI reading returns to zero.
If it does not, repeat steps 6 to 8. See item number 3.7.01 for limits and record the clearance
value in the engine log for future reference.
Lower the jack and move the equipment onto the next bearing. Repeat steps 3 - 10for the
remainder of the main bearings (No 2 onwards).
To check the No 1main bearing clearance place the jack under the flywheel, with a DTI on
the upper flywheel surface (Fig 14) and repeat steps 7to 8. (Note that the DTI readingwill
be in the opposite sense).
Crankshaft Deflection Check Zem reading Zero readw
This check should be carried out with the

flywheel, damper, main bearings and all a
driven equipment fitted. The engine
must be cold i.e., shutdown for at least 10
hours. Also the Lub Oil and Water Pump
Drive Belt be slack because when
the Belt is tensioned it lifts the end of the
crankshaft. With the free end crank a
throw at TDC and the DTI positioned as
Figure 16, a deflecting of up to 0.25mm J ~ ~ J ~ ~ J ~masked
Area ~JJ~~~~~
by large ends
(0.010 inch) (between the dimples in the Figure 15 - Measurement positions for
balance weight sides) can be expected crankshaft deflection check viewed from
between belt slack and correctly the flywheel end
tensioned.
On marine engines, the check must be carried out with the vessel afloat, so that the engine
mountings are correctly aligned.
During the check, bar the engine round clockwise, looking onto the flywheel end.
Special To&
Crankshaft web deflection gauge (Part no. 99-07378)
Isolate the engine starting system and remove the crankcase doors.
Bar the engine round until No. 1crankshaft throw is approximately40°from BDC (position
1on Figure 15).
Fit the DTI into the indentations set on the No. 1 throw balance weights (Figure 16).
MB
=BL4CKSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
4) Zero the DTI at position 1.
5) Bar the engine round until the crankpin

is at 90° to engine vertical and note the
DTI reading (position 2).
Bar the engine round until the crankpin

is at engine TDC and note the DTI
reading (position 3).
7) Bar the engine round until the crankpin

is at 90° to engine vertical and note the
DTI reading (position 4).
Bar the engine round until the DTI is as
close to the connecting rods as possible
(position 5). (The reading should again
be zero).
9) Remove the DTI and repeat 2-8 for

each of the crankshaft throws.
10) If the deflection readings exceed the

tolerance on the datum figure taken -
Figure 16 DTI positioned for crank
during commissioning, this indicates shaft deflection check
either excessive main bearing wear or
that the engine alignmentkhocking
needs attention. If there is any doubt please contact Mirrlees Blackstone (Stockport) Ltd.
0 d)Main Bearine ReDlacement
The following features are incorporated in the design:-
1) The bearing and bearing housing design ensures that the bore is slightly larger across the
bearing split line, to accommodate bore deflection associated with firing loads.
2) When the studs are loose, there is a small but positive clearance between the side faces of
each main bearing cap and the crankcase, to allow the cap to be lowered and raised. To
ensure that this clearance is correctly taken up, it is vital that the main bearing studs are
tightened in the specified sequence. (See Page 3-13).
3) When the main bearing cap is lowered, the weight of the crankshaft produces sufficient
clearance to allow the top main bearing shell to be easily slid out of and into position.
e
LastIssued 1/1/93 3-7 Mirrlcer Blackstone Ltd
-
MB BLACXSTO~W
4) The bearing shells incorporate 'free-spread', where the width across the horns of each
shell in its free state is greater than the
main bearing bore (Figure 19). This
ensures that the horns make positive
contact with the main bearing housing bore
and that, when each pair of .shells is
brought together during assembly, they
will be correctly aligned. (See 3.7.03)
5) The main bearing shell locating tangs are all

situated on the 'B' bank side (Figure 12).
lb avoid damage to the tangs, it is vital to
tighten the main bearing studs in the
specified sequence. (See Page 3-13).
The shells are identical, but when fitted they

are each marked with their bearing
number and as top or cap shells by the
letters T'or 'C', e.g., '3C' indicates No. 3
main bearing cap shell (Figure 20). If
fitting new shells, etch the installed
position number and letter inside the oil
groove. @o not mark the bearing
surface).
Figure 17 - Main Bearing Assembly
CAUTION:
1. To ensure that the crankshaft is properly
supported only remove alternate bearings.
2. Take extreme care not lo damage the
bearing surfaces.
1) Hydraulic pack and tensioners.
2) An approximately 112 ton capaciv bottle jack

or similar with a reach from 350 to 460 mrn
-
Figure 18 Section through main bearing
(13.5 to 18 in).
assembly
3) A wooden beam, approximately 614x 15Ox 150 mm (24x6x 2 in) to lie across the oil
manifolds and support the jack.
0 MB
= BUCXSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
Main Bearing Cap Weight: 55 kg (120 lb)

Main Bearing Removal
1) Isolate the engine startingsystemand set
doors for the No. 1and 2 main bearings)

either side of the bearing and on both '' I+O
0 1 ;
-
NOTE: If the end bearings are being I I
removed,improved access may begained by
removing the appropriate lower crankcase
end cover.
Drain the sump of lubricating oil (Page
I
I total
I
I
I I
8-6). free-spread --)I
Bar the engine round until the main

bearing cap is not masked by the balance
-
Figure 19 Main bearing shell and cap,
showing free spread
weights.
3) Remove the main bearing cap lubricating oil supply pipe and plug the holes to prevent dirt
ingress.
4) (See 'hydraulic pack and tensioners' for operating instructions, page 13-1). Fit hydraulic
tensioners to the two side and two vertical main bearing studs. (Figures 21,22 and 23) Set
gap 'X'to 3.5 mm (0.14ins) on all four tensioners (Figure 24), by hand-tightening onto stud
and backing off 1turn approximately
5) Connect both side stud tensioners to the hydraulic pack and pressurise to 11,000 psi (760
bar). Undo the nuts one complete turn, using a tommy bar through the tensioner windows.
6) Release the pressure and disconnect the hydraulic pack. Remove the side stud tensioners.
Figure 20 - Main Bearing Shell And Cap, Showing

Shell Markin s, Tang And Notch
7) 5
Connect theverticalstud tensioners to t e hydraulicpackand pressurise to 17,OOOpsi(1,170
bar). Undo the nuts one complete turn.
@
Lasthed llW3 3-9 Mirrlccr Blackstone Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BL4CKSTONE
Figure 21 - Side Stud Tensioner Figure 22 - Vertical Stud Tensioner

In Position In Position
-
Figure 23 Recessed No. 1 Main Figure 24 - Stud Tensioner
Bearing Side Stud
MB ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
Release the pressure and disconnect the hydraulic pack. Remove the tensioners. Remove
the side studs and nuts.
9) Position the piece of wood and the bottle jack on the oil manifolds (Figure 25). Raise the
jack to support the main bearing cap. (Do use excessive force.)
Remove both vertical stud nuts.
Lower the bottle jack until the cap has dropped approximately 170 mm (6.7 in) to enable the
bearing shell to be removed (Figure 26). (If the cap will not move, loosen the nuts on both of
the adjacent main bearing cap side studs, using the hydraulic pack. This should allow the
crankcase to relax sufficiently to free the cap.)
12') Press on the 'A' bank (non-tang side) of the lower shell, to disengage it from the cap.
Remove the shell.
13) Push the upper shell around the crankshaft from the 'A' side and remove using a clean,
pliable piece of plastic, approximately 200 x 50 x 3 mm ( 8 x 2 x 0.1 ins) thick.
Main Bearin? Installation
Ensure that all components are clean and undamaged, and check that the free spread across
the horns of all shells is within limits (Figure 19 See Item number 3.7.03 for limits). Check
that the shells are correctly marked
Using clean engine oil, lubricate the top shell's bearing surface.
Working from the 'A'side of the engine,place the shell in the palm of the hand, with the tang
nearest the body.
4) Place the shell on the underside of the crankshaft journal. Slide into position around the
journal, tang trailing.
5) Working from the 'B' side of the engine, push the shell fully home by hand pressure (Figure
27). Ensure that the tang is fully located and that the shell end is flush with the housing (on
the tang side only).
Fit the cap shell to the cap and locate the shell, using hand pressure to overcome the shell's
free spread. Ensure that the shell end is flushwith the cap (on the tang side only). Lubricate
the shell's bearing surface with clean engine oil.
NOTE: When the cap and crankcase shells arefitled, with the tang endflush to the housings,
the non-tang end will stand slightlyproud. This is correct and ensures that when the cap isfiUy
tightened, the shells are a tightfit in the housing bore.
7) Carefully raise the cap into position, using the bottle jack, ensuring that the cap locating
dowels engage correctly.
'CI
LastIssued 1/1/93 3-11 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BUCKSTONE
I
Figure 25 - Main Bearing Cap
Supported By Jack
1. Cap
2. Wooden beam
3. Lub oil manifold
Figure 26 - Main Bearing Cap

Fully Lowered
Figure 27 - Installing Main Bearing

Shell
a
._.. -. . -.
Last Issued 1/1/93 3 12 '"lllllrw Y,e.lc,L"II~ L L Y
MB
=BUCKSTOh!E
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
C4UTION:Steps 8 to 17 must be followed in strict sequence, to ensure the main bearing shells
seat correctiy. Failure to do so could result in damage to the engine.
8) Fit the 'B'sidevertical stud nut and tighten, using the tommy bar. Check that there is no gap
between the cap and the crankcase just inside
the stud.
9) Fit the 'A' side vertical stud nut and tighten,

hand tight only. Using a feeler gauge,
measure gap 'C' (bearing shell nip) between
Gap C Gap should be rem the cap and the crankcase, just inside the stud
(Figure 28). See 3.7.04 for limits.
a 10) Fit the side studs and screw in until just tight
(do not overtighten). Check that the ends of
the studs stand out 93 - 97 mm (3.66 - 3.82
in) from the crankcase. Fit the nuts to the
studs and tighten, using the tommy bar.
11) Fit hydraulic tensioners to all four studs.

-
Figure 28 Main Bearing 'Nip Check that gap 'X' (Figure 24) is zero on all
1. Gap should be zero four tensioners.
2. Gap should be measured (gap 'C')
bar). Tighten the nuts and release the pressure. Tighten both tensioner inserts onto the
studs, using the tommy bar, to set gap ' X' to zero. Disconnect the hydraulic pack.
13) Connect both vertical tensioners to the hydraulic pack and pressurise to 4,000 psi (280 bar).
Tighten the nuts and release the pressure. Tighten both tensioner inserts onto the studs,
a using the tommy bar, to set gap 'X ' to zero.
14) Pressurise both vertical tensioners to 16,000 psi (1,100 bar).

Tighten the nuts firmly, release the pressureand check thestud stretch by measuringgap'x
on each tensioner, using a feeler gauge. See item 3.7.12for limits. Disconnect the hydraulic
pack.
bar). Tighten the nuts firmly, release the hydraulic pressure and again measure gap 'X' on
each tensioner, using a feeler gauge. See 3.7.13 for limits. Disconnect the hydraulic pack.
NOTE: Ifgap X' is too low, check the hydraulic pressure gauge calibration. If this is correct
there is probably dirt in the threads or under the nu&. These should be removed, cleaned and
rejitted.
.'-
Last Issued 1/1193 3-13 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACXSTOh!E
16) As a check, the number of tommy bar holes in each nut that pass the tensioner windows can
be counted. This also corresponds to the stud-stretch. The correct nut rotations are:
Vertical studs to 5 hole pitches
No. 1main bearing aside studs 1% to 3/4 hole pitches
All other side studs 1 to 1112 hole pitches
17) Remove all four tensioners and fit the protective caps to the side studs.
18) If any adjacent main bearing side studs have been loosened to facilitate cap removal, tighten
them (steps 15,16 and 17 above).
19) Check the crankshaft to main bearing clearance (Page 3-4).
20) Remove the jack and wood from the sump. Check that there is no debris in the sump.
Remove the protective plugs and fit the main bearing cap lub oil supply pipe. e
21) Refill the sump with lub oil (Page 8-6). Briefly switch on the lub oil priming pump and
check that oil flows from the crankshaftkrankcase interface.
22) Fit the crankcase and/or camshaft drive train doors.
f) Thrust Bea rine Reolacement
The thrust bearings are a free fit on their outside diameters and on their location dowels.
This allows them to expand freely, avoiding distortion. The thrust bearing halves are
identical, but once 'run-in', must be replaced in their original positions if removed. They
-
should each be marked with their installed positions 'fly' or 'free' identifies which side of
the cap they are fitted and 'T'or 'C' identifies top or cap halves. If bearing renewal is
necessary, it is essential that the top and cap halves are renewed as a pair.
If unexpectedly high wear is found, the most likely cause is end-thrust originatingfrom the
driven equipment (the thrust bearings are designed to limit the end float of the engine itself e
- not that of the driven equipment. See the appropriate Manual for details of the driven
equipment).
Assoc iated Tasks
I) No. 1 main bearing replacement.

2) Crankshaft endfroat check
Thrust Bearine Removal
1) Isolate the engine starting system and set the control lever to 'STOP'. Whilst keeping the
vertical nuts engaged on the studs, approximately 2 threads, lower the No. 1 main bearing
cap (Page 3-9) until it rests on the nuts.
a
MB
=BUCXSTOAE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL,
Section 3
NOTE: Check that each thrust ring is marked with iIs installed position as it is removed.
2) Pull both cap halves off their dowels and remove.
3) Slide both top halves around their recesses and remove.

NOTE: Levering the cranksha@ to put all the endfloat to one side of the bearing may asskt in
removal and installation.
Thrust Bearing Installatipn
1) Check the crankshaft thrust faces for damage and scoring - polish out if necessary using a
flat scraper (not emery paper). Check the thrust bearings for damage and discolouration.
Measure the thickness of the bearings ( see item number 3.7.10 for limits) and check that
they are flat to within 0.12mm (0.005 in). Renew the thrust bearings if necessary.
a 2) Check the bearing locating dowels for damage and renew if necessary. (The dowel is an
interference fit in the cap). If fitting a new dowel, hammer it home using a 6mm drift to
avoid distortion (Figure 30).
3) Ensure that the dowel shoulder is just below the level of the cap thrust face, or the
crankshaft endfloat will be affected.
4) Lubricate the bearing surfaces with clean engine lub oil.

CAWTZON:The thrust bearings incorporate oil slots, to provide lubrication for the thrust faces
(Figure 31). The thrust bearings must befitted with these oil slotsfacing outwardsfrom the cap.
5) Fit both thrust bearing top halves, by rotating into their recesses.
6) If fitting new thrust bearings, it is advisable to carry out a preliminary check of the
a crankshaft endfloat at this stage (Page 3-3).
Place the thrust bearing cap halves in position.

7)
8) Fit the main bearing cap (Page 3-11), ensuring that the thrust bearings remain in position
as the cap is raised.
9) Check the crankshaft endfloat (Page 3-3).
LastIssucd 1/1/93 3-15 Mirrlces Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLQCXSTOAE
a+-,
Dowel MBC
jLD&
T-
6 mm
(0.25 in)
Figure 30 - Thrust Bearing Dowel
Figure 29 - Thrust Bearings and No. 1

Main Bearing Cap
1. Dowel locating hole

2. Oil slot
MB
=BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
3.3. PUMPDRIVESYSTEhq
The belt is designed to be able to operate normally, even if subject to oil or water
contamination. It is kept centrally positioned by crowning on the smaller pulleys.
Misalignment will not occur unless the belt tension is incorrect, or there is a mechanical
defect in the belt or the pulley system.
Figure 32 - Drivebelt Arrangement

1. Crankshaft pulley
2. Damper
3. Raw water pump - (not fitted on air
to air intercooled engines)
4. Belt tensioner
5. Tensioner mounting plate
6. Lub oil pump
7. Fresh water pump
8. Tensioner setscrew
9. Tensioner nut
10. Adjuster screw (and tabwasher)
e If any alignment faults should occur, check that all pulleys are free to rotate smoothly (ie,
with no roughness due to damaged bearings). The belt must be renewed if it is frayed or
cracked, or if the leather facing is worn through, exposing the core material. If the belt
surfaces become glazed they must be carefully wire-brushed to achieve a ’suede-leather’
finish and then dressed with the recommended spray.
In hot, dry or dusty conditions the belt may dry out. This is indicated by hardening and
eventual cracking of the belt surface. In these conditions the belt should be periodically
treated with the recommended spray dressing. (to be obtained from our Spares
Department.)
During the first 100 hours of running, the belt will “bed in” and loose some tension. This is
allowed for by the initial tension setting.
e
Lastlssucd 1/1/93 3-17 Mirrlees Bladetone Lcd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- JmiS
BLACKSTONE
The installationprocedurevaries, according to whether the original or a replacement belt is
0
to be fitted.
Figure 33 - Belt Tensioning

Incorrect tensioning can reduce the life of the belt and the pulley shaft bearings, therefore
the procedures outlined below must be strictly followed to ensure that the final tension is
correct.
Belt Removal
Isolate the engine starting system and turn the control lever to 'Stop'.
Remove the drive belt guard front end cover.

a
If the same belt is to be re-fitted; mark, using a white marker, its direction of rotation and
its inner/outer surfaces to ensure that it will be re-fitted in the same position.
Also check that the tensioner and back plate have been position-marked. If not, do so.
(Figure 33)
Remove the 2 tensioner securing setscrews and loosen the 2 tensioner nuts approximately
1/2 a turn so that the tensioner will slide on the back plate.
Bend back the tabwasher and undo the tensioner adjusting screw until the belt can be
removed.
Coil the belt avoiding sharp bends (See fig 33A), and store in a clean dry area.
’
I-
MB
=BL4CXSTOh!E
b)
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
Pittine and Tensionine a New BeIt
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
IMPORTANT
Fig 33A COILING BELT WHEN To prevent damage fold
REMOVED ends over Formers 100 mm
(4 inch) minimum Do not
fold belt. Coil as shown.
Renew the adjusting screw tabwasher.
Check the pulleys for excessive play and roughness of rotal.,n, and ensure that their runn
surfaces are clean.
a 3) With the belt offthe engine, markwith a ball point pen two lines exactly 400 mm apart on its
inside surface.
The surface is marked with a direction of rotation arrow.
Important; The belt be marked aany tension is put into it.

4) Fit the belt around the pulleys with the two lines on the inside of the bottom belt run. Ensure
that the arrow on the belt points in the direction of rotation. (The lay of the drive surface is
designed to run in a particular direction).
5) Tighten the tensioner adjusting screw enough to take the slack out of the belt, so that it just
grips the pulleys.
Bar the engine approximately 2 1/2 revs. to align the belt on the pulleys.
Fit the two tensioner set screws but do not tighten.
7) Tighten the adjusting screw until the two lines on the belt are exactly 405 mm apart.
CAUTI0N:Over tightening the belt will overload and could significantly reduce the li$e of the
pump bearings. Under-tensioning will not enable the belt to properly transmit the drive and may
result in it running offthepulleys.
Tighten the tensioner setscrews and nuts to 135 Nm (100 1bf.ft).
Bar the engine approximately 2 1/2revs. and check that the lines on the belt are still 405 mm
apart. Adjust if necessary.
When the tension is correct, delete the existing position marks on the tensioner body and
back plate, and make new ones. (Figure 33)
y
~
LastIssucd 1/1/93 3-19 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

Section 3 ESL12&16Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
A
-
B
MIRIUEES E
- BUCKSTOh?E
11) Bend up the tabwasher to lock the adjusting screw. Refit the belt guard front end cover.
NOTE Unless disturbed, the bell will now remain correctly tensioned for its entire [$e.
-fittine and Re -tens ioninp a Used Belt
.
Renew the adjusting screw tabwasher.
Check the pulleys for excessiveplay and roughness of rotation, and ensure that their running
surfaces are clean.
3) Check the belt condition and wipe off any dirt or grease.
4) Fit the belt around the pulleys. Ensure that the belts inside surface is on the inside and its
direction of rotation is correct. (These should have been marked on it together with its
engine number before removal see section 3.3A).
5) Tighten the tensioner adjusting screw enough to take the slack out of the belt so that it just
grips the pulleys.
Bar the engine approximately 2 1/2 revs. to align the belt on the pulleys.
Fit the two tensioner setscrews, but do not tighten.
7) Tighten the adjusting screw until the position-marks on the tensioner body and the
backplate line up.
-
rigure 35 DTI Positioned For
1. Attachment bolts Pulley Alignment Check
2. Jacking holes
Check the belt tension by applying a torque wrench to the nut on the top left hand pump.
The pulley should slip inside the belt at a torque of 120 lbf/ft (163 Nm) for 75 mm wide belts
and at 150 lb/ft (203 Nm) for 100 mm wide belt.
a
MB
= BL4CKSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
NOTE Rotate pump nut clockwise during check regardless of direction of engine rotation.
8) Tighten the tensioner setscrews and nuts to 135 Nm (100 Ibf.ft)
9) Bend up the adjusting screw tabwasher. Refit the belt guard front cover.
d) Crankshaft Pullev Replacement
The crankshaft pulley is attached to the damper by eight bolts and is located by two dowels.
If an extension shaft is fitted to the free end of the engine, the damper and extension shaft
assembly will have to be removed with the pulley.
Crankshaft drive pulley weight:- 27Kg (60 lb)
Crankshaft Pullev Removd
1) Isolate the engine starting system and set the control lever to 'STOP'. Remove the drivebelt
(Page 3-18).
2) If a free-end extension shaft is fitted, remove the damper and extension shaft assembly,
complete with the pulley (Page 3-30).
3) Match mark the crankshaft pulley and damper.
4) Support the crankshaft pulley and remove the 8 M12 bolts (Figure 34).
5) Fit 2 of the M12 bolts to the jacking holes and tighten evenly, forcing the pulley off its
locating dowels.
6) Lift the pulley clear and remove the jacking bolts.
7) If fitting a new pulley or damper, remove the two locating dowels from the damper.
p
1) Clean all mating surfaces thoroughly, or misalignment may occur.
2) Lift the pulley into position on the damper.
3) Fit the retaining bolts and lockwashers. Tighten them sufficiently to hold the pulley in
place, but not enough to prevent the pulley being repositioned for alignment purposes, if
necessary.
4) If the damper has been removed, install it (Page 3-31). Position the DTI as shown to read
on the belt contacting surface of the pulley (Figure 35). Bar the flywheel round and align the
pulley to within 0.25 mm (0.010 in) total indicated reading on the DTI.
Y
Last Issued 1/1/93 3-21 Mirrlces Blackstonc Lad
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
= BLACKSTONE
Tighten the retaining bolts progressively to 75 Nm (55 Ibf ft) and re-check the pulley
alignment (step 4).
-
If a new damper or pulley has been fitted, ream the two dowel holes to 12.000 12.027mm
(0.4724 - 0.4735 in) and drive in the dowels.
Fit the drivebelt (Page 3-19).
Ihm&&mer Pullev Reulace-
The four pulleys are an interference fit on tapered shafts and are each retained by a
self-locking nut. To facilitate pulley removal, the tapered pulley bore can be hydraulically
expanded to eject the pulley from the shaft (Figure 36).
SDecial Tools;
e
I) Hydraulic pack and adaptox
Pumumensioner Pullev Removal

Isolate the engine starting systems and set the control lever to ’STOP’. Remove the pulley
guard and the drivebelt (Page 3-18).
Holding the pulley shaft steady by using a spanner on the flats of the pulley boss, undo the
retaining nut one turn only.
WARNING: Thepulley will be ejected with considerableforce. This ispe$ectly safe, providing
thepulley retaining nut is undone one turn only. As aprecaution ensure that no-one or no part
offhe body is in front ofthe pulley whilst hydraulic pressure is applied.
Read ’Hydraulic Tensioning Equipment’ (Page 13-1). Fit the hydraulic adaptor to the
pulley, connect to the hydraulic pack and increase the pressure until the pulley is ejected
from its taper. (Pressures in excess of 20,O 00 psi (1,380bar) may be necessary).
Release the pressure and remove the hydraulic adaptor.
Remove the nut, washer and pulley.
PumolTensioner Pullev Installation
1) Clean the shaft and the pulley bore.
2) Firmlypush the pulley onto theshafttaper and fitthewasher andself- lockingnut. Tighten
the nut to 237 Nm (175Ibf ft).
3) Lubricate the hydraulic connection with a drop of engine lub oil and firmly fit the plastic
protector cap.
Mir,lrrr nl*,.!,.,n”.
......-.- 1 Id
Lastlsrued 1/1/93 3-22 . ... -. .
MB
=BLACASTOhZ
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
4) Fit the drivebelt and pulley guard (Page 3-19).

Special Tools
Reaction bar (i9030196)
Figure 36 - Belt Tensioner

1. Lub oil inlet 8. Bearings
2. Lub oil outlet 9. Circlip
3. Circlip 10. '0'ring
4. Rear oil seal plug 11. Fonvard oil seal
5. Circlip 12. Washer
6. Tensioning bolt and tabwasher 13. Hydraulic connector
7. '0' ring
f) Drive belt Tensioner (For deta ils o f the DurnDs. see the appropriate svstemsl
The drivebelt tensioner is attached to its mounting plate by two bolts and two setscrews,
which pass through slotted holes in the tensioner casting (Figure 36). These fasteners are
LastIssucd 1/1/93 3-23 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACXSTOh%
fitted with conical ’Belleville’ washers, which allow the tensioner to move during
belt-tension adjustment, after the fasteners have been loosened slightly. The tensioner’s
position (and therefore the belt tension) may be adjusted by turning the tensioning bolt,
which is locked by a tabwasher.
The tensioner shaft is mounted on two renewable bearings, which are lubricated with
engine oil. This is supplied by pipe from the ‘A‘ bank camshaft end bearing (Figure 144).
The overflow pipe transfers excess oil to the sump.
NOTE: Ifthe tensioner is replaced, the ’Belleville’ washers must bejitted with the conesfacing
awayfrom the engine.
Always grease #heshaf2 beforejitting oil seal.
3.4. R D PE
The Holset damper consists of an annular mass, free to rotate on bearings within the
damper body (Figure 37). The body is attached to the free end of the crankshaft. The small
clearance between the two components is filled with a highviscosity siliconefluid. This fluid
absorbs energy when there is relative movement between the two components. This
absorption of energy reduces the amplitude of torsional vibration and the associated
crankshaft stresses to a safe level. The damper’s efficiency depends on the viscosity of the
fluid. The fluid should be sampled at 20,000 engine running hours, using a special spanner
and sampler obtainable from either Holset Ltd or Mirrlees Blackstone (Stamford) Ltd. The
sample should be returned to Holset Ltd for analysis and, from this, the final life of the fluid
will be advised. At least 10 samples may be taken without affecting the damper’s
performance. The damper is asealed unit and must be returned to the manufacturer for any
rectification (including fluid changing).
Address: Holset Engineering Company Ltd (Industrial Division)
131 Parkinson Lane
HALIFAX Telex: 517643
HX13RD Telephone: (0422) 57234
a) g- 1 uid m i
There are two sampling plugs on the damper accessible through holes drilled in the
crankshaft pulley. Either of these plugs may be used.
Soecial Tools:
I) Holset sampler:
2) Holset plug removal spanner:
Lastlsued ]/U93 3-24 Minlecs Blachtonc Ltd

e MB
= BLACXSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
LastIssucd lJM3 3-25 Mirrlces Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACXTTONE
Figure 39 - Damper, Crankshaft Pulley And Extension ShafVSpacer Assembly

1. Crankshaft pulley
2.
3.
Clearance bolt
Damper a
4. Socket head screw
5. Spirol pin
6. Crankshaft flange
7. Extension shaft
OR
8. Spacer plate
9. Fitted stud
1) Isolate the engine starting system and set the control lever to ’STOP’Remove the drivebelt
guard.
2) Remove one of the two sampling plugs from the damper, using the special spanner (the
initial resistance to turning is high, as the plug is locked by peening).
e
Last Imcd 1/1/93 -7-25 .......-- -,”--.-..” ”.”
,“:__1^__1)1^-1-.---.. _I
/@ MB
= BLQCKYTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
3) Remove both caps from the sampler and screw the sampler into the damper (Figure 38).
4) Bar the engine round until the sampler is at its lowest position so that the fluid can drain out.
5) When fluid is just seen emerging from the sampler (this may take as long as several hours),
fit the end cap, remove the sampler and fit the other cap.
6) Refit the sampling plug and tighten to 24 Nm (18 lbf ft) - do not overtighten. Peen with a
small, round nosed punch, to force metal into the plug notches.
7) Refit the drivebelt guard.
8) Send the sampler to the manufacturer or nearest authorised agent.

b) DamDer Replacement
e There are two procedures for damper replacement, depending on whether or not an
extension shaft is fitted at the free end of the engine. If there is no extension shaft, a spacer
plate is fitted in its place (Figure 39 item 8).
The extension shaft/spacer plate is not spigoted to the crankshaft flange, but is instead
located by two 'spirol' pins, to facilitate removal and installation and is secured to the
crankshaft flange by two socket head capscrews. On commissioning it is recommended that
a solid packing piece, approximately 100 mm (4in) thick, is fitted at the driven equipment
end of the extension shaft. Removal of this packing piece will simplify extension shaft
replacement.
The damper is spigoted to the outer diameter of the extension shaft or spacer plate flange.
The damper, extension shaft (or spacer plate) and crankshaft flange assembly is secured
normally by four clearance bolts and two fitted studs. The studs transmit the drive and their
holes are reamed on assembly. If refitting the same damper, the existing holes may be
0 re-used. However, if fitting a new damper, the existing reamed holes cannot be re-used
for the fitted studs as the holes would inevitably be enlarged.
The studs must be fitted through two diametrically opposite holes, of the four previously
used for bolts, and these holes must be reamed to size on assembly.
NOTE: Whenevera damper is renewed, the reamed holes should be clearb and indelibb marked
on the crankhaftflange.
A new or reconditioned damper will have the two stud holes pre-reamed. Care must be
taken to align these holes with the correct holes in the crankshaft and extension shaft during
installation.
A replacement damper may be supplied with oversize holes. In this case a suitable reamer
and a set of oversize fitted studs will also be supplied - the existing bolts may be re-used.
LartIssued llW3 3-21 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd

-
- BLQCKSTOh?E
If all the six holes in the crankshaft flange (and spacer/extensionshaft) have been previously
reamed for fitted studs, a damper with oversize holes must be ordered.
NOTE: In certain installntions the forward end extension shafl, qfitted, may be required to
transmit greaterpower possibly up tow enginepower. In these cases the damper/extensionshafl
may be secured to the crankshaj? by a total of 4 or 6fitted studs, which will replace the clearance
b o h . In these cases, damper renewal will fhereforeautomatically involvefltting oversize studs.
e) Part 1 Damoer Reolacement - Engines without a Free End Extension Shaft
SDecial Tools;
1) 25.000-25.033 mm (0.9843-0.9855 in) reameq forjitted studs.
2) Steel bar and timber support (Figure 40).
Damper and drive pulley weight (minimum): 214 kg (470 lb).
Removal
1) Isolate the engine starting system and set the control lever to 'Stop'. Remove the drivebelt
(page 3-18).
2) Remove the crankshaft pulley @age 3-21).
3) Bar the engine round, until one of the four damper attachment bolts, that has not been
previously teamed, is at TDC.
4) Match mark the fitted stud holes on the damper and the crankshaft, using an indelible pen.
5) Remove the fitted studs, using a tube and nut type extractor if necessary.
6) Remove the attachment bolt at TDC. Ensure the support bar is free from burrs and coat
lightly with grease, to assist in sliding the damper. Fit the support bar and timber support
(Figure40) and lock the bar behind the crankshaft flange toprevent it being pulled out (e.g.
by a nut, or split pin).
7) Remove the three remaining attachment bolts.
8) Slide the damper approximately 100 mm (4 in) away from the engine. Fit a lifting sling
through the damper bore and around the centre of the turbocharger bracket and take the
weight of the damper (Figure 40).
9) Slide the damper along the removal bar (maintaining the sling tension) until it can be lifted
vertically.
e MB
= BUCKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
10) Remove the support bar from the engine and lift the damper clear.
htallation
1) Check the damper attachment boltsand studs for fretting and damage - renew if necessary.
Ensure the damper and spacer mating faces are free from burrs and scrupulously clean, or
misalignment may occur. Check that the two setscrews holding the spacer plate to the
crankshaft flange are tight.
Figure 40 - Damper Removal - Engine

Without Extension Shaft
Turbocharger mounting bracket
Crankshaft flange and spacer plate
Bright steel bar, 24 mm (1in) diameter
Timber support, approx 100 x 75 mm (4x 3 in) thick
2) Lift the new damper into position with one of the two pre-reamed holes at TDC.
3) With the crankshaft in the same position as during removal, fit the support bar and timber
support as before.
Lartlrsved llM3 3-29 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTOM
4) Slide the damper along the bar, towards the engine, gradually releasing the sling tension.
When approximately 100 mm (4 in) from the spacer plate, remove the sling and clean any
debris from the damper mating surface.
5) Slide the damper into position. Clean the bolts and coat with molybdenum disulphide or
coppaslip. Fit and nip tight the four bolts (do not overtighten), leaving the 2 pre-Teamed
holes vacant.
Remove the bar, align the fitted stud holes and ream through, using the damper hole as a
guide.
Clean the studs and coat with molybdenum disulphide or coppaslip. Tap the studs home.
Progressively tighten the bolts and studs to 540 NM (400 1bf.ft).
Fit the crankshaft pulley (page 3-22). e
Fit the drivebelt (page 3-20).
Part 2. Damoer Realacement - Ene ines with a Free End Extension Shaft
Soecial Tools;
I) 25.000-25.033 mm (0.9843-0.9855 in)
reamer for jitted studs.
2) Piloted punch for spirolpins (Figure 41).

Comaonent weiFhts;
Damper and drive pulley (minimum weight):
214 kg (470 Ib).
Extension shaft: Dependent on application -
see installation drawings.
Removal
Figure 41 - Piloted punch for
spirol pins
1) Isolate the engine starting system and set the
control lever to 'STOP'. Remove the drivebelt and guard (page 3-18).
2) Mark the fitted stud holes on the damper and crankshaft. Match mark the extension shaft
and crankshaft flanges.
3) Ensure that the extension shaft is free from burrs and lightlycoat its top surface with grease,
between the damper and the centre of the shaft.
MB
=BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
4) Remove the fitted studs, using a tube and nut type extractor if necessary. Remove the four
bolts.
5) Support the damper, usingalever between its inner radius and the extension shaft. Ease the
damper assembly off its spigot so that it rests on the extension shaft.
6) Slide the damper to the centre of the extension shaft and secure it firmly in position, using
wooden wedges.
7) Adequately support the extension shaft and damper assembly by crane.
8) Disconnect the driven equipment and, if fitted, remove the extension shaft packing piece.
-
e 9) Drive out the two spirolpins from the extension shaft crankshaft flange joint, towards the
engine using the piloted punch (Figure 41). Remove the two screws securing the extension
shaft to the crankshaft.
10) Lift the extension shaft and damper assembly clear.

Installation
1) Check all removed bolts, studs and spirolpins for fretting and damage - renew if necessary.
Ensure the damper, extension shaft and crankshaft flange mating faces are free from burrs
and are scrupulously clean or misalignment may occur.
2) Fit the crankshaft pulley to the damper and nip the bolts tight.
3) Wedge the damper assembly at the centre of the extension shaft as on removal.
4) Lift the extension shaft and damper assembly into position and align the match marks made
0 on removal.
5) Align the two spirol pin holes and, using the piloted punch, drive the pins into position,
towards the engine. The pins should be flush with the exposed crankshaft flange when fully
fitted. Fit the two extension shaft securing screws.
6) Refit the extension shaft packingpiece, if fitted, and connect the driven equipment, aligning
as necessary.
7) Remove the lifting gear and remove the wedges from the damper assembly.
8) Slide the damper assembly towards the engine and approximately align the reamed holes in
the damper with two previously unreamed holes in the extension shaft and crankshaft
flanges.
e
LastIssucd lib93 3-31 Mirrlces Blackstone Ud
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
- BUCKSTOhE
-
Locate the damper on to its spigot, using a lever as before, and align the stud holes. Clean
the bolts and studs, and coat their shanks with molybdenum disulphide or similar
compound.
Fit the four bolts and nip the nuts tight. Ensure that the two stud holes are aligned and
progressively tighten the nuts to 540 Nh4 (400 1bf.ft).
Check the extension shaft alignment using a DTI. If incorrect, loosen the nuts off,
re-position the extension shaft, repeat steps 10 and 1L Check the crankshaft deflection
(Page 27). See 'Technical Data' for limits. If beyond limits re-adjust the extension shaft
and repeat alignment and deflection checks.
When the extension shaft is correctly aligned, ream the stud holes through, using the
damper hole as a guide.
Tap the studs home and tighten the nuts to 540 Nh4 (400 Ibf.ft).
Align the crankshaft pulley (page 3-21).
Fit the drivebelt and guard (page 3-20),
FLYWHEEL
Flywheel Redacement
The flywheel is attached to the crankshaft flange by eight fitted bolts and two safety bolts.
e
Last Issued 1/1/93 7-72 Minlees Rlachtonc Ifd
MB
=BLACKSTOhZ
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
-
Figure 43 Flywheel, Looking Onto Engine
1. Fitted bolts
2. Safety bolts
3. Crankshaft
Saecial To&
I) Eye bolt for Iifiing (Pari No. 10-073-951).
2) Flpheel nut spanner (Part No. 31 -901 -010).
Flywheel weight: Depends on engine application, but will always require lifting equipment.
Fl-wheel Removd
1) Isolate the engine starting system and turn the control lever to 'STOP'. Remove the
flywheel guard. Disconnect the driveshaft from the flywheel. Remove any appropriate
component of the driveshaft,e.g. flexible coupling, to give sufficient clearance to enable the
flywheel to be moved off its spigot and lifted clear.
2) Ensure that the flywheel and crankshaft are match marked and that the fitted bolt holes are
numbered.
-
Last Issued 1lli93 3-33 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
-
- BLQCKSTOhE
3) Bar the flywheel round until one of the four tapped holes in the rim is at TDC. Fit the lifting
eye to this hole and support the flywheel.
4) Remove the eight flywheel attachment bolts. Remove the two safety bolts (Figure 43).
5) Disengage the flywheel from the crankshaft spigot (approximately 11 mm (0.4 in) long) and
lift clear.
Flvwheel Installation
1) -
Clean all bolts thoroughly and examine for damage and fretting renew if necessary. Coat
the shanks with molybdenum disulphide grease, or similar compound, to ease fitting. Clean
the flywheel and crankshaft mating surf aces thoroughly.
2) Lift the flywheel and slide on to the crankshaft spigot. Align the flywheel and crankshaft
marks (both are stamped with an '0').
3) Fit the two safety bolts and nip tight.
4) (The fitted bolts are numbered and must be installed in their correct holes). Fit the top
fitted bolt first, so that the remainder of the holescan be easily aligned. Fit the remainder of
the fitted bolts and progressively tighten all the nuts to 680 NM (500 1bf.ft).
5) Tighten the safety bolts to 400 NM (295 1bf.ft).
6) Remove the lifting eye and reconnect the driveshaft.

7) Fit the flywheel guard.
8) Check the driveshaft alignment (see engine installation drawings).
3.6. CRANKCASE FITTIN=
a) Crankcase Extract0r Fm
A depression is maintained in the crankcase by an extractor fan. A pipe, from the control
end of the crankcase to the extractor fan unit, draws fumes from the crankcase between a
butterfly valve and the fan. The fumes are discharged to atmosphere.
At weekly intervals, confirm that the crankcase depression (vacuum reading), with the
engine running on full load and the fan running, is between 0.5 and 0.75 inches (13 and 19
mm) reading taken with a ' U tube water gauge.
Adjust the depression, if necessary, by rotating the butterfly control in the extractor fan
intake.
e MB
= BUCKSTOh'E
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
b) Crankcase E nd Covers
The free and flywheel ends of the
crankcase are sealed by two identical,
split aluminium covers. An integral,
labyrinth type oil seal prevents oil
leakage past the crankshaft. The two
halves of each end cover meet in a
metal to metal joint, which is located
by dowels and sealed by 'Hylomar' or
similar jointing compound. The
crankcase to end cover joint is sealed
by a self adhesive gasket which is stuck
on to the crankcase.
When fitting a new gasket, thoroughly clean
and degrease the crankcase surface.
Progressively remove the paper backing Figure 44 - Crankcase End Cover
from the new gasket as it is stuck down.
?b gain access to the No. 1 main bearing cap, the flywheel end cover can be unbolted from
the crankcase, moved off its locating dowels and rotated through 90°. It may be secured in
this position by loosely fitting one of the setscrews. This avoids having to split the two end
cover halves.
c) Suma
The sump is bolted directly to the crankcase. This joint is sealed by round rubber cords that
a locate in ' U section groovescut in the sump (Figure46). The sump is sealed at either end by
the crankcase end covers. The sump should not need to be removed under normal
circumstances. Should this be necessary, however, ensure that the manifold to main bearing
cap lub oil pipes are removed and marked with their fitted positions before removing the
sump. Plug all exposed lub oil connections to avoid the ingress of dirt and moisture.
On final installation of the sump, the following procedures must be observed:

1) Prior to installation, apply a thin film of 'Hylomar' or similar jointing compound to the
mating faces outboard of the groove, to prevent water ingress and corrosion.
2) The rubber cords are made deliberately long, so that they can be lightly stretched during
installation, ensuring they remain correctly seated in the grooves. Retain this stretch by
attaching string to the cord ends and securing
to convenient points on the crankcase.
LastIssucd 1/W3 3-35 Mirrlecr Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
- BUCKSTONE
-
-
Figure 45 Sump a
Sieve
Main bearing supply pipe
Lub oil pressure manifold
Lub oil pressure manifold
Sump lifting points
6. Baffle
Before lifting the sump into position, fill the

end 50 mm (2 in) of the grooves with 'Hylosil'
-
or similar silicone rubber sealant, lifting the
rubber cords to ensure the groove is totally
filled.
Raise the sump, engaging the dowels, until a

within approximately 2 mm (0.08 in) of its
installed position. Release the tension on the
Figure 46 - Sump to Crankcase Seal
rubber cords and leave for five minutes, to
allow the cords to contract. Raise the sump 1. Crankcase
2. Seal
into position.
3. Sump
Degrease and fit the sump attachment bolts, using 'Loctite'275. Working evenly along both
sides of the sump, progressively tighten the bolts to 75 Nh4 (55 1bf.ft).
Trim the ends of the rubber cords squarely to leave approximately 0.75 rnrn (0.030 in)
standingproud of the sump end-faces. Visually check that the groove ends are completely
filled with sealant, before fitting the crankcase end cover gasket.
i MB
= BLACXSTOhZ
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
d) Moth areer Mou ntinp Bracket
-e 47 - Turbocharger Mounting
Bracket
-
Figure 48 Turbocharger Mounting
Bracket - Crankshaft Location
1. Hydraulically tensioned stud holes
The turbocharger mounting bracket is attached to the crankcase free-end face by four M20
setscrew and four M30 bolts. The bracket is designed as a permanent fixture and therefore
is not normally removed. If it is necessary to remove the bracket, the turbochargers and
intercooler must first be removed. Before installation, the mating surfaces between the
bracket and crankcase must be thoroughly cleaned and then coated with a thin layer of
'Hylomar' or similar jointing compound. Assemble the setscrews using Loctite 275.
~-,
Lartlssued 1/1/93 3-31
Section 3 ESL 12 8z 16 Mk2
INSTRUCT?ON MANUAL
- BUCKSTOhE
-
Saecial To&
Turbocharger bracket lifiing eye bart no. 10-073-951)
M20 Setscrew torque loading 320 NM (250 lbjfi)
M30 Bolt torque loading: 475 Nrn (350 lbjfi)
e) kcase Water Drain Valves
l k o drain valves are fitted at the flywheel end (Figure 4) and allow the crankcase water
cavities on each bank to be completely emptied. This should only be necessary if either the
liners are to be removed (to prevent water draining into the sump) or if the fresh water
cooling system has to be drained during laying-up of the engine (to prevent frost damage).
Each valve is operated by attaching a drain hose to the connector and then loosening the
needle valve. On completion of draining, the valve should be 'nipped' tight (do not
overtighten).
MIRRLEESF
MB
=BLACXSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 3
3.7. WCHNICAL DATA

New D imension Clearance w a x or Min
Max/Min Aeceotable
mrn
Condition
1. Crankshaft main journal diameter 260.00 mmi259.96 mm
(10.236 in/10.235 in) 0.39 mnd0.29 mm 0.50 mm
Main bearing shell bore 260.35 md260.29 mm (0.015 in)/(O.Oll in) (0.020 in)
(10.250 id10.248 in)
2. Main bearing shell thickness 4.97 mnd4.95 mm /4.77mm
(0.196 in/0.195 in) /(0.188 in)
3. Main bearing shell, min total free 1273.75 mm
spread /(10.778 in)
Main bearing nip 0.79 mm /0.66 mm
(0.031 in/0.026 in)
5. Crankpin diameter 186.00 mnd185.97 mm
(7.323 inn.322 in) 0.27 mnd0.18 mm 0.40 mm
Large end shell bore 186.24 mnd186.18 mm (O.Ollin)/(O.007 in) (0.016 in)
(7.332 inn.330 in)
6. Large end bearing shell thickness 3.99 mm/3.97mm /3.77mm
(0.157 in/0.156 in) /(0.148 in)
7. Large end bearing shell, min total D96.94 mm
free spread /(7.750 in)
8. Large end bearing nip 0.69 mm/0.56 mm
(0.027 in/0.022 in)
9. Crankshaft end float 0.66 mm/0.41 mm 0.91 mm
(0.026in)/(0.016 in) (0.036 in)
10. Thrust bearing thickness 9.92 mm/9.88mm /9.68mm
(0.390 i1d0.389 in) /(0.380 in)
11. Maximum ovality of crankpins /0.013 mm 0.143 mm
e Stud Tensionine Data
../(O.OOOS in) (0.0045 in)
12. Main Bearinevertical Studs

Pre- tightening pressure 4,000 psi (276 bar)
Tightening
- -.pressure 16,000 psi (1,100 bar)
Correct extension on tensioning from 4,000 1.06-1.32 mm (0.042-0.052 in)
Release pressure 16,000 psi (bar)
13. Main Bearine Side Studs
Tightening Pressure + 1000 psi (69 bar)
Tightening pressure 10,000 psi (690 bar)
Long- studs - correct extension te jionir J 0.23-0.38 mm (0.009-0.015 in)
Short studs - correct extension on tensioning 0.08-0.18 mm (0.003-0.007 in)
Release pressure
Lasflsnted 1/1/93 3-39 Mirrlecs Blachtonc Ltd

MB
=BLACKSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
Contents
CYLINDER HEAD. PISTON. CONNECTING ROD AND LINER
4.1. DESCRIPTION .......................................... 2

. .. .. . .
Cylinder Head Assembly .. ... . ... . . . ... .. . . . . . .. ... 2
Valveand Rocker Gear .................................... 2
Pistons ................................................. 2
Connecting Rods ......................................... 4
Cylinder Liners .......................................... 4
4.2. CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY ............................ 4
Valve Clearance Adjustment (Tappet Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . .. . 4
Cylinder Head Assembly Replacement . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5
.
Cylinder Head Assembly Removal .. .. .. . . . . . .. . . .. . . . ..... 6
..
Cylinder Head Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . .. . . .. 1
Servicing the Cylinder Head Assembly . . . . . .. . . . . ... ..... . . . . 10
. ..
Cylinder Head Dismantling . . .. . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . 12
.
Cylinder Head Re-Assembly .. . . . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
.. .
Valve and Valve Seat Insert Grinding . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
. .. .. .
Valve Guide Renewal . . . .. .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . 17
.. .
Valve Seat Insert Renewal . .. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . ... . . 17
. .
Cylinder Head Stud Renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . .... . ... 19
4 3 . PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY ............. 22
Connecting Rod Large-End Endfloat Check . .. . . . ... . . . .. .. . 22
Large End Bearing to Crankpin 'Vertical' Clearance Check . . . . . 23
Large End Bearing Block Replacement . . . . . . . ... ......
.. . . . . 24
.. .. .
Large End Bearing Block Removal . . . . . . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . 24
.
Large End Bearing Block Installations .. . . . . ... ... . ... . . . . . . 21
Piston and Connecting Rod Shank Assembly Replacement . . . . . . 29
Component Weights: ...................................... 29
Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly Removal . . . ... .. . . . . . . . 29
Servicing The Piston And Connecting Rod Assembly . . . ........ 31
Piston and Connecting Rod Shank Assembly Installation . . . . . , . 33
Small End Bearing (Bush) Renewal. . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .. . . 35
4.4. ' CnINDER LINER .......................,.............. 36
Liner Deglazing . . . .:. . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . .... . ....... . . ... . . 36
Liner Replacement .. .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . .. .. . . . . ... ....... . . 39
Liner Removal ........................................... 39
Liner Installation . . . . .. .. . ... . ... . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. .. . . .. . . .. 39
4.5. TECHNICAL. DATA ...................................... 42
Con-Rod, Piston & Liner . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. ... . . . . .. . . . 42
Valve & Rocker Gear . . . . . . . . .. . . ... . .. . .. . .. . .. . . ..... .. . 43
LastIssucd 1/1/93 Contents i Mirrlces Blacktone Ltd

a -M B
-BLACXSTOAE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
1. Air inlet valve

2. Exhaust valve
3. Piston cooling gallery
4. Con rod small end
5. Cylinder liner
6. Con rod mid piece
7. Conrodcap
8. Rocker pedestal
9. Bridge piece
10. Injector clamping plate
11. Injector sealing plate
Figure 49 - Section Of Engine, Looking 12. Cylinder head water
From The Flywheel End oulet pipe
LastIssued 1/1/93 4-1 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd

-
- BLACKSTONE
CnINDER HEAD. PISTON. CONNECTING ROD AND LINER
4.1. DESCRIPTION
a) Cvlinder Head Ass embly
The four-valve cylinder heads are each made from a single casting of close grain iron and
are interchangeable. It is therefore recommended that at least one spare head be obtained
to minimise engine servicing downtime. Each cylinder head retains the cylinder liner and
sealing gasket and is secured to the crankcase by six hydraulically tensioned steel studs.
Cooling water from the crankcase is directed through ports in the cylinder head casting
around the valve seats and the fuel injector tube. The injector tube is swaged into the
cylinder head and isolates the injector from the cooling system.
The exhaust and air inlet valves are operated in pairs, via a bridge piece, by a conventional
camshaft operated push rod and rocker system.
b) Valve and Rocker Gear
The valve stems are chrome flashed to provide a good run in and a durable surface. Each
valve is held shut against its valve seat by two concentric springs. Each set of springs is
retained by a collar at the upper end and at the lower end by a valve rotator on the exhaust
valves or by a spring locator on the air inlet valves. The collar is attached to thevalve stem by
a pair of collets, a retaining washer and a locking circlip.
The valve seat inserts and the valve guides are renewable and are a shrink fit into the
cylinder head. In an emergency, exhaust valves may be fitted in place of air valves, but they
are not otherwise interchangeable. The air inlet and the exhaust guides are similarly not
interchangeable, but the valve seat inserts, springs, collets, etc., are.
The air start non-return valve has a renewable valve guide. The valve is retained by a
spring, a collar and a pair of collets. It seats directly on to the cylinder head. Thevalves and
rocker gear are enclosed by an oil tight rocker cover.
c) Pistons
1) Distillate Fuel Engines Rated at up to 17.5 bar bmep

Each piston is made from a one-piece aluminium casting with an integrally cast 'Alfin'
insert for the top ring and incorporates a fully floating gudgeon pin. There are four piston
rings - the lowest ring is for oil control and the remainder for compression sealing. All the
rings are different in profile and are not interchangeable.
Piston cooling is achieved by pumping engine oil through the gallery in the piston crown.
The oil returns to the sump through drain holes in the piston body.
Last Iswed 1/1/93 4-2 Mirrlces Blacktone Ltd

I (a MB
-
-BL4CXSTOh'E
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
0 Figure 50 - Connecting Rod Assembled
Three tapped holes are provided in the upper surface of the crown. The central hole
receives the support tool, which can be inserted through thc injector tube with the cylinder
head installed. The two holes either side of this receive the lifting tool.
2) Heavy Fuel Engines and Engines Rated at over 17.5 bar bmep
These pistons are of thin walled 'monobloc' construction and are made in nodular cast iron.
As there is only a single tapped, lifting hole in the crown, a different lifting tool is required,
but the support tool is common with the aluminium piston.
a
Lastlssued 13/3/96 4-3 Mirrlees Blacbtone Ltd
MIRRLEES =
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLICKSTOhZ
d) connectine Rods
Each connecting rod shank is palm-ended and is secured to its large end block by two
inclined, hydraulically-tensioned, steel studs. The palm end of the rod is sized to allow the
piston and connecting rod shank assembly to be removed upwards through the cylinder
bore, the large end block being removed through the crankcase doors. The connecting rods
are each machined as an assembly and therefore the major parts are not interchangeable.
The connecting rod serial number is stamped on each piece, on the side facing the ’A’
cylinder bank. The large end bearing shells are steel backed with an aluminium-tin lining.
Theshellsare locatedby ’tangs’thatfit notchesin the’B’sideofthelargeend.Theshellsare
marked with their cylinder number and as top or cap shells (’Tor ’C’). They should be
retained in their positions once fitted. The small end bush is an interference fit in the
connecting rod and is retained by a setscrew. The large and small end bearings are fully
grooved, to facilitate the transfer of piston cooling and lubricating oil.
e) Cvlinder Liners
The cylinder liners are made from centrifugally cast iron. Each liner is a slide fit in the
crankcase and is held in position by the cylinder head. The top of each liner is recessed to
accept a flame ring which is held in position by the cylinder head. The use of a flame ring has
been found to reduce both engine oil consumption and combustion by-product
contamination of the engine oil.
The cooling water is sealed by three ’ 0rings at the bottom end of the liner and by a lapped
surface on the underside of the liner flange. This surface is coated with ’Hylomar’ on
assembly to provide a seal and to prevent corrosion.
The liner bores are precision honed to achieve the ideal oil-control and ’running-in’
surface. The top (chromed) piston ring profile, in conjunction with this surface, provides a
consistent run-in performance and a durable piston and liner combination. Once run-in,
it is not advisable to disturb this matched pair, if it can be avoided.
New liners are supplied ready for fitting - no de-glazing is required.
4.2. CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY
a) Valve Clearance Adiustment fTamet Adjustment]

To avoid duplicating work, the tappet clearances should be checked when the injectors are
removed for routine maintenance.
After prolonged running, wear may occur on the hardened pads of the bridge pieces (where
these contact the rocker levers). This can lead to errors in tappet adjustment, so the pads
should be dressed flat if necessary.
0
Last Isrucd 1/1/93 4-4 Minlecs Blackstone Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Figure 52 - Valve Clearance Adjustment
1) Remove the injector fuel pipe and rocker cover. Open the cylinder head pressure release
plugs. Bar the engine round to bring the piston to TDCcompression stroke (all valves fully
closed), using the flywheel timing marks (Figurc 106).
2) Using a feeler gauge, check that gap D (Figure52) is 0.04 mm (0.0015 in). Adjust the bridge
piece if necessary by loosening the locknut and turning the adjuster to obtain the correct
clearance. See 4.5.12 for limits
3) Holding the adjuster, tighten the locknut to 80 NM (60 Ibf.ft) and recheck the clearance.
I) 4) Using a feeler gauge, check gap C. See technical data item no. 10 (inlet) 4.5.11 (exhaust) for
limits. Adjust if necessary by loosening the locknut and turning the adjuster to obtain the
correct clearance.
5) Holding the adjuster, tighten the locknut to 108 NM (80 1bf.ft) and recheck the clearance.
b) Cvlinder Head Assemblv Replacement
Special Tools:
13 Lifiing gea,:
2) Hydraulic pack and six tensioners.
3) Stud tightening gauge (recommended).
e
Lastlssued 13/3/96 4-5 Mirrlees Blackstone Ud
Spares Required:
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MB BUCXSTOAE m
Cylinderhead decarbonisationgasketset (cylinderheadgasket,exhaust manifoldgasket, lub oil
rings, injector sealingplale '0' ring and injector sealing washer).
and air startpipe '0'
CylinderHead Weight: 114 kg (250 lb)
Figure 53 - Cylinder Head, Cover Removed
Figure 54 - Injector Leak-off Pipe And

Collector Manifold
1) Isolate the engine starting system and set the control level to 'STOP'.
2) Drain the fresh water cooling system (see page 9-5).
3) Remove the injector fuel pipe and the rocker cover (Figure 53).
4) Remove the fuel injector (page 7-16).
5) Remove the injector leak off pipe (Figure 54).
6) Remove the exhaust heat shields to obtain access to the exhaust manifold.
7) Remove the cylinder head water outlet pipe (Figure 49).
e
Las1 Issued 1/1/93 4-6 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
e MB ~ ~~~
BLACKSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
8) Unbolt the exhaust manifold at the cylinder head. If necessary to give clearance for cylinder
head removal/installation, loosen the four bolts at the upper manifold connection.
Figure 55 - Tensioners In Position Figure 56 - Stud Tensioner

I:
9) Remove the four cylinder head corner clamping bolts.

10) Bar the engine round until the air and exhaust valves are fully closed (piston at TDC
compression stroke).
11) (See 'hydraulic pack and tensioners', page 13-1). Fit hydraulic tensioners to all sixcylinder
head studs (Figure 55). Position the tensioner chamfers so that the tensioners do not touch
the adjacent cylinder heads. Set gap 'X' to 3.5 mm (0.15 in) on all tensioners (Figure 56).
12) Connect all six tensioners to the hydraulic pack and pressurise to stud release pressure (see
technical data item no. 21). Undo the nuts one complete turn.
13) Release the pressure and disconnect the'hydraulic lines. Remove the tensioners and nuts.
14) Mark the positions of, and then remove, the rocker-assembly, bridge pieces and push rods.
15) Fit the lifting attachment to the cylinder head and tighten securely.
16) Lift the cylinder head, tilting until clear of the studs (Figure 57). Place on a clean surface,
preferably wood, to avoid damage to the liner and crankcase sealing surface.
17) If the cylinder head and crankcase are to be left exposed for some time, plug the cylinder,
.
water, air, exhaust, air-start and lub oil openings to avoid the ingress of dirt and water.
Last Issued 13/3/96 4-7 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

If required, see page 4-10 to service the cylinder head assembly.
Cvlinder Head Ass emblv Installation
Figure 57 - Cylinder Head Lifting Figure 58 - Cylinder Head Gasket

Remove any carbon from, and thoroughly clean the cylinder head and crankcase mating
surfaces, to ensure an even sealing surface. Remove all protective plugs.
Renew the '0' rings on the lubricating oil and air-start pipes, protruding from the
crankcase. Grease the cylinder head stud shanks as protection against corrosion.
Place a new cylinder head gasket, completewith water sealing rings, in position (Figure 58).
NOTE: The gasket must befitted dry.
Check that the piston is still at TDCcompression stroke (i.e. that there is no tendency for the
valves to open when the rocker assembly is fitted).
Fit the lifting gear and lift the cylinder head into position, tilting to align with the studs.
When the head is within approximately 10mm (0.40 in) of its fitted position, ensure that the
air start and lub oil pipes and the dowels engage correctly.
Place the pushrods, bridge pieces and rocker assembly in their original positions.
Lubricate the cylinder head stud threads with 'Coppaslip' or similar compound.This will
avoid the risk of corrosion and facilitate subsequent head removal.
Fit the cylinder head nuts and tighten, using the tommy bar.
Last [sued 1/1/93 4-8 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
=BLACKsTOhE
9) Fit hydraulic tensioners to all six studs, positioning the chamfers as before. Set gap ’X’ to
less than OSmm (0.020”). Note:- If new cylinder head studs are fitted, apply the pressure
detailed in 4.5.22 to the hydraulic tensioners and release, before continuing with elements
10) to 15).
10) Connect all six tensioners to the hydraulic pack and pressurise to 2,000 psi (138 bar).
Tighten the nuts and release the hydraulic pressure.
11) Using the tommy bar, tighten each tensioner down fully on to its spacer, until gap’X’is again
zero.
12) Raise the hydraulic pressure to stud tightening pressure (see item 4.5.21). Tighten the nuts
using the tommy bar and release the hydraulic pressure.
13) Measure and record gap ’ X on each tensioner, using the stud tightening gauge or a feeler
gauge. Gap ’X’ (the stud ’stretch’) will differ for long and short studs. See item 4.5.21 for
limits.
14) Settlement of Gasket:- After the cylinder head nuts have been fully torqued as per
instruction, the cylinder head gasket is to be allowed to settle for 30 minutes. The nuts are
then to be re-tensioned.
NOTE: If the gap increase is too low, check that the pressure gauge calibration is correct. r f
so, remove the nuts and check that the mating surfaces and threads are clean. Repeat steps 8 to
13 (NOTE: Gap X’will now beslightly less than originally specified, as the cylinder headgasket
will already have been compressed).
15) Remove the tensioning equipment.
16) Set the bridge piece and tappet clearances (page 4-5).
e 17) Fit the four cylinder head corner clamping bolts and tighten to 80 Nm (60 Ibf ft).
18) Smear the exhaust manifold bolt threads with ’Coppaslip’ or a similar compound. Using a
new gasket, connect the exhaust manifold and if loosened, tighten the upper manifold
connection.
19) Fit the water outlet pipe. If the water outlet block has been removed, rcnew the ’0’ ring.
20) Fit the fuel injector (page 7-18) using a new copper washer and leak off pipe.
21) Start the lub oil priming pump and check that lub oil flows on to the rocker levers. If it does
not, bar the flywheel round for two revolutions and re-check.
22) Fit a new gasket on the rocker cover if necessary. To do this, remove the old gasket, clean
and degrease the rocker cover rim and remove the protective strip from the new
self-adhesive gasket.
1,
LastIssued 1313/96 4-9 Mirrlees Blaclcrtanc Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTONE
23) Fit the rocker cover, injector sealing plate and new’0’ ring and tighten. Fit the injector fuel
pipe.
24) Fill and bleed the fresh water cooling system (see system drawings for details and check for
leaks at any disturbed connections).
Figure 59 - Underside Of Cylinder Head

1. Exhaust valve 6. Air start NRU
2. Airinletvalves 7. Air start air port
3. Air inlet port 8. Dowel locating hole
4. Injector cavity 9. Injector leak-off union
5. Lub oil port 10. Water cooling ports (12)
25) Start the engine as for after overhaul (page 12-3). With the engine running, check the
cylinder head area for leaks and that the cylinder exhaust temperature is within limits.
26) Fit the exhaust heat shield.

c) Servicing the Cvlinder Head Assembly
special Tools;
1) Valve spring compressor (Figure 61).

2) Valvegrindingequipment (ifrequired) part no. 31 -900-300
3) Valve lapping tool, part no. 31 -900-400
4) Copper or brass scrape,:
0
MB BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
1. Circlip
2. Washer
3. Collet
4. Collar
5. Valve springs
6. Valve rotator
7. Valveguide
8. Valve seat insert
9. Lub oil ports
10. Air start NRU assembly
11. Bridge-piece guide
Figure 60 - Section Of Cylinder Head, Through Exhaust Valves
-
Figure 62 Cylinder Head
1. Cooling water outlet block
2. Corner clamping bolt holes
3. Air inlet port
Figure 61 - Valve Spring Compressor/
4. Exhaust port
Cylinder Head Lifting Bracket Assembly
Last Issued 13Di96 4-11 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd

-
- BucmTom e
S) M12 x 1.75 metric coarse tap.
The valves and valve seat inserts are designed with a differential angle in order to give
optimum seat/valve performance and life. Special grinding equipment (available from
Mirrlees Blackstone (Stockport) Ltd) is needed in order to refurbish thevalves and seats to
the ideal condition. However, the valves and valve seat inserts may be lapped
conventionally, giving satisfactory results, if this equipment is not available.
Figure 63 - Valve Spring Assembly

NOTE: Afer lapping or grinding, a radius of 0.35-0.75 mm (0.014-0.030 in) must be
produced at the junction between the valve seat and the valve head outer diameter.
Cvlinder Head Dismantling
Place the cylinder head on a flat wooden surface.
Press down the air start non-return valve (NRV) collar by hand and remove the two collets.
Release and remove the collar and spring.
Remove the circlips and washers from the air and exhaust valve collars (Figures 60 & 63).
Fit the spring compressor to the cylinder head (Figure 61) and screw down the bolts to
compress the valve springs. This should release the collets. If, however, the valves start to
lift the cylinder head from the work surface, slacken the compressor bolt until the head is
again flat. Strike the compressor bolt head a sharp blowwith an approximately0.5 kg (1lb)
hammer to release the collet grip. Do not use this technique with the cylinder head
supported on a partially open valve, as this could result in a bent valve stem. Remove the
collets.
Last Iswed 1/1/93 4-12 Mirrlees Blachtonc Ltd

,MB BUCKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
6) Unscrew the compressor bolt and remove the collar, springs and rotator/spacer from each
valve. Tilt the cylinder head and remove all five valves. Check the minimum free lengths Of
the springs (see technical data item no. 13) and renew if necessary.
7) Examine the outer faces of the cylinder head for water staining associated with leaking core
plugs.
Valve Seat Insert
on Cylinder Head
Figure 64 - Valves and valve seat inserts - maximum insert wear
If necessary, remove any leaking core-plug, clean and re-seal. In this event it is advisable
to carry out an off -engine water leak check. A flat plate and a head gasket may be used to
seal the water transfer holes. After filling the head with water, through the water outlet
block, apply 80 psi (5.5 bar) air pressure and check for leaks. (This procedure will save time
and effort, as any leaks can be rectified before the head is refitted).
Using the brass scraper, remove any carbon deposits from the cylinder head lower surfaces,
the inlet, exhaust and air start NRV ports and the valves. If a suitable carbon solvent is
available, this may be used to assist cleaning.
NOTE: The surfaces do not have to be taken down to shiny metal - oxide discolouration occurs
on the metal sugace and is not harmful.
Inspect the valve bridge pieces - these should have a smooth, polished finish. If there are
any signs of roughness or scoring, renew both the guide and the bridge piece. After
prolonged running, the hardenedpads of the bridge pieces may be worn (where they contact
the rocker levers). Dress out anywear as this can lead to errors in tappet adjustment. See
technical data item 17 at the end of this section
Inspect the valve stems - these are chrome flashed and should have smooth, polished
finish. If there are any signs of roughness or scoring, renew both the valve and valve guide
(Page 4-17) . (A dark grey band of discolouration at the mid-length of the valve stem is
normal). If new valve guides are to be fitted, this must be done before grinding or lapping
the valve seats, as the guide is the datum.
Last Issued 13/3/96 4-13 Mirrlees Blackstone Ud

MIRRLEES

E BLACKSTONE
Check the valve stem to valve guide clearances, using a feeler gauge. See technical data
item noS.14 (inlet) and 15 (exhaust), at the end of this section, for limits. Renew any valves
and guides if necessary (page 4-17).
NOTE: Excessive clearance will lead to high oil consumption and inlet port fouling.
Inspect the valve and insert seating faces. If the appearance of the seating faces are shiny
metal with very shallow indentations or black discolouration, thevalves and inserts may be
lapped, if grinding equipment is not available. If, however, the indentations can be felt with
the fingernail, then the valve and/or insert seats will require differential angle machine
grinding o r renewal.
Maximum wear permitted on the seat is when the chamfer on the insert and the head
became flush on grinding (figure 64). If it is, the valve insert has reached the end of its
useful, economic life and should be renewed (page 4-17).
Check the seatings of the air, exhaust and air-start valve and inserts, using ’engineer’s
blue’. A machine-ground valve and insert should show a narrow, continuous bed on the
outside diameter of the seating (across approximately 113 of the seat’s width). A lapped
seating should show a broader bed; this must also be continuous. If not, lap in the valve
using first, a coarse valve grinding paste, and finish with a fine paste until a satisfactory
seating is achieved.
Clean thevalve rotators using paraffin or diesel oil and blow through with an air jet. Check
each rotator for correct operation by placing on its dowel set in the cylinder head. Press
down on the top face of the rotator and attempt to rotate it clockwise. If the top will not
rotate, renew the rotator assembly.
Clean out the four exhaust manifold bolt holes with
49mm
an M12 x 1.75 metric coarse tap. 1.9 ins
Remove the rocker lever circlips and washers from
the rocker pedestal assembly. Using a feeler gauge, 12’5mm a
check the rocker lever bush to shaft vertical
clearances - see item number for limits. Remove
the rocker levers and inspect the bush and’shaft
bearing surfaces for damage and wear - renew if ~i~~~~ 65
U- Shouldered Lmandrel
necessary. (See technical data item no18 for limits.) for rocker Brm bush
To remove a bush, press it out of the rocker lever, using a shouldered mandrel (Figure 65).
To fit a new bush, coat the mating surfaces with molybdenum disulphide compound and
press the bush into position, with the bearing split to the top of the rocker arm.
Inspect each rocker arm end, where it contacts the bridge piece and, ifworn, regrind to the
correct radius (25 mm (1 in)). Refit the rocker arms, using new washers and circlips if

@
MB
=BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
necessary. Using a feeler gauge, check the rocker lever endfloat - see technical data, item
no. 19, for limits.
Cvlinder Head Re-Assembly
Ensure that all mating surfaces are scrupulously clean. Wash the head thoroughly, using
paraffin or diesel oil, to remove all traces of valve grinding paste, engineer's blue, carbon
solvent, etc. Use a compressed air jet to dry off.
If removed during the strip down, fit the valve bridge guides, using a new tabwasher.
Tighten to 135 NM (100 Ibf.ft) and lock with the tabwasher.
3) Turn the cylinder head on to its side. Smear allvalve stemswith with clean engine oil. Fit the
valves to the head taking care to fit the air and exhaust valves (marked 'A' and 'E) in their
correct positions
4) Turn the head on to its lower surface.
5) Fit the air inlet valve spring locators and the exhaust valve rotators, taking care to locate the
rotators on their dowels. Fit the valve springs and collars.
Fit thevalve spring compressor and tighten down the bolts to compress the springs. Fit the
collets. Unscrew the bolts to release the springs, ensuring that the collets locate correctly.
7) Remove the valve spring compressor and fit the collets and circlips. If any of the circlips
cannot be fitted, this may indicate that the collets are not correctly seated.
Fit the air start NRV spring and collar. Compress the spring by hand and fit the collets,
ensuring they locate correctly on releasing the spring.
Valve and Valve Seat Insert Grinding
Special grinding heads are available from Mirrlees Blackstone (Stamford) Ltd for grinding
both valves and valve insert seats. These produce the differential angle required between
the two (Figure 67).
Valve seat insert grinders should be used with a guide rod, which fits the valve guide closely
(18.7 to 18.9 mm (0.736 to 0.744in) diameter). This ensures an even and concentric finish to
the valve seat (Figure 68).
After grinding, a radius of 0.35 - 0.75 mm (0.014 - 0.030 in) must be produced at the
junction between the valve seat and thevalve head outer diameter (Figure 69). This is best
carried out during the machining operation, using a 150mm (6 in) file, taking great care not
to damage the seat.

INSTRUCTION MANUAL ME
-
- BUCKSTOhE
. -.
Insert Seat Angle 3O.O0''~..-'.-. ...-.-.
Valve Seat Angle 29S0 '.
Differential Angle O S 0
Figure 66 - Holding Valves In Place Figure 67 - Differential Valve
Using '0'Rings Seating Angles
MAKE OF RADIUS OF 0.35 - 0.75

mm (0.014- 0.030in.)
Figure 68 - Valve Seat Insert Grinder, Figure 69 - Valve - Rounding Off Radius
.
Showing The Guide Rod (1) After Grindinglhpping
a
Last Issued 1/1/93 4-16 Mirrlccs Blachtone Ltd
ja MB
II BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
Section 4
e) Valve Guide Renewal
Special Tools:
1) Piloted drift (Figure 70).

2) Preferably, liquid nitrogen
OR
A locally made puller (Figure 71).
Associated Tasks:
It is advisable to renew the corresponding valve at the same time.

a Removal
Thevalve guides are an interference fit in the head, Drive out the old guide, usinga hammer
and piloted drift (Figure 70). (The piloted drift minimises the risk of damage to the cylinder
I head bore).
L
r: Installation
There are two methods of installation:-
1) If the liquid nitrogen is available, immerse the new guide for a least two minutes, then insert
in to the head. This operation must be carried out rapidly, as the guidewill pick up heat from
the surroundings and become an interference fit in the head. The guide normally fits in
easily, but it is advisable to have a hammer and piloted drift within reach, in case it does not.
WARNING: Liquid nitrogen can cause bums. Protective gloves and goggles musl be worn.
2) If liquid nitrogen is not available, the guide may be installed using a M16 x240 mm Ig (5/8x9
1/2in Ig) bolt and a reaction plate (Figure 71). Coat the outer diameter of the guide and the
cylinder head bore with molybdenum disulphide compound, to ease this operation.
0 Valve Seat Insert Renewal
Removal
There are two methods of removal. It is recommended that method 1 is used, to avoid the
risk of damage to the cylinder head.
CAUTION:Take extreme care not to damage the cylinder head in any way.
Last Issued 13t3/96 4-17 Mirrlees Blacktone Ltd

MIRRLEES =
-
- B=-icmTom
L A-.Boltb e a c t o r Plate
Figure 71 - Puller For Installing Valve Guides

MB BUCKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
Method 1
Make a mask from aplywood sheetwith an approximately76 mm (3 in) diameter holecut in

it. Lay the mask over the insert to ensure that the cylinder head is not accidentlywelded.
Using electrical welding equipment, carefully weld a steel disc, approximately 2 mm (0.1 in)
thick and 56 mm (2.25 in) diameter to the inner radius of the valve seat (Figure 72). When
the weld has cooled, the valve seat may be knocked out using a hammer and punch.
Method 2
If electrical welding gear is not available, grind or mill through the insert as close to the
outer radius as possible (Figure 73).
The insert should then spring inwards and may be removed.
Installation
Have available an old valve and a 0.5 Kg (1 lb) hammer.

NOTE: This operation must be carried out very rapidb, as the valve seat to cylinder head bore
clearance is small.
Immerse the new valve seat in liquid nitrogen for at least two minutes and quickly insert
straight in to its recess (Figure 74). Gently tap home, using the old valve (Figure 75) to
ensure it is fully seated.
Cvlinder Head Stud Renewal
SDecial Tools:
M30 size stud driver:
Remove the old stud using a stud driver or by using locknuts. If difficulty is found in turning
the stud, heat it gently with a blowlamp to break the bond.
Fit the new stud and torque to 150 Nm (107 1bf.ft) using a stud driver or locknuts and a
torque spanner.
0
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
-
MB BUCKSTOM% @
Figure 72 - Valve Seat Insert Removal - Figure 73 - Valve Seat Insert Removal
Disc Welded To Insert Milled Insert
Figure 74 - Frozen Valve Seat Insert In -

Figure 75 Seating A Frozen Valve
Position Seat, Using An Old Valve
e
Last Irmcd 1/1/93 4-20 Minlccs Bla~krt~nc
Ltd
MIRRLEES
a
INSTRUCTION MANUAL AB
= BLACKSTOm
4.3. PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY
Figures 77 - Large End Endnoat Gaps Figure 78 - DTI Position - Large End
<.:
Endfloat Check
>\
a) Connecting Rod Large-End Endfloat Check
Special Tools:
1) Flat ended tommy bar; approximately I m (3tf) long.
I .
.> ’
l i 2) DTI with a magneficbase.
f
1) Remove one crankcase door next to the bearing to be checked.
2) Bar the engine round, if necessary, to gain access to the large end.
3) Using the tommy bar, lever both large ends to one end of their travel on the crankpin moving
all endfloat to gap ‘C’ (Figure 77). Do not apply excessive force and do not lever on the
balance weight.
4) Mount a DTI with a magnetic base on to a crankshaft balance weight so that the striker
bears on the large end (Figure 78) and zero the gauge.
NOTE: It is important to mount the DTI on the crankshaft, rather than on the crankcase, or
crankshaft movement may affect the reading.
5) Lever the large ends to the opposite end of their travel on the crankpin, closing gap ‘C’and
note the DTI reading.
NOTE: If a DTI is not available, a less accurate measurement can be obtained by directly
measuring gap ‘C’with feeler gauges. In this case, lever fhe large ends in both directions and
measure both gaps C & D to reduce the reading error.
a
MB
= BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
See technical information, item no, 1for limits. If the clearance is too small, it indicates that
the cap is not centrally located or that there is metal ’pick-up’ on the thrust faces. If the
clearance is too large,wear is indicated. Further investigation will be required in both cases.
b) Lawe End Bearine to Crankpin ‘Vertical’ Clearance Check
A
The maximum wear between a large end bearing and
its crankpin occurs with the piston at TDC.
B Soecial Tools:
Lengh of timber; upproximateh 5 0 x lOOx 18OOmm
I)
C (2in x 4in x 6ft).
a D
1) Isolate the engine starting system and turn the
control lever to ’STOP’. Remove one crankcase
door next to the bearing being checked.
2) Bar the engine round to bring the piston to just

before TDC (ie with the piston being pushed
upwards).
Figure 79 - Large End NOTE: This movement closes gap %’and moves any
Vertical Clearance Check clearance to gap ‘D’ (Figure 79).
3) Attach a DTI with a magnetic base on to one of the crankshaft balance weights so that the
striker bears vertically on the base of the connecting rod large end.
4) Move the striker further on to the connecting rod 0.5 - 0.75 mm (0.02 - 0.03 in). Set the
gauge to zero.
NOTE: The large end must now be lifted hard against the crankpin so that all the clearance is
transferredfrom gap ‘D’to gap ‘C’.
5) To do this, lever the large end using the length of timber.
6) Read the DTI gauge. See 3.7.05 for limits. If outside the limits the large end bearing shells
should be removed and examined to discover the cause.
7) After taking the reading, allow the large end to drop slowly and check that the reading
returns to zero. If it does not, then repeat steps 5-7.
8) Remove any lifting gear and the DTI. Fit the crankshaft door.
NOTE: An alternative method of checking the clearance is by comparing direct measurement
of the bearing shell bore and the crankpin diameter. In order to measure the shell bore, the
connecting rod mustfirst be removed, assembled out of the engine and the studs tightened (steps
8 to 15 Page 4-27).

c) Laree End Bearing Block Reolacernent
Figure 80 - Tensioners Fitted To

Connecting Rod Figure 81 - Stud Tensioner
Unless the piston and connecting rod shank assembly is also being replaced, it must be held
clear using the piston support tool whilst the large end bearing block is replaced.
b c i a l Tools:
I) Hydraulic pack and tensioners.
2) Large end clamping bolts (2 M l O x 1.5 bolts, 60 mm (2.4 in) long).
3) Piston suppor~tool (M12x 1.75 threaded rod - minimum length 550 mm (21.5in)) -
4)
Figure 83.
Large end suppor~channel (Figure 84). (Approximately 102 mm (4 in) wide, 50 mm (2
a-
in) high and 1300 mm (51 in) long).
Component Weights:
Connecting rod cap: 19 Kg (42 Ib)
Connecting rod mid-piece: 14 Kg (30 Ib)
Connecting rod shank and piston: 57 Kg (125 Ib)
Laree End Bearing Block Removal
1) Isolate the engine starting system and set the control lever to 'STOP'. Remove the
crankcase doors on both sides of the large end bearing.
a
Last Issued 1/1/93 4-24 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd
MIRlUEES
MB
XBLACKSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
Bar the flywheel round until the large end is

at BDC, so that the tensioners can be fitted.
See Hydraulic Pack and Tensioners, (Page
13-1). Fit tensioners toboth largeendstuds
(Figure 80). Position the tensioner
‘cut-outs’ parallel to the large end cap, to
prevent the adjacent large end being fouled.
Setgap’X (Figure81) to 3.5 mm (0.14in) on
both tensioners.
Connect the tensioners to the hydraulic pack
and pressurise to 16,000 psi (1,100 bar).
Undo both nuts one complete turn, using the
tommy bar.
Release the pressure and disconnect the Figrue 82 - Large End Bolt
hydraulic pack. Release the tensioners. 1. Jacking hole
Fit and tighten the large end clamping bolts (Figure 82). Remove both large end nuts and
studs.
Remove the injector pipe and rocker cover. Remove the injector (Page 7-16). Fit the
piston support rod through the injector tube and tighten onto the central tapped hole in the
piston (Figure 83).
Raise the piston until the connecting rod shank is well clear of the large end block, using a
nut and washer on the piston support tool.
CAUTION: Take great care, when barring the crankshaft round, that the connecting rod shank
and the support channel are clear of the hrge end and crankshaft.
9) Bar the crankshaft round until the large end block is approximately 45O from TDC. Fit the
support channel and rest the large end block on it (Figure 84).
In this position, loosen the clamping bolts and pull the two large end pieces apart until they
are clear of the dowels (the two pieces may be jacked apart, using M10 x 1.5 bolts in the
jacking holes (Figure 82), if necessary)).
Roll the large end block horizontal and rest it on the support channel (Figure 85). (It will be
necessary to bar the crankshaft round slightly in order to do this).
Remove the clamping bolts. Remove the cap, mid piece and shells from the crankcase.
NOTE: It is important that the shells are replaced in their original locations, ifrefitled. Check
that they are marked as they are removed (Figure 86).
Last Issued 1313/96 4-25 Mirrlcer Blackstone Ltd

MIRRL.EES :

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MB
-
- BUCKSTOh'E m
Figure 83 - Piston Support Tool Figure 84 - Large End Block On Support

Channel.- Initial Position
a
Figure 85 - Large End Block On Support

-
Channel Prior To Removal
Figure 86 - Large End Cap And Shell

1. Identification marks
2. Shell-tang and notch
Last l m e d 111193 4-26 Mirrleer Blacktone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Remove the support channel from the crankcase.

CAUTI0N:Failure to do this could resull in damage to the engine or support channel, if the
cranksha3 is turned.
Laree End Bearing Block Installations
Examine the shells, crankpin, cap and midpiece for damage, especially the bearing and
mating surfaces. Ensure that all components are scrupulously clean.
Check that the ‘free spread’ of both shells is within limits (see 3.7.07). Check that the shells
are correctly marked.
Fit the shells to the cap and mid piece, and locate the tangs, using hand pressure to
overcome the shell ’free spread’. Ensure that each tang side shell end is flush with its
housing.
NOTE: The non -tang end of each shell will stand slightb proud. This is correct and ensures
that when the large end isfulb tightened, the shells are a tightfil in the large end bore.
Smear the crankpin with clean lub oil.
Fit the large end support channel. Slide the cap and mid piecc along the support channel
and assemble round the crankpin. (Ensure that the identification nos. of both pieces are on
the ‘A’ bank side). Tighten the clamping bolts, ‘B’ bank side first.
Remove the large end support channel.
Carefully bar the flywheel round and engage the connecting rod shank on the mid-piece
dowels by hand.
Insert thestuds, tighten using aspanner and then undo 1/4of a turn. (If the stud is allowed to
’bottom’ in the tapped hole, it may tend to bend during tensioning).
Fit the nuts to both studs, loosen the clamping bolts and tighten the nuts, ’B’side first, with
the tommy bar.
Remove the clamping bolts and the piston support tool. Using a feeler gauge, measure gap
‘C’ (bearing ‘nip’) between the cap and mid-piece, just inside the stud (Figure 87). See
3.7.08 for limits.
Fit hydraulic tensioners to the studs, with the tensioner cut-outs parallel to the cap, as
before. Set gap ‘X’ to zero.
Connect the ‘B’ side tensioner only to the hydraulic pack and slowly pressurise to 4,000 psi
(276 bar). Check that the shell tangs remain fully engaged as the pressure rises. Tighten the
nut.
LastIssucd 13B196 4-27 Mirrlees Blackstone Lrd

MIIUUEES =
-
- BUCKSTONE e
Release the pressure, connect both tensioners to the hydraulic pack and pressurise to 4,000
psi (276 bar).
Tighten both nuts and release the hydraulic pressure. Set the tensioner gap ‘ X to zero.
Raise the pressure to 15,000psi (1034 bar). Tighten the nuts firmly, release the hydraulic
pressure and check the stud extensions by measuring gap ‘X’ on both tensioners, using a
feeler gauge. See 4.5.20 for limits.
e
Figure 87 - Large End Bearing ’Nip’
NOTE: Ifgap X’is too low, check the hydraulic pressure gauge calibration. Ifthis is correct,
there is probably dirt in the threads or under the nuts. These should be removed, cleaned and
refitted.
16) Remove the tensioners.
17) Switch on the lub oil priming pump and check that oil flows from the large end tocrankshaft
interface and from the piston gallery.
0
Last Issued 1/1/93 4-28 Mirrlces Blachtone Ltd
' MB
=BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
18) Check the large end endfloat (page 4-22)

Section 4
and the large end bearing vertical clearance

(Page 4-23).
Check that all equipment and any debris is

removed from the sump.
CAUTZ0N:Check that fhe two large end
clamping bolts are removed, or they are likely to
fall out when the engine is running.
Fit the crankcase doors.
Piston and ConnectinPRod Shank Assembly

Replacement
Unless the large end bearing block has also to

be removed, it is advisable to leave it
assembled on the crankpin, by using the large
end clamping bolts.
Saecial Tools:
Figure 88 - Connecting Rod Shank Just
I) Pkton liffinggea,: Clear Of Large End Block
2) Hydraulic pack and tensioners.
3) Piston ring compresso,:
4) Piston ring removal tool.
5) Large end clamping bolts (two standard MIOx I . 5 x 30 Ig bolts).
ComDonent Weights;
Piston: 24 Kg (52 Ib).
Connecting rod shank: 33 Kg (72 Ib)
Connecting rod mid-piece: 14 Kg (30 lb).
Connecting rod cap: 19 Kg (42 lb).
Piston and Connectine Rod Assemblv Removal
1) Remove the cylinder head (page 4-6). Bar the piston away from TDC to allow retrieval of
the liner flame ring. Removing the ringwill take with it the carbon build up at the liner top.
To ease piston removal, remove any carbon deposits above the limit of piston ring travel
from the liner wall, using a brass scraper.
a
LastIssued 13/3/96 4-29 Mirrlees Blacksronc Ltd
MIRlUEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
Section 4
2)
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Remove the two crankcase doors either side of the large end bearing.
-
-MB BLACKSTONE 0
3) Bar the flywheel round until the large end is at BDC, SO that the tensioners can be fitted.
4) Fit the lifting gear to the piston and raise until the piston is supported.
5) Fit and tighten the large end clamping bolts (Figure 82).
Figure 89 - Piston And Connecting Rod Stand

6) (See ’hydraulic pack and tensioners’,page 13-1). Fit hydraulic tensioners to both large end
studs. Position the tensioner ’cut-outs’ parallel to the large end cap. (This prevents them
fouling the adjacent large end). Set gap ‘ X to 3.5 mm (0.14 in) on both tensioners (Figure
81).
7) Connect the tensioners to the hydraulic pack and pressurise to 16,OOOpsi (1100 bar). Undo
both nuts one complete turn, using the tornmy bar through the tensioner window.
8) Release the pressure, disconnect the hydraulic pack and remove the tensioners. Remove
the large end nuts and studs.
9) Holding the connecting rod shank steady, slowly lift the piston until the connecting rod
shank is clear of the large end block dowels (Figure 88).
CAUTION:The cylinder liner is easily damaged. There is only a maximum of 0.3 mm (0.012
in) clearance befween the palm end of the connecting rod and fheliner, so it is importanf to keep
the connecfingrod aligned until engaged in the liner bore.
10) Protect the thread of the long cylinder head stud (see Figure 94). Carefully lift the piston
and connecting rod shank through the cylinder bore and lower on to a clean surface.
Last k u e d 1/1/!93 4-30 Minlees Blacbtone Ltd

'j e MB
1BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
NOTE: It may be usefur & make a wooden stand to support the piston and connecting rod
assembly(ies) (Figure 89).
11) If it is to be left for long, plug the cylinder bore and plug the connecting rod and large end
block oil holes to prevent dirt ingress.
SERVICING THE PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY
1) With the piston and connecting rod shank assembly lying flat, remove one of the gudgeon
pin retaining circlips. Support the shank and slide out the gudgeon pin.
NOTE: Under coldconditions, thegudgeon pin may be tight in the piston. Ifthis occurs, warm
the piston to approximately 3OoC (86OF)and the pin should slide easily.
Remove the shank from the piston.
2) Remove the piston rings, using the removal tool (Figure 92) taking careful note of their
position relative to the piston and to one another - as they must be refitted in the same
grooves and the sameway up as they were originally. Take care not to spring the rings too far
during removal or they may be damaged.
3) Decarbonise and clean the piston and rings groove thoroughly. (An old piston ring, cut in
half, is a useful tool for removing carbon from the ringgrooves). Take particular care not to
damage the ring grooves in the piston, or the outer surface of the rings. If a cleaning agent is
used, ensure it is compatible with the material. Using an air-line, blow air through the
piston'gallery and the connecting rod shank - ensure the oilways are clear.
4) Check the rings. Due to the different ring profiles, they must be checked as follows:-
1st (Top) ring - Renew the ring when the barrelled outer face has
lEss3 worn flat over 3.5 mm (0.140 in).
2nd ring - Check the ring gap in the lower, unworn section of the
lsss liner bore (Figure 90). Renew the ring if the ring gap exceeds
2 mm (0.080 in).
m 3rd ring - Renew the ringwhen the tapered outer face hasworn flat
over 3.5 mm (140 in).
4th ring - Check the ring gap (as for 2nd ring). Renew the ring if
@SEi the gap exceeds 1.1mm (0.045 in), or if the chrome plating is worn
through at any point on the outer faces.
NOTE: A useful technique is to apply copper sulphate solution to the outer faces with a cloth.
Any part of the surface appearing copper coloured indicates that the chrome has been worn away.
LastIssued 13Di96 4-31 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

-
- BucmTom
Re-assemble the rings in the piston grooves.
NOTE: Rings with the word ‘TOP’stamped on one face, must befitted with this face towards
thepiston crown. (Zt does not refer to the ring’sposition on thepiston).
The oil control ring is fitted with a spring to expand the ring for optimum fit in the liner.
Ensure that its spring joint is opposite the ring gap.
Check the side clearances of the rings in their grooves - see ’Technical Data’.for limits.
The highest wear at the small end occursvertically, due to the forces generated on the firing
stroke.
Check thevertical clearances between the piston and gudgeon pin (4.5.03)and between the
small end bearing and the gudgeon pin, (4.5.02)using feeler gauges. If excessive clearance
is found check the gudgeon pin diameter with a micrometer, using an unworn area as a
reference. Renew any worn components as necessary. (See page 4-35 for small end
bearing renewal).
Figure 90 - Measuring A Ring Gap In Figure 91 - Piston, Showing An Even

The Liner Bore Combustion Pattern
8) Coat the gudgeon pin with lub oil and assemble the piston to the rod. Insert the gudgeon pin
and lock with the circlips. Ensure that the circlips are fully engaged in their grooves.
9) Measure the gudgeon pin endfloat - see 4.5.04for limits.

NOTE: Zn the unlikely event of the endfloat being too large, renewing the circlips may restore the
correct endfloat.
Last Issued 1/1/93 4-32 Mirrlccr Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
=BUCKSTONE:
10) Fit the piston rings, using the ring removal tool.
Piston and Connectine Rod Shank Assemblv Installation
1) Clean the liner bore and the ring compressor with paraffin or diesel and wipe clean.
2) Remove the protective plugs from the oil holes.
3) Place the ring compressor into the flame ring recess.
1 s t and 3rd
I
2nd m d 4 t h
Figure 92 - Piston Ring Removal/ Figure 93 - Piston Rings Positioned
Installation Tool a t 180° Stagger
a 4) Apply engine lubricating oil to the connecting rod edges, the liner bore and the ring
compressor. Check that the piston ring gaps are spaced around the piston as in Figure 93
Ensure that the rings are free in their grooves.
5) Fit the lifting gear to the piston and carefully lower the assembly through the ring
compressor, with the connecting rod serial numbers facing the 'A' bank (Figure 94). Feed
the piston rings into the compressor as necessary (Figure 95). Engage the connecting rod
shank onto the mid-piece dowels (Figure 96).
6) Fit the large end studs and nuts and tension (steps 8 to 16, page 4-27).
7) Checktheconnecting rod largeend endfloat (page4-22). Ensure that it movesfreely along

the crankpin.
8) Check that all equipment is removed from the sump, especially cleaning materials.
e
L ~ I I S U13/3/96
~~ 4-33 Mirrleer Blackstone Ltd
MIRRLEES

-
- BUCKSTONE
Figure 94 - Lowering Piston And Connecting Figure 95 - Feeding Piston Rings Into
Rod Through Ring Compressor Ring Compressor
-
Figure 96 Engaging Conecting Rod
Shank On Mid Piece Dowels
Last Issued 1/1/93 4-34 Mirrlees Blackstone U d

.MB
=BUCKSTOM3
ESL 12 & I 6 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
CAUTION:Check that the two lnrge end clnmping bolts are removed, or they may fall out when
the engine is running.
9) Remove the piston lifting gear and fit the flame ring and cylinder head (page 4-8).
10) Switch on the lub oil priming pump and check that oil flows out from the crankshafthge
end interface, and the piston cooling gallery.
11) Fit the crankcase doors.
e) Small End Bearine (Bush) Renewal.
After fitting bush drill 10.2 dia

through tap M12 finally fit locating
screw
\
Figure 97 -(a) Small End Bush

Removal Mandrel
(c) Locating Small End Bush
(b) Small end bush installation mandrel

saecial Tools:
1) Molybdenum disulphide compound.
2) Removal and installation mandrels (Figure 97).
3). A 10.2 mm (0.4 in) drill.
4) An M12x 1.75 tap.
i LaStIssued 1313D6 4-35 Mirrlccs B l a ~ k r t ~ nLtd

c
MIRIUEES =
-
- BUCKSTOhE a
Remove the connecting rod shank from the piston (page 4-31)
Remove the bush locating screw.

Press out the old bush, using the removal mandrel (Figure 97A).
CAUTION: The new bush must be accurateljfitted with its oilslotfacingthe connectingrodlarge
end or the oilway will be blocked.
Ensure the bush outer surface and the small end bore are free from burrs. Lubricate the
outer surface of the new bush and the small end bore with molybdenum disulphide
compound.
Press in the bush, using the installation mandrel (Figure 97B).
Dimple the bush surface, accessible through the screw hole, using the 10.2 mm(0.4 in) drill.
Using the dimple as a hole centre, pilot drill the bush approximately 3.2 mm (1/8 in) and
progressively open out the hole to 10
CAUTION:Take extreme care not to damage the threads of the screw hole.
Pass the M12 tap down the hole and tap the bush.
Remove all particles of metal from the small end and de-burr the bush surface.
Fit the bush locating screw and tighten to 80 Nm (60 1bf.ft). Ensure that the screw end is
below the surface of the bush by at least 0.25 mm (0.010 in). Ensuring that is is clear at all
times of the gudgeon pin while locating the bearing.
Check the bush to gudgeon pin vertical clearance, using a feeler gauge - see technical data
item no. 03 for limits.
Assemble the connecting rod shank and piston (Page 4-31).
C n I N D E R LINER
a
Liner Deelazing
A liner should be deglazed whenever its piston is removed, unless the piston ringiner
combination has not yet been 'run in' (ie the combination has not yet run for 50 engine
hours). The reason for this is that piston removal disrupts the bedded in surfaces of the top
piston ring and the liner, that are formed during 'running in'.
For the same reason, it is strongly recommended that the top piston ring is renewed,
whatever its condition, whenever its liner is deglazed.
It is strongly advised that only the recommended honing equipment is used, in order to
achieve the desired surface finish (Please quote ref. no. TX 89/968839,
a
Last Issued 1/1/93 4-36 Mirrlees Blacksone Ltd
MB
ZBL4CKSTOiW
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
..
Figure 98 - Honing (De-glazing) Tool

1. Adjuster shown in 'coarse' position
2. Adjuster shown in 'fine' position
3. Honing guide
4. Stone carrier
5. Universal joint
if ordering). A suitable compressed air or electric motor is also required, with a final speed
of less than 100 rpm.
NOTE: De-glazing removes less than 0.01 mm (0.0004 in) of metalfrom the liner bore and so
does not significantly reduce the life of the liner.
Special Tools;
I) Honing assembly and guide (Figure 98).

2) F3 C (coarse)stones.
3) F6 C &ne) stones.
4) Compressed air or electric motor:
J
Last Issued 1313196 4-31 Mirrlees Blackstonc Ltd
MIRRLEES =
-
- BUCKSTONE
e , . .. , I .
Figu re 99 - Honing Guide, Attached
I
to Cylinder Head Studs

Figure 100 - Liner, showing desired honing finish
Position acontainer under the liner, inside the crankcase, to catch any fluid and debris. Plug
any open oil holes in the crankpin or large end block.
The liner flame ring must not be in place whilst the liner is honed. The flame ring itself and
the recess into which it fits must not be honed.
Remove any carbon deposits from the liner, as these can clog the honing stones liner.
Fit coarse stones (F3 C) on to the honing carriers and connect the head to the motor drive
shaft and the drive shaft guide.
Lift the honing assembly in to the liner and bolt the guide in place (Figure 99). Adjust the
head so that each stone rests lightly on the liner wall.
To obtain the finish shown in Figures 100& 102,the honing tool must be manually moved up
and down the liner at a suitable rate as the honing head rotates. Each complete up and down
movement is referred to as a stroke. Applying paraffin as a lubricant, hone for 30 strokes,
readjusting the head after every five strokes, to maintain a light pressure on the liner wall.
Remove the assembly from the liner, disconnect the motor from the supply and replace the
coarse stones with finishing stones (F6C). Repeat for 10 strokes steps 4,5 and 6.
Remove the assembly from the liner, and using paraffin or diesel oil and a soft brush, flush
out all debris from the liner in to the container. Clean the liner thoroughly with a dry, fluff
free cloth. Flush twice more. Remove the container from the crankcase and ensure that no
fluid or debris remain in the crankcase or sump. Coat the bore lightly with engine
lubricating oil to avoid corrosion and protect it from dust.
a
Lastlsued 1/V% 4-38 Mirrlecs Blacktonc Ltd
MB
=BUCXTTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
Remove any oil hole plugs from the crankpin or large end block.
Liner Replacement
b e c i a l Tools;
Liner extractorflapping tool.
Spares Required:
1. Liner '0'rings.
2. Valve grinding paste.
Associated Tasks:
1. Cylinder head removal
2. Piston and connecting rod removaL
Liner Weight: 50 Kg (110 lb).
Liner Removal
After cylinder head and piston removal, attach hoses to both crankcase water drain valves.
Open the valves to completely drain the crankcase water cavity.
Bar the engine round until the crankshaft throw is at TDC.
Place a container or cloth in the crankcase, below the liner, to catch any fluid and debris.
Ifre-fitting thesameliner,match-marktheliner and crankcase,^^ that it can bere-fitted
in the same position.
5) Fit the liner extractor, connect to the lifting gear and raise until the lifting cable is just tight.
a CAUTI0N:Do not attempt to extract the liner by lifting, as the inclined lifting angle may cause
damage to the liner and crankcase bore.
Loosen the liner by applying force to the bottom surface of the extractor only, accessible
through the crankcase door. If there is any difficulty in moving the liner, a CO2 spray run
around the liner bore will contract the liner and ease its removal.
7) Lift the liner clear and place on a clean surface.
Liner Installation
Clean the liner and crankcase mating surfaces completely.
Fit the fitting tool to the liner and apply medium gradevalve grinding paste to the underside
of the liner rim.

-
- BucmTom
Figure 101 - Liner Lapping Tool Figure 102 - Measuring Liner Stand Out
3) Lift the assembly and insert into the crankcase.
4) Lap the liner by rotating the fitting tool 4S0 backwards and forwards, against the crankcase
(Figure 101).
5) Lift the liner and clean the mating surfaces thoroughly. ’Blue’the liner mating surfaces and
lower the liner in to position.
6) Rotate the liner half a turn and lift out.
7) A continuous transfer of ’blue’ around thc flat crankcase mating surface, and covering a
minimum of 75% of the surface area, indicates correct seating.
8) Repeat steps 3 - 7 if this is not achieved. a
9) Using fine grade valve grinding paste, repeat stcps 2 to 4 to flatten the surface.
10) With the liner still in place, measure the liner flange ’stand out’ (Figure 102), using a DTI.
(See 4.5.09 for limits).
11) Remove the liner and clean thoroughly with paraffin or diesel. Clean the crankcase bores
thoroughly, using a dry cloth.
NOTE: If ihe liner is to be left for some time, smear the linerlbore and the liner to crankcase
mating surfaces with engine oil to prevent corrosion.
12) Fit two new ’0’rings to the liner grooves and one floating ‘0’ring to the radius above the
two nose rings, these to be coated with a water soluble lubricant (i.e. soft soapbashing up
liquid). Run a thin bar around the liner, under the ’0’rings to remove any twists.
Last Issued 111193 4-40 Mirrlccs Blackstonc Lfd

a
MB
=BUCKSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
13) Run a bead of 'Hylomar' or similar jointing compound around the crankcase rim, following
the maker's instructions.
14) Carefully fit the liner. If resistance occurs during fitting, remove the liner and check that the
'0' rings are not damaged.
15) Re-check the liner rim projection, using a DTI, to ensure that the liner is fully seated.
16) Remove the fitting tool from the liner.
17) Remove the container from the crankcase.
18) Ensure the sump and crankcase are free from water and debris.
LastImed 13/3/96 4-41 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

4.5. TECHNICAL DATA

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MB 1 BLACBTONE a
New Dimensions Clearance Max or M in
Max I Min m/m Acceotable
K?!X
Conditioq
Con-Rod. Piston & Liner
1. Con-rod large end endfloat 0.80 mm10.60 mm 1.00 mm
(both con-rods fitted to crankpin) (0.031in)/(0.024 in) (0.040 in)
2. Gudgeon pin diameter 85.69 mm/85.68 mm
(3.374 inB.373 in) 0.08 mm/0.05 mm 0.15 mm
Small end bearing bore 85.76 mmB5.74 mm (0.003in)/(0.002 in) (0.006 in)
(3.376 inB.375 in)
3. Gudgeon pin diameter 85.69 mm/85.68 mm
(3.3736 id3.373 in) 0.05 mm/0.02 mm 0.13 mm
a
Piston bearing bore 85.73 mm/85.71 mm (0.002in)/(O.001 in) (0.005 in)
(3.375 inB.3744 in)
4. Gudgeon pin - circlip end clearance 0.88 mm/0.30 mm 1.06 mm
(0.035in)/(0.012 in) (0.042 in)
5. l i ~ piston
p ring width 4.79mm14.77mm
(0.189 idO.188 in) 0.15 mm/O.lO mm 0.32 mm
groove width 4.93 mm/4.89 mm (0.006in)/(O.004 in) (0.013 in)
(0.194 in/0.193 in)
gap 1.02 mml0.76 mm
(0.040 in/0.030 in)
6. 2nd and 3rd piston ring width 4.79 mm/4.76 mm
(0.189 in/0.187 in) 0.13 mm/0.08 mm 0.25 mm
groove width 4.89 mml4.86 mm (0.005in)/(0.003 in) (0.010 in)
(0.193 in/0.191 in)
PP 1.02 mmlO.76 mm
(0.040 in10.030 in)
a
7. 4th (oil control) piston ringwidth 9.53 mm/9.49 mm
(0.375 W0.374 in) 0.11 mm/0.05 mm 0.23 mm
groove width 9.60 mm/9.58 mm (0.005in)/(0.002 in) (0.009 in)
(0.378 id0.377 in)
PP 1.14 mm/0.63 mm
(0.045 in/0.025 in)
8. Cylinder liner bore 222.3mmR22.25 mm (the difference in diameter between
(8.752 in/8.750 in) the worn part and the unworn part of
the liner must not exceed 0.220 mm
(0.0086 in)
9. Cylinder liner flange 0.355 m d 0 . 2 3 mm
Stand-out (0.014 in/0.009 in)
a
Last Issued 1/1/93 4-42 Mirrlecr Blachtonc Ltd
MB
'= BLICKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 4
Valve & Rocker Gear

New Dimensions Clearance Flax or Min
Max I Min Max I Min Acceotable
Em
Condition
10. Air inlet valve (tappet) clearance 'C' 0.50 mm
(0.020 in)
11. Exhaust valve (tappet) clearance 'C' 1.50 mm
(0.060 in)
12. Bridge piece clearance ' D 0.04 mm
(0.0015 in)
13. Min. free spring length - outer 198.5mm 92mm
(3.88 in) (3.62 in)
'a inner 184.5 mm
(3.33 in)
78mm
(3.07 in)
14. Air inlet valve stem diameter 18.94 mml18.92 mm
(0.746 inl0.745 in) 0.10 rnm/0.06 mm 0.20 mm
A i r inlet valve guide bore 19.02 mml19.00 mm (O.oo4in)/(O.O02 in) (0.008 in)
(0.749 inl0.748 in)
15. Exhaust valve stem diameter 18.92 mml18.90 mm
(0.745 id0.744 in) 0.12 mml0.08 mm 0.25 mm
Exhaust valve guide bore 19.02 mm/19.00 mm (0.005in)I(0.003 in) (0.010 in
(0.749 in/0.748 in)
16. Air start valve stem diameter 9.95 mm19.92 mm
(0.392 inl0.391 in) 0.10 mm/0.05 mrn 0.15 mm
A i r start valve guide bore 10.02 mm/10.00 mm (0.004 in/0.002 in) (0.006 in)
(0.395 id0.394 in)
17. Bridge-piece mounting spigot
diameter 19.98 mml19.96 mm
(0.787 inl0.786 in) 0.06 mmlO.01 mm 0.18 mm
Bridge-piece bore 20.021 rnmD0.00 mm (0.002in)l(0.0004 in) (0.007 in)
(0.788 inl0.787 in)
18. Rocker shaft diameter 44.99 mm/44.98 mm
(1.771 id1.770 in) 0.070 mm10.04 mm 0.25
Rocker arm bush 45.05 mm/45.03 mm (0.003 in/0.002 in) (0.010 in)
(1.774 inl1.773 in)
19. Rocker arm endfioat 0.48 mmlO.05 mm 0.96 mm
(0.019in)/(O.002 in) (0.038)
20. Laree End Studs
Tightening pressure 15,000 psi (1,034 bar)
Correct extension on tensioning 0.90-1.14 mm (0.035-0.045 in)
Release pressure 16,000 psi (1,100 bar)
a
LastIuucd 13/3/96 4-43 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd
MIRRLEES =
-
- BUCXSTONE
21. Cvlinder Head Studs
Pre-tightening pressure 2,OOO psi (138 bar)
Tightening pressure 17,500psi (1,207 bar)
Long studs - correct extension on tensioning 1.65-1.85 mm (0.065-0.073 in)
Short studs - correct extension on tensioning 1.1-1.3mm (0.043-0.051 in)
Release pressure 18,500 psi (1,276 bar)
22.
Pre-tightening pressure (New Studs Only) 19,OOO psi (1310 bar)
Last Issued 1/1/93 4-44 Minlecs Blacktone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL Contents
=BL4CXSTOm
.
CAMSHAFT DRIVE TRAIN AND TAPPET BLOCK
5.1. DESCRIPTION .......................................... 1

Camshaft ............................................... 1
Drive Train .............................................. 2
Tappets ................................................. 2
Pushrods ................................................ 2
5.2. CAMSHAFT ............................................ 2
Camshaft Timing Check ................................... 2
Camshaft Replacement .................................... 3
Camshaft Removal ....................................... 4
.a Camshaft .Installation ..................................... 6
53 . CAMSHAFTDRIVETRAIN ............................... 8
Camshaft Drive Train Replacement .......................... 8
Camshaft Gear Train Removal.............................. 9
Inspection of the Camshaft Gear Train ....................... 11
Camshaft Gear Train Installation ........................... 12
Gear Shaft Bush Renewal (Compound and Idler Gears) ........ 15
5.4. TAPPET BLOCK ASSEMBLY ............................. 17
Air Start Timing Valve Clearance ChecWAdjustment ........... 17
Tappet Block and Thppet Replacement ...................... 19
Tappet Block Removal .................................... 20
Tappet Block Installation .................................. 20
5.5. TECHNICALDATA ...................................... 22
Camshaft ............................................... 22
Tappet Assembly ......................................... 22
Compound and Idler Gears ................................. 22
LastIssucd 1/1193 Contents i Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

i MB BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 5
CAMSHAFT. DRIVE TRAIN AND TAPPET BLOCK
5.1. DESCRIPTION
a) Camsw
The engine has one camshaft per bank, mounted in bearing blocks which are bolted to the
crankcase. The bearings are lubricated from an oil manifold. Camshaft endfloat is limited
by two sleeves mounted either side of the No 2 camshaft bearing, the sleeves being located
by the two adjacent cams.
Figure 103 - Camshafts And Drive Rain

k W 1 Split gear
2 Idler gear
3 Compound gears
4 Camshaftgears
There are three cams per cylinder which operate:
1) The air inlet valves.
2) The exhaust valves.
3) The fuel injection pump and if fitted the air start timing valve.
The camshaft gears and cams are a shrink fit on the camshafts. To adjust the camshaft
timing, each gear can be moved relative to its camshaft using the hydraulic pack to and
pressurise expand the gear bore, allowing relative movement to occur.
Lastlsrucd 1/1/93 5-1 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCI'ION MANUAL
-
- BLlCKSTONE
1 Aircam
2 Exhaustcam
3 Fuelcam
4 Camshaft locating sleeves
Drive "kais
The camshafts are driven by nitride hardened gears from a split gear mounted on the
crankshaft. The gears are lubricated by an oil spray and the gear shaft bearings are
lubricated via drillingsfrom No. 1main bearing (see oil flow diagram, page 8-2). The idler
and compound gear shafts are fully floating and run in renewable bushes.
TaaDets
The tappet blocks, one per cylinder, each house three tappets. Each tappet is located by a
dog point screw which engages a vertical slot in the tappet, allowing vertical movement but
preventing rotation. Each tappet is fit tedwith a roller which runs on its operating cam, and
a cup which engages the pushrod. The fuel tappets have extended roller pins to operate the
air start timing valves (see 'Air Start System', page 10-2).
Pushrods
The fuel pump pushrod lengths can be adjusted, using shims, to achieve the correct fuel
pump spill timing. Each push rod runs in a 'Nu-Lip' seal fitted in the fuel pump mounting
block. This prevents fuel oil leaking into the lub oil system and lub oil escaping from the
crankcase.
CAMSHAFT
Camshaft T . . u Check
The cams are accurately set during manufacture, so it should onlybe necessary to check one
fuel cam to be sure of the correct camshaft to crankshaft timing alignment. The procedure
to check and adjust the 'A' bank camshaft using the 'Al' cylinder fuel cam is described
below, but applies equally to checking any cylinder against its timing mark.
NOTE: Turn theflywheel and camshafls only in their normal diredon of rotation throughout
the check.
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
=BLACKSTOh?E
1) Lever type DTI with magnetic base.
1) Isolate the engine starting system and turn the control lever to 'STOP'. Remove the 'A'bank
camshaft doors.
-
Figure 105 Lever Q p e DTI on Air Start
Figure 106 - Flywheel Timing Marks
Timing Valve Striker
\.
2) Turn the flywheel until the no. 1A cylinder fuel tappet roller is on the base circle of its cam.
3). Position the DTI so that its anvil rests on the No. 1Aair start timing valve striker and set the
gauge to zero (Figure 105).
4) Bar the flywheel in its normal direction of rotation, until the DTI reads the correct figure
(see5.5.03). Checkthatthe'lATDC'timing markis '1/20crankshafirotationofthetiming
pointer (Figure 106).
NOTE: This is equivalent to a distance of 4mm (0.15in) measured on the rim of a standard
85Omm (33.5 in) diameterflywheel).
If the reading is within this limit then go to stage 5 below. If the reading is outside the limit,
and no work has been carried out that could affect the timing, see 'Camshaft Replacement'
page 115 for adjustment procedure
5) Remove the DTI and fit the camshaft doors.
b) Camshaft Realacement
For ease of explanation, the 'Aside camshaft replacement only is described.
Lastlssucd 1/W3 5-3 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
- BL4CKSTOhE
-
aaresr m
2 camhaft end bearing housing '0'rings.
Saecial Tools:
I) Camshafi lifting gear:
2) Camshaft support studs - MI6x2,300mm ( I 2 in) Igstuds), oneper camshaft bearing

(Part No.71-900-640).
3) Camshaft rotating tool (Pari No. 71-900-600)
4) Hydraulic pack and camshajt adaptor.

5) Lever ype DTI.
Camshaft Wekhk
12 cylinder I14 IQ (2SO Ib)
16 cylinder 136 Kg (300 Ib)
Associated Tasks;
I) Camshaft timing checkla4ustment.
2) Fuelpump spillport closing check
Camshaft Removal
Isolate the engine starting system and turn the control lever to 'STOP'. Remove the 'A'bank
camshaft and camshaft drive train doors and the door joint bars.
If the same camshaft is to be refitted, match-mark the camshaft gear and the adjoining
e
compound gear. (This will allow the camshaft to be refitted in exactly the same relative
position, without altering the existing camshaft timing).
Remove the 'A' bank fuel injector pipes and rocker covers.
CAUTION:
1) Ensure that all components are marked with their locations as they are removed.
2) Do not rotafethe engine until the camshaft is replaced, or the camshaft timing may be
affected.
Remove the'A'bank fuel pumps (Page 7-11). Slacken the locknuts and unscrew all the 'A'
bank tappet adjustors, until they are withdrawn completely into the rocker levers. This will
relieve the camshaft of mechanical loads.
M
a = BLQCKYTOATE
B ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 5
5) Remove the camshaft oil manifold.
Figure 107 - 'B' Bank Camshaft

6) Remove the lub oil pipe from the camshaft free end bearing housing.
7) Unbolt and withdraw both end bearing housings.
8) Support the camshaft by the lifting gear. Undo all the camshaft bearing securing bolts
approximately 112 turn.
Figure 108 - Camshaft Support Studs
a
LastIrrucd 1/1/93 5 -5 Mirrlces Blackstone Ud
INSTRUCTION MANUAL M-B
Remove the bottom camshaft bearing securing bolt from each camshaft bearing and fit the
support studs in their places (Figure 108).
Remove the remainder of the camshaft bearing securing bolts, holding the camshaft in
place whilst the last bolts are undone.
Slide the camshaft off the studs and place on a clean surface, preferably on wooden 'vee'
blocks to avoid damage.
Camshaft Installation
Clean all mating surfaces and removed components. Examine all components for damage.
Lift the camshaft and engage it on the support studs.
Line up the gear marks made on removal and slide the camshaft into position.
NOTE: During stages 3 to 5, do notfit the No. 2 camshafl bearing securing bolts. (This bearing
limits the camshaft endjloat and must be left free so that the camshaftfreedom of movement can
be checked, after the remaining bearings have been tightened).
Fit 2 or 3 of the camshaft bearing securing bolts finger tight and remove the studs. Fit the
remainder of the bearing securing bolts, finger tight only. Check that the bearing housings
are correctly located on the crank case.
Renew the camshaft end bearing ' 0 rings and lubricate with clean lub oil. Fit the camshaft
ends bearings and tighten the bolts to 75 Nm (55 lbf. ft).
Working from the centre bearing outwards, progressively tighten the camshaft bearing
securing bolts. (See technical data para 2.6)
By hand, attempt to move the camshaft backwards and forwards, axially. Ensure that it is
-
free to move if it is not, investigate the cause and do not proceed with installation until
rectified.
Fit the No. 2 bearing securing bolts and tighten. (see technical data para 2.6). Check the
camshaft endfloat, using a DTI on the camshaft gear. See 5.5.02 for limits.
Fit the camshaft lubricating oil manifold, renewing the sealing washers if damaged.
Switch on the lub oil priming pump and ensure that there is an adequate flow of oil at the
camshaft bearings and at the rocker pedestals. Check for leaks at any disturbed
connections. Switch off the priming pump and pour approximately 1/4 litre (In
pint) of
clean lub oil into each 'A' bank cylinder head pushrod aperture. Check that this oil flows
correctly into and through the tappet blocks (see Figure 145).
Check the camshaft timing (page 5-2). If within limits, go to step 18 below. If not within
limits, bar the engine round until the timing pointer is lined up with the 'Al, TDC' flywheel
timing mark.
MB BLQCXSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 5
11) Fit the camshaft rotating tool (Figure 109)
-
Figure 109 Camshaft Rotating Tool -
Figure 110 Camshaft Hydraulic Adaptor
12) See 'Hydraulic Pack and Tensioners'; page 13-1. Fit the hydraulic adaptor to the camshaft
gear and connect to the hydraulic pack (Figure 110). Mark a line on the camshaft, next to
the gearwheel, to ensure the gear does not move along the camshaft.
13) Apply hand pressure to the camshaft rotating tool and pressurise the hydraulic pack until
the camshaft is free to turn. (Pressures in excess of 20,000 psi (1390 bar) may be necessary).
14) Using the camshaft rotating tool, turn the camshaft in its normal direction of rotation until
the DTI reading is correct (see 5.5.03). Check that the gearwheel has not moved along the
camshaft.
U) Release the hydraulic pressure, disconnect the hydraulicpack and remove the adaptor from
the gearwheel. Remove the camshaft rotating tool.
16) Rotate the flywheel one revolution and re-align the timing mark and pointer. Check that
-
the DTI reading is still correct if it is not, repeat steps 11-16.
17) Set the 'A'bank valve (tappet) clearances (page 4-4).

18) Check that the A and B bank camshafts are 'in phase'. The phasing angle is marked on each
bank identification plate. (See technical data para 2.2).
la check the phasing, bar the engine round until the No. 1Acylinder is at TDCcompression
stroke - (ie,with the flywheel timing marks aligned and both air and exhaust valves closed).
Remove the rocker cover from the No. 1B cylinder.
htlrmed 1/1/93 5-1 Mirrlecn Blacktone Ltd

- BUCXsTOh!E
Noting how far the flywheel turns, bar the engine round in its normal direction of rotation
until that cylinder is at TDCcompression stroke, as above. The angle turned by the flywheel
is the phasing angle.
Fit the 'A' bank fuel pumps (page 7-12). If a new camshaft has been fitted, check all 'A'
bank fuel pump spill timings and adjust if necessary (page 7-14).
Fit the rocker covers and fuel injector pipes.
Fit any joint bars and fit the camshaft and camshaft gear train doors.
NOTE: When rejitfingjoint bars apply Hylosil between bar and crankcase.
Check for leaks on any disturbed fuel oil connections when the engine is next run.
CAMSHAFT DRIVE TRAIN

Camshaft Drive 'Rain Reulacement
The camshaft drive train is designed to provide prolonged, trouble free operation.
However should any gear sustain mechanical damage, it will be necessary to crack detect all
the gears. Those which cannot be crack detected in situ (ie, compound, idler and split gears)
must be removed.
Assoc iated tasks;
I) Camshaft timing check
2) Valve clearance (tappet) adjustment.
Snares reauired:
I) 2 x split gear dowel cover plates.
2) Tabwasher and '0'ringfor gear train oil spray.
3) 2 x compound gear shafi end cover '0'rings.
4) Loctite G.38 or G.41 and loctiteprime,:
Special Tools;
I) 16.000-16.027mm (0.630-0.631 in) reamer (ifnew split gear ~ f i t t e d ) .
3) Split gearjacking bolts - 2 M16 x 2 bolts. Min threaded length 75 mm (3 in).

MB
= BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 5
4) Splitgear dowel ertractor - 1 M 8 x 1.25 bolt min threaded lengih 70 mm (275 in) anda
sleeve, approximately lOmm (0.4 in) internal diameterand at least 25 mm (1.0 in) long.
4
- 70
5) Hardwood wedge for backlash
35mnllL inJ
checks (Figure 111).
6) Hydraulic pack and camshaft adaptor: n-m~i,,~
..
Comoonent Wekhts; I
MmmlZin.1 ---J
1) Split gear half 7Kg (15 Ib)

Figure 111 - Hardwood Wedge For Gear
Backlash Checks
2) Idler gear 14 Kg (32 lb)
3) Compound gear 16 Kg (35 Ib)

b) Camshaft Gear Train Removal.
-
Figure 112 Gear Train -
Figure 113 Idler Gear
1. Magnetic pick-up (h4PU) 1. Oil spray locating bolt
2. Compound gear locating peg 2. Oil sprayhdler gear locating peg
1) Isolate the engine starting system and turn the control handle to 'STOP'.Remove the
flywheel guard. Remove the camshaft gear train doors, the No.1 throw crankcase doors and
the top half of the flywheel end cover.
2) Remove both magnetic pick-up (MPU) sensors and their mounting brackets (Figure 112).
3) Remove all injector pipes and rocker covers, and undo all valve tappet adjustors until they
are withdrawn completely into the rocker levers. (This removes any risk of air or exhaust
LastIssucd 1/1193 5-9 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCITON MANUAL -
- BLdCKSTOhE e
valves striking the piston, when the crankshaft is later turned with the gear train
dismantled).
Remove both compound gear shaft end covers.
Remove the lub oil feed pipes and then remove both compound gear locatingpegs (Figure
112).
Bar the engine round until the 'A'bank compound gear shaft, accessible from the No. 1
throw bay, is clear of both No. 1throw connecting rods.
Connect the hydraulicpack to the 'A' bank camshaft gear and pressurise until the gear is free
to rotate (see 'Camshaft Timing Adjustment' steps 11 to 14, Page 5-7 for details). This
enables the gear to rotate freely during compound gear removal.
Support the 'A' bank compound gear. Withdraw its shaft into the No. 1 throw bay and
remove from the engine.
UUTION: Failure to do so, can result in damage when the crankshaft is subsequently turned.
Remove the compound gear by rolling round the idler gear, until out of mesh. Release the
pressure and remove the hydraulic equipment.
Repeat steps 6 to 9 for the ' B bank compound gear.
10) Remove the oil spray assembly (Figure 113), which locates the idler gear shaft.
11) Supporting the idler gear,withdraw the idler shaft towards the flywheel, by pushing from the
No. 1throw bay. Remove the idler gear.
12) Bar the crankshaft round to provide access to the split gear dowel cover plates (Figure 115).
Remove the cover plates.
13) Fit the split gear dowel extractor (see 'special tools' above) and jack out and remove both
dowels.
14) Bar the crankshaft round until the split gear retaining bolts are horizontal and remove the4
bolts, spacers and nuts.
NOTE: The split gear is assembled to the crankshaft using loctite and so isprovided withjacking
holes for removal.
15) Bar the crankshaft round until the split gear jacking holes are approximately loo below
horizontal. Support the gear half containing the jacking holes with a length of timber. Fit
the 2 M16 x 2 jacking bolts, jack the gear half off the crankshaft and remove.
a MB
-
-BLACZiTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 5
16) Support the other gear half with the length of timber and remove, using a hammer and
copper drift on the joint face. Take care not to damage the joint face.
Figure 114 Split Gear -

1. Dowel holes
-
Figure 115 Split Gear
2. Jacking holes 1. Dowel locating hole
2. Dowel
3. Dowel coverplate
c) In - in
1) Visually check all gears for mechanical damage. Check all gears for cracks, using a suitable
dye penetrant eg 'Ardrox', paying particular attention to the roots of the gear teeth and any
areas which have sustained mechanical damage. Renew any gears as necessary.
0
2) Measure the diameters of all three gear shafts at the contact points of their bushes, using a
-
micrometer. (The idler gear shaft can be measured in situ). See 5.5.08 5.5.10 for limits
' and renew any shafts as necessary.
3) Check the running clearances between the gear bushes and their shafts, using a feeler
gauge. B avoid the removal of the idler gear shaft (which necessitates a piston and
'
connecting rod removal), use a compound gear shaft as a dummy to check the idler gear
running clearance, with a feeler gauge. This reading can then be compared with the already
known compound and idler shaft diameters to obtain the clearance.
4) Check the running clearances between the three gear shafts and the crankcase bushes, using
a feeler gauge.
See 5.5.08 - 5.5.10 for limits and renew any bushes as necessary.
LastIsrued 1/1/93 5-11 Mirrlees Blackstons Ltd

-
- BUCKSTONE
d) Camshaft Gear lkain Installation
1) Preparation of a new split gearwheel, if necessary:-
a) Fit one of the gearwheel locating dowels to the crankshaft hole furthest from the
flywheel.
b) Fit the gear halves on to the crankshaft and locate on the dowel.
c) Fit the four bolts and tighten to 65 Nm (50 lbf. ft).
d) Place a container in the sump, below the split gearwheel, to catch any debrisproduced
when reaming.
e) Ream the open dowel hole to 16.000-16.027 m m (0.630-0.631 in).
f ) Remove the gearhalves and dowel and deburr the dowel holes. Check that there is no
metal debris in the area and remove the container from the sump.
2) Clean the gear shafts and bores thoroughly. Degrease the split gearwheel to crankshaft
mating surfaces.
e
-
Figure 116 DTI Positioned For Gear -
Figure 117 DTI Positioned For Gear
Backlash Check Shaft Endfloat Check
3) Apply 'Loctite' G.38 or G.41 to the split gear bore, following the manufacturer's
instructions and using 'Loctite' primer.
4) Fit the gear halves to the crankshaft, with the bolts finger tight. Drive in the dowels, until
they are just below the gear surface.
5) Progressively tighten the 4 bolts to 205 Nm (150 1bf.ft). Ensure that the dowels are still
below the gear surface. Fit the new dowel covers and bend up to lock the bolts.
0 MB
-
- BLACElsTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 5
6) Ensure that the clearance between the gear half joint faces is equal and less than 0.05 mm
(0.002”).
7) Position the idler gear (with the overspeed trip weight towards the flywheel) and insert the
shaft.
8) Check the idler gear to split gear backlash:-
a) Position the DTI so that the anvil bears on one of the idler gear tooth flanks, as close to
90° to the flank as possible (Figure 116).
b) Move the idler gear (within its backlash) in one direction, with the crankshaft locked
in position. Zero the DTI.
c) Move the idler gear as far as it will turn (within its backlash) in the opposite direction
and record the DTI reading. Remove the DTI.
d) Bar the crankshaft round and repeat stages 7 a) to c) to give a total of 4 DTI readings,
taken at 90° intervals. See 5.5.11 for limits.
9) Fit the oil spray assembly, using a new tabwasher to lock the securing bolt, ensuring that the
locating spigot and the idler shaft locating groove are aligned.
10) Measure the idler gear shaft endfloat, using a DTI (Figure 117). (See item number 5.5.11
for limits).
11) Connect the hydraulic pack to the ’ B bank camshaft gear and pressurise until the gear is
free to rotate as above.
12) Roll the ’B’ bank compound gear round the idler gear, into position.
0 13) Insert the gear shaft from the No. 1throw bay, locating groove towards the flywheel.
14) Check the idkr gear to compound gear backlash:-
CAUTION: During this check, take atreme care not to bar the engine too far, as fhis can
damage the hydraulic adaptor.
a) Carefully bar the engine round until the camshaft gear hydraulic adaptor is at its upper
limit of travel (Figure 119) (The use of a 90° adaptor may increase this movement).
b) Place the hardwood wedge between the split gear and idler gear to lock the gears together.
c) Position the DTI so that the anvil bears firmly on one of the large compound gear
tooth-flanks, as close to 90xaspossible (Figure 116). NOTE:It may be necessary to rotate
the camshaft in order to rotate the compound gear.
a
Lastlwd lh93 5-13 MirrlccS Blackstone Ud
INSTRUCITON MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTOh'E
-
Figure 118 DTI Positioned for Gear Figure 119 - Camshaft Adaptor - Lim-
End Float Check its of Movement
d) Rotate the compound gear as far as it will turn in one direction and zero the DTI.
e) Rotate the compound gear as far as it will turn in the opposite direction and record the DTI
reading. Remove the DTI and the hardwood wedge.
f) Carefully bar the engine round until the camshaft adaptor is at its lower limit of travel
(Figure 119), again taking care not to damage the hydraulic adaptor. Take the backlash
reading (steps 14 b to 14 e).
g) Bar the engine round until the camshaft adaptor is at its mid point (Figure 119)and take the
backlash reading (steps 14 b to 14 e).
15) Repeat steps 14b) to 14g)for the compound to camshaft gear backlash check, mounting the
DTI to read on the camshaft gear and placing the hardwood wedge between the compound
and idler gears.
16) Release the hydraulic pressure and fit the hydraulic pack and adaptor to the 'A' bank
camshaft gear.
17) Fit the 'A' bank compound gear and check the 'A' bank compound to idler gear and
compound to camshaft gear backlash. (Steps 12to 15). Release the hydraulic pressure and
remove the hydraulic pack and adaptor.
18) (See 5.5.11 for backlash limits). Renew any gear bushes and foreshafts as necessary.
19) Fit both compound gear locating pegs and lub oil pipes.
20) Check the endfloat on both compound gears and camshaft gears, using a DTI. See 5.5.11for
limits. Renew compound gears of camshafts if necessary.
Lastlssued Ill193
a MB
= BUCKSTOhZ
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 5
21) Check and if necessary adjust, the camshaft timing (Page 5-2).
22) Adjust the valve (tappet) clearances (Page 4-4).
23) Fit compound gear shaft end covers, using new '0' rings.
24) Fit and connect the magnetic pick-up sensors and set them to the correct clearances (Page
11-14).
25) Switch on the lub oil priming pump and check that oil flows freely from the gear to crankcase
interfaces and from the oil spray. Check that there are no leaks from any disturbed
connections.
0 26) Fit the camshaft gear train doors, the No. 1 throw crankcase doors and the top half of the
flywheel end cover. Fit the rocker covers and injector pipes.
e) Gear Shaft Bush Renewal lCompound and Idler Gears)
Figure 121 - Section Through Camshaft

Gear 'Ikain
E3 1. Compound gearshaft loacting peg
6 3 2.
3.
Fully floating gearshafts
Lub oil feed from no. 1main bearing
-
Figure 120 Gearshaft Bush Removal/ and idler gear locating peg
Installation Tool 4. Idlergear
5. Gearshaft bush removaVinstallation
tool
Lastluucd Ill43 5-15 Mirrlcce Blackstonc Ltd

-
- BUCKSTOhTE
In the unlikely event of having to renew the gear shaft bushes, the appropriate gear must
first be removed. The renewal method is identical for both crankcase mounted and gear
mounted bushes, although they are of different construction.
SDecial To&
1) Gear shaft bush removal/installationtool (Figure 120, Part No. 71-900-850).
Removal
1) Remove the relevant gear shaft (Page 5-4).
2) (a) Gear mounted bushes - both bushes will have to be removed simultaneously.
(b) Inner crankcase mounted bushes - the housings are stepped and therefore the bushes
must be removed towards the flywheel (Figure 121). e
(c) Outer crankcase mounted bushes - these may be removed in either direction.
Position the removal/installation tool and tighten the nut to draw the bush(es) out of the
housing, checking that the tool remains correctly aligned with the bush throughout.
Installation
1) Check that the bush, bush bore and housing bore are clean and free from burrs.
2) (a) Gear mounted bushes - these must be recessed 2 mm (0.080 in) into the bore.
(b) Inner crankcase mounted bushes - these must be recessed 3 mm (0.120 in) into the
bore.
(c) -
Outer crankcase mounted bushes these must be fitted with the larger of the two oil
holes aligned with the shaft locating peg - hole (Figure 121). In this position the oil
holes will be correctly aligned.
3) There are two methods of installation -

CXUTION:
-
Liquid nitrogen can cause bums protectivegloves andgoggles must be worn. Ifliquid nitrogen
is available, immerse the bushfor at least two minutes and insert into its housing. This operation
must be carried out rapidly, as the bush will pick up heatfrom its surroundings and become an
interferencefir.
NOTE: If the bush is installed incorrectly, its position may be aqusted using the
removallinstallation tool.
i) MB
= BLQCKSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 5
r f liquid nitrogen is not available, coat fhe bush outer surface with molybdenum disulphide
compound and fit, using the removallinstallation foolas a press.
4) If installing an outer crankcase mounted bush, check that the oilways are clear, either
visually or by using a piece of wire.
5) Check the gear shaft to bush clearance, using a feeler gauge - see for 5.5.08 limits. If the
clearance is insufficient, the bush may be reamed using a 63.670mm (2.5070in) reamer or
ground in, using engineer's blue. If the clearance is excessive, the gear shaft must be
renewed.
6) Refit the gear(s) (page 5-12).
e 5.4. B P P E T BLOCK ASSEMBLY
a) Air Start Timine Valve Clearon ce ChecWAd iustment

The procedure below describes checking the No. 1Acylinder air start timing valve clearance
but equally applies to any other cylinder.
SDares Reauired;
1) Air start manifold '0'rings.

2) Shims, if adjustment is required.
0.1 mm (0.004 in) thick - 71-155-430
0.5 mm (0.012 in) thick - 71-155-440
1.0 mm (0.040 in) thick - 71-155-450

a CAUTION: Take great care not to drop any components during the check, as they couldfall into
fhe sump.
1) Isolate the air start system from the supply and turn the control lever to 'STOP'. Remove
the 'A' bank camshaft door(s) and joint bar (16 cylinder only).
2) Remove the complete 'A' bank air start manifold, by unbolting from the tappet blocks.
3) Push the valve and spring out of the No. 1A cylinder tappet block and check their condition
- renew if necessary.
4) Bar the flywheel round until the '1A TDC' mark is aligned with the timing pointer.
5) Fit the air start valve and spring and push down by hand until fully seated. Check the striker
to valve clearance, using a feeler gauge - see 5.5.07 for limits. If necessary, remove the
LastIssucd U1193 5-17 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BL4CXSTOm
Figure 122 - lhppet Block Assembly

1. Air Start manifold 2. Air start timing valve
3. Fuel pump pushrod 4. Thppet block securing bolt & tabwasher
5. Air start timing valve striker 6. Fuel tappet roller pin
7. Roller pin locating grubscrew 8. Thppet roller
9. Roller pin (Air & Exhaust) 10. 'lhppet locating bolt slot
11. Tappet locating bolt 12 Lub oil pipe
13. Air inlet pushrod 14. Lub oil pipe to cylinder head
15. Air start pipe to cylinder head
MB
= BLACKSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 5
striker and add or remove shims to obtain the correct clearance. (Striker torque loading -
40 Nh4 (30 1bf.ft).
6) If the clearance has been adjusted, bar the flywheel round until the fuel cam is at maximum
lift and check that there is at least 2 mm (0.080 in) clearance between the striker and the
tappet block. If there is not, renew the valve.
7) Fit the air start manifold, using new '0' rings.
8) Fit the joint bar and camshaft door(s) see under 5.2.21.
Figure 123 - Tappet Block
0 b) Tawet Block and Tappet Replacement

cQUTZ0iV:Take great care not fo drop any components, as they could fall into the sump.
Spares Reauired;
1) Air start manifold '0'

rings.
2) Oil and air start pipe '0'rings.
3) Tappet locating bolt tabwasher and securing bolt tabwashe,:
LastIssued 111193 5-19 Mirrlecs Blackstone l i d

MIIUUEES

-
- BUCKSTONE
Assof iated TaskS;
1) Fuel injectionpump replacement and fuel spill timing check
2) Rocker gear replacement.
m e t Block Removal
1) Isolate the engine starting system and turn the control lever to 'STOP'. Remove the
camshaft door@) and joint bar (16 cylinder only).
2) Bar the engine round until all three tappets are on the base circle of their cams.
3) Remove the fuel injection pump (page 7-11) and the rocker levers.
4) Lift out the three pushrods from the tappet block and mark with their installed positions.
5) Remove the tappet block lub oil manifold.
6) Remove the two clamps securing the cylinder head lub oil and air start supply pipes to the
tappet block (Figure 122). Slide the two pipes upwards until clear of the tappet block.
7) Remove the section of air-start manifold above the tappet block.
8) Unlock and remove the four tappet block securing bolts. Remove the tappet block.
9) Slide down and remove the cylinder head lub oil and air-start supply pipes.
10) Each tappet may be removed from the block, if necessary, by removing its tappet locating
bolt. See Figure 122 for tappet details. When refitting tappet locating bolts, tighten to 75
Nm (55 1bf.ft) and bend up the tabwashers.
m e t Block Installatioq
1) Ensure that all components are clean and renew the four '0' rings on the cylinder head lub
oil and air start supply pipes. Insert the pipes into their holes and slide fully upwards.
2) Locate the tappet block assembly on to its dowels fit shake proof washers and tighten the
securing bolts to 75 Nm (55 1bf.ft).
3) Check the air start timing valve clearance (steps 3 to 6, page 5-17).
4) Fit the air start manifold, using new '0rings.
5) Fit the cylinder head lub oil and air start supply pipes and clamp to the tappet block.
0
LastIrmed llU93 5-20 M i n k s Blackstone Ltd
a MB
-
-BLACKSTOhB
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 5
6) Fit the tappet block lub oil manifold.

7) Insert the three pushrods.
8) Fit the rocker gear and check the tappet clearances (page 4-4)
9) Fit the fuel injection pump (page 7-12) and if a new tappet block or fuel tappet has been
fitted, check its fuel pump spill timing on that cylinder (page 7-14).
10) Run the lub oil priming pump and check all disturbed connections for leaks. Pour
approximately 0.25 litre (0.5 pint) of lub oil into the cylinder head pushrod aperture and
check that it flows correctly through the tappet block (see lub oil flow diagram, page 8-1).
e 11) Fit thejoint bar and camshaft door(s) see under5.2.21. Fit the rocker cover and injector fuel
pipe.
LastIssucd 1/1/93 5-21 Mirrlecr Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-. BLACKSTOh?E
5.5. T E C H N I C A L D m
Aeceotable
mcll
Condition
Camshaft
1) Camshaft diameter 6351 mm/63.48 mm
(2500 ifl.499 in) 0.21 mmD.08 mm 0.31 mm
Camshaft bearing bore 63.68mm/63.59mm (0.008in)/(0.003 in) (0.012 in)
(2.507 inR.503 in)
2) Camshaft end float 0.40 mm/0.25 mm 0.8mm
(0.016in)/(O.OlO in) (0.032 in)
3) Cam lift 1S.OOO m d 4 . 9 6 4 mm
(0.590 idO.589 in)
4) Camshaft timing check - fuel cam lift 9.3 mm
(0.366 in)
TapDet Assemblv
5) Fuel Tappet roller endfloat 0.40 mm/O.lS mm 0.60 mm
(0.016in)/(0.006 in) (0.024 in)
6) Tappet roller pin diameter 29.99 mmR9.98mm
(1.181 id1.180 in) 0.075 md0.03 mm 0.12 mm
Tappet roller bearing bore 30.04 mm130.02 mm (0.003 in)/(0.001 in) (0.00sin)
(1.183 in11.182 in)
7) Air-start timing valve clearance /O.OS mm 0.15 mm
comoound and Idler GearS

/(0.002 in) (0.006in)
a
Gearshaft diameter 63.62 md63.60 mm
(250s ifl.504 in) 0.10 mm/0.05 mm 0.18 mm
Gearshaft bearing bore 63.70 md63.67 mm (0.004in)/(0.002 in) (0.007 in)
(2.508 inR.SO7 in)
Gearshaft endfloat 0.37 mmD13 mm 0.74 mm
(O.OlSin)/(O.005 in) (0.030 in)
Gear endfloat 0.76 mmD51 mm 1 5 2 mm
(0.030in)/(0.0;?0 in) (0.060 in)
Gear backlash 0.22 mmD.16 mm 0.44 mm
(0.009in)/(0.006 in) (0.017 in)
Last kued lill93 5-22 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

MB
=BLACKSTOhT
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 6
Contents
AIR INLET AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
6.1. DESCRIPTION AND FLOW DIAGRAM ..................... 2

6.2. AIRFILTER ............................................ 3
63. TURBOCHARGER ....................................... 3
Turbocharger Maintenance ................................ 4
Turbocharger Replacement ................................ 4
Turbocharger Removal .................................... 4
Turbocharger Installation .................................. 5
6.4. INTERIM CLEANING OF TURBOCHARGERS .............. 5
e Introduction .............................................
Cleaning The Turbine Side Of The Turbocharger ..............
5
6
Equipment Required ..................................... 7
Washing Procedure ....................................... 7
6.5. AIR INLET AND EXHAUST DUCTING ..................... 9
6.6. HEATSHIELD ........................................... 9

6.7. TECHNICALDATA ...................................... 9
LastIrsued 1/1/93 Contents i Mirrlecs Blachtonc Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
=BLACKSTONE
AIR INLETAND EXHAUST
Figure 124 - Air Inlet System Arrangement

1. Exhaust pipe adaptor 2. Water outlet pipe (one of two)
3. Water inlet pipe 4. Turbocharger mounting bolts
5. nrbocharger mounting bracket 6. Intercooler adaptor plate
7. Intercooler 8. Intercooler air duct
9. Adaptor plate 10. Intercooler air pipe
11. On-engine air filter
LmIIssued llU93 6-1 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL,
= BL4CKSTONE
Figure 125 - Exhaust Manifold Arrangement (12Cylinder Engine)

6.1. DESCRIPTION AND FLOW DIAGRAM
The engine has one turbocharger, which utilises exhaust gas energy to increase the mass of
air available to the engine, which, in turn, increases its power.
Inlet air enters through a filter into the turbocharger compressor and then passes through
the intercooler,where heat is transferred to the rawwater cooling system. In cool or humid
climates, condensation may occur here. This is removed via a drain plug fitted to the
turbocharger mounting bracket.
The air passes through the spring loaded butterfly valve which shuts off the air when the
mechanical overspeed trip is operated (page 11-1). The air then passes into the inlet
manifold (integrally cast in the crankcase) and into the cylinders.
The burnt exhaust gas passes into the exhaust manifolds and is fed to the turbocharger
turbine, after which it is discharged to atmosphere via the silencer assembly.
A heatshield covers the exhaust manifold to reduce heat radiation and noise, and for safety
reasons.
Instrument indications are provided for:-
a) The inlet manifold air pressure.
b) The inlet manifold air temperature.
Last Issued 1/1/93 6-2 Minlees Blacbtonc Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
=BIACKSTOhT
c) The exhaust gas temperature at the turbocharger outlets.
d) The exhaust gas temperature at each cylinder head.

e) (Optional only). Turbocharger tachometer.
See ’Instrumentation’, page 11-12 for further details.
6.2. AIR FILTER
The air filter(s) may be either mounted on-engine, as part of the turbochargers, or
off-engine.
For description and maintenance of:-

a) On-engine filters - see the turbocharger manufacturer’s manual.
b) Off-engine filters - see the filter manufacturer’s technical instructions.

63. TURBOCHARGER
P Q
Figure 126 - -01 turbocharger and pipework

1. Water jacket thermometer 2. Water manifold
3. Turbine oil filler 4. , Turbine oil level sight glass
5. Turbocharger water inlet pipe 6. Turbocharger water outlet pipe
LastIssucd 1/1/93 6-3 Mirrlm Blackstone Ud

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BUCKSTONE
a) n3hbQdusrMa
ar intenance
See the turbocharger manufacturer’s manual
Figure 127 - Exhaust Manifold Joint rig

b) Brbocharger Replacement
The turbochargers are positioned so that they can be serviced in L.U. Replacement should
only be necessary if mechanical damage is sustained.
CQUTION: Do not apply excessive loads to fhe turbocharger during replacement. Allfittings
should be correcuy aligned onfinal assembly to ensure that no stresses result when tightening
pipes and mounting-bolts.
SDares required;
I) 2 x exhaust manifold to turbocharger gaskets.
2) 2,Exhaurtpipe gasket.
3) 2 x intercoolerpipe to turbochatger gaskets.
4) Water inlet to turbocharger gasket.
Turbocharger weight See manufacturer’s specification.
Brbocharper Removd
1) Open the water manifold bleed screw and drain the fresh water system.
2) Remove the exhaust heatshield.
3) Disconnect and support the exhaust pipe above the turbocharger.
LastIssucd l/wJ 6-4 Mirrlecs Blackscone Ltd

MB
= BLACXsTOh?E
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 6
Disconnect the intercooler air pipe at the turbocharger end.
Disconnect the water and lub oil pipes as necessary.
Disconnect the exhaust manifolds from the turbocharger.
Fit the liftinggear, take theweight of the turbocharger and remove the mounting bolts. Lift
the turbocharger clear.
Plug all exposed holes on the turbocharger and engine to prevent the ingress of dirt. For
further turbocharger details, see the manufacturer’s manual.
Turbochareer Installation
1) Remove all plugs from the turbocharger and engine.
Lift the turbocharger into position and loosely fit the mounting bolts. (This will allow the
turbocharger to be moved to facilitate pipe connection, if necessary).
3) Loosely connect the exhaust manifold, the exhaust pipe and the intercooler air pipe to the
turbocharger, using new gaskets.
4) Loosely connect the turbocharger water and lub oil pipes, if fitted, using new gaskets where
necessary.
5) Tighten all pipes and manifolds. Tighten the turbocharger securing bolts to 310 Nm (230
1bf.ft).
Fill the fresh water cooling system. Slacken the turbocharger water outlet pipe at the water
manifold and tighten when an air-free flow of water is obtained.
W m N G : Care must be taken duringthis stage, due to the high operating temperature of the
exhaust system.
When the engine is next run, ensure that all disturbed connections do not leak.
Fit the exhaust manifold heatshield as soon as these connections are checked.
INTERIM CLEANING OF TURBOCHARGERS

Jntroduction
Under certain operating conditions or with certain fuels, it may be necessary to regularly
clean the turbochargers internal components.
NOTE: The equipment is not supplied unless specifically stated in the engine supply documents.
LastlJsued 1/1/93 6-5 Mirrlees Blackstone Ud

Engines which normally run using light diesel fuel and have a clear exhaust discharge, will
not produce any accumulationof deposits in the turbocharger exhaust nozzle ring blading or
turbine wheel blading so do not usually need the water washing equipment. n e
turbocharger is cleaned sufficientlyfrequentlywhen mechanical considerations necessitate
stripping and dismantling of the turbocharger to fit new bearings, or even when other
turbocharger maintenance is necessary.
Engines running on heavy fuel have a higher incidence of accumulation of deposits due to
constituentsof the fuelwhich arenot total1yconsumed.These act as abindingagent and can
result in adherence and accumulation of deposits on the turbocharger exhaust nozzle
blading and turbine wheel blades. Similarly lubricating oil additives can also act as a binding
agent when an engine has a high lubricating oil consumption.
Running the engine when it is in poor condition or when it has developed a high lubricating
oil consumption, when a smoky exhaust discharge is also usually apparent, will also result in
some accumulation of deposits at the exhaust end of the turbocharger. Under these
conditions it is important to develop a suitable frequency of turbine cleaning. In most cases,
water washing is the best technique.
Generally a high load on the engine, preferably above 75% will result in a minimum of
incidence of turbocharger fouling. Due to high heat and gas velocity levels, combustion
products mostly remain in the gas stream and are discharged through to atmosphere.
clean in^ The 'hrbine Side Of The 'hrboc h a r w
QbiSxt
Practical experience has shown that for engines running on heavy fuels it is necessary to
periodically wash deposits off the turbine side of the turbocharger. The frequency of
cleaning depends upon operating conditions, and the quality of the fuel being consumed.
When insufficient washing has resulted in heavy fouling of the inlet nozzle ring and of the
turbine blading this will be denoted by marginally increased cylinder outlet exhaust
temperatures and probably higher boost air pressures and also higher turbine speeds, as
compared to clean or as new engine/turbocharger performance. Cleaning of the turbine end
should then be employed. Generally, if cleaning is adopted it should be carried out at
intervals appropriate for the class of fuel in use. Initial trials should err on the side of
over-frequent as cleaning will not remove long established deposits. It is important that
the procedure should be started early in the life of a turbocharger and should be done
frequently. Depending on the quality of fuel in use, the starting point may have to be as IOW
as every 24 hours. If the fouling rate is low the intervals may be extended by trial and error
possibly up to 150 hours. The condition of the outlet water is a useful guide. If still dirty
after 5 or 6 minutes of washing, the frequency should be increased. After cleaning, a
complete set of engine and turbocharger performance data should be taken at the same
load conditions for direct comparison and for long term trend analysis.
0
Lastlrmcd llli93 6-6 Minlccs Blacktonc Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL,
=BLACKSTONE
A general log should be kept of engine and turbocharger performance data at full load or
at as high a load as possible at regular intervals, but at the same load on each occasion, and
where possible at the same barometric air intake atmospheric pressure and air manifold
temperature.
Cleaning must not be carried out on a turbine that is suspected to be very heavily fouled.
Dislodging of deposits unevenly could result in dynamic out of balance of the rotor
assembly. Under such conditions the turbocharger must be dismantled and cleaned.
Similarly if there is any incidence of turbocharger vibration before or after water washing
the turbocharger must be completely dismantled and cleaned.
2) Eq uipment Required (See Fip.2)
1) The equipment required is obtained from Mirrlees Blackstone Limited and is engineered to
e 2)
suit both the engine and turbocharger type.
The system most commonly supplied by Mirrlees Blackstone Limited uses water to wash
deposits off the turbine and consists of an engine mounted water supply system to the
turbocharger gas inlet.
3) The engine mounted system terminates in a l/2 BSP coupling to which is coupled a suitable
clean water supply. Down stream of this is an isolating valve followed by a three way valve
which controls the supply of either water or bleed air into the wash system. The system when
not in use is kept free from carbon build up in the spray nozzles and pipework, by aconstant
air bleed from the compressor side of the turbocharger.
4) A drain cock is provided to drain the exhaust casing. It must be possiblc to inspect and
measure the quantity of fluid drained during the washing operation.
5) Aclean, fresh (not salt) water supply at a pressure of 3.5 to 5 bar (50 to 75 lb/in2) is required
from a suitable source. The supply should be coupled to the engine with thc flexible hose to
a enable easy removal.
6) During the washing operation most of the water evaporates and escapes with the engine
exhaust. The remainder drains out of the exhaust casing (0.1 litre per minute). The water
discharge is important because the deposits are removed not only by dissolving them but
also by the mechanical action of the water droplets impinging upon the affected areas. If
water does not discharge for the required length of time, the wash has not becn successfully
carried out and the turbocharger will foul prematurely.
4 WashlngErocedure
1) Ensure water supply is available.

2) Turn the threeway valve in the engine mountedpipework, to close off the air blced and open
the system to water operation.
e
LastIrsued U1193 6-7 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd
-
- BLACKSTONE
Fit a length of flexible hose between the engine and the fresh water supply.
Reduce the load on the engine (engine output) untik-
1) The steady state temperature of the exhaust gas immediately before the turbine is a
maximum of 430°C (81OOF) but preferably higher than 35OoC (66OOF).
OR
2) If there are no pyrometers at the turbine inlet, the average cylinder outlet tempera-
ture prefered minimum should not exceed 34OoC (650%).
NOTE: Time should be allowedfor the metal temperatures to fall before washing, in order to
avoid fherkk of cracking lurbocharger components.
Each turbine will have a 4 entry casings, with a water supply into two pipes only. Before
completing the full wash procedure, verify that water is available and the drain clear. If
water does not appear, there is a problem which should be cleared before attempting the
full wash.
&&open the main valve upstream of the removable pipe until the correct water flow is
achieved i.e. ensuring that water is draining from the exhaust casing at 0.1 litres minimum
0.5 litres maximum, per minute. Care should be taken to avoid excessive flow, as this can
flood the labyrinth seal and contaminate the oil in the turbine bearing with risk of
subsequent failure. The valve should be opened slowly to minimise thermal shock.
If the required water flow cannot be achieved i.e. less than 0.1 litres per minute, the load on
the engine should be reduced a little further to reduce the evaporation rate.
When the water draining out of the casing appears clean, probably after 5 to 10 minutes,
turn off the main cock.
a
Disconnect the flexible supply pipe.
Change the engine mounted three way valve back to the 'air bleed'position to blow out any
water residue and prevent carbon formation.
Continue running the engine for 10minutesat or above the power set by4) above, to ensure
that all the washing water is evaporated to avoid bearing contamination and turbine
corrosion.
If it is considered that cleaning is incomplete the washing can be repcated.
The water supply connection to the wash system must be disconnected after completion.
There must be no possibility of any unsupervised water supply into the exhaust system.

MB
=BUCFSTOArE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 6
6.5. AIR INLET AND EXHAUST DUCTING

See figures 124,125 and 126. It is recommended that all exhaust system bolt threads are
coated with 'Coppaslip' or similar compound on installation, to ease subsequent removal.
6.6. HEATSHIELD
The heatshield covers are held in place by toggle-fasteners. The end-plates are bolted
directly to the crankcase. See the Parts Manual for further details.
CAUTION: Do not run the engine for prolonged periods with the flywheel end heatshield
end-plate removed, or the governor may be overheated.
6.7. TECHNICAL DATA - See Engine Test Data for details of air manifold temperature
Maximum difference in exhaust temperatures
between any 2 cylinders at full load 3OoC (54OF)
Maximum difference in exhaust temperatures
between any 2 cylinders at no load 120oc (2160F)
Minimum exhaust temperature at no load lO0OC (212OF)
Lasr Issued 1/1/93 6-9 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd

. INSTRUCTION MANUAL Contents
.
BLACASTONE
FUEL SYSTEM
7.1. DESCRIPTION AND FLOW DIAGRAM .................... 2

Low Pressure Fuel System ................................. 2
High Pressure Fuel System ................................. 3
Fuel Injection Pumps ..................................... 3
Fuel Injectors ............................................ 3
7.2. FUEL SYSTEM - BLEEDING ............................. 4
7.3. FUEL FILTER ASSEMBLY ................................ 5
Simplex Fuel Filter Element Renewal ....................... 7
Removal ................................................ 7
Installation .............................................. 8
Duplex Filter Element Renewal (LH element change described) . 8
Removal ................................................ 8
Installation ............................................... 8
Duplex Filter - Control Valve '0' Ring Renewal .............. 10
7.4. FUEL INJECTION PUMPS ............................... 11
Fuel Injection Pump Replacement .......................... 11
PumpRemoval .......................................... 11
Fuel Injection Pump Installation ............................ 12
Fuel Injection Pump Maintenance .......................... 12
Fuel Injection Pump. Spill Port Closing (SPC) Timing Check .... 14
.
75 FUELINJECTORS ...................................... 16
Fuel Injector Replacement ................................. 16
Injector Removal ......................................... 16
Injector Installation ....................................... 18
DismantlingProcedure .................................... 18
Re- assembly Procedure ................................. 19
7.6. TECHNICALDATA ...................................... 20
LastIssucd lh93 Contents i Mirrlm Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
=BLACXSTOm
. . . -.. . ... .
I A FUEL SYST M
INJECTOR SPILL RETURN TO TPlNK
/ FUEL OIL FROM MANIFOLD

RETURN TO TANK
Ds
Q:
& - G LP O PRESSURE
*
EE VALVE
GAUGE
CHECK VALVE NORMALLY

CLOSED
MOTOR ORIVEN FUEL

L-
!
------
MANUAL DRAIN TO
DRAIN TANK
I
PRESSURISING PUMP
fl LEVEL INOICPlTOR
I-& T PORT COCK
Figure 128 - vpical Fuel System Diagram
LastIsnrcd lh93 7-1 Minlcer Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLQCKSTOhE
Figure 129 - Fuel System Looking

onto ’B’ Bank
1. ‘A’ bank fuel feed pipe

2. ’Ebank fuel feed pipe
3. Engine fuel supply pipe
4. Duplex fiter
5. Pump drain collector box
6. Injector leak off manifold
7. Pump drain manifold
8. Fuel feed manifold
9. Fuel return manifold
10. Fuel pump redd banjo connector
11. Fuel pump return pipe
d
7.1. PESCRIPTIONAND FLOW DIAGRAM
7.1.a) Low Pressure Fuel Svs-
The daily service fuel tank has a drain tap fitted at its lowest point, to enable any water and
sediment present to be drained off. The draining frequency depends on the quality of the
fuel used. The fuel is fed to the engine by a low pressure lift pump, which may be either
engine driven (‘on-engine’) or remotely mounted, motor driven (‘off-engine’). A
pressure relief valve limits the pump output pressure (see Technical Data for operating
pressure). In the event of a pump failure, a by-pass circuit allows a gravity fed flow of fuel
past the lift pump, but this may result in power loss and cylinder imbalance.
The fuel is then fed to the filter, which may be either Simplex or Duplex. The latter allows
the filter elements to be renewed, one at a time, with the engine running. The fuel flows to
feed manifolds on each bank which attach directly to and interconnect the injection pumps.
There are similar fuel return manifolds on each bank.
The fuel flow is in excess of injection pump requirements. This excess flow in the fuel feed
manifolds passes through the pumps (across the plunger mechanism) to the return
manifolds, for injection pump cooling. A pressure control valve in the fuel return line
maintains a constant back pressure (see system diagram).
a
LastIrwcd l/l/93 1-2 Minlccs Blackstone Ltd
M
e = B
BLQCKSTOh?E
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL,
Section 7
7.1.b) H i g h s u r e Fuel Svstem

The system consists of one fuel injection pump and one fuel injector per cylinder. A high
pressure fuel pipe connects each pump to its injector. In certain installations, such as
unmanned engine rooms, these pipes are sheathed and are fitted with an alarm to give
warning of pipe leaks.
71.~
.)- . .
Depending upon the engine rating andor the grade of fuel to be used, either 'CC' or 'CV'
type Lucas Bryce pumps are fitted.
The 'CC' type pumps are used on distillate fuelled engines rated at up to 17.5 bar BMEF!
a The 'CV'typepumps are used on distillate fuelled engines rated at over 17.5bar BMEP and
on all heavy fuelled engines. When used with heavy fuel, the pumps are fitted with a
separate oil supply for lubrication.
7.1.d) Fuel IniectprS
Fuel from each injection pump is delivered to the injector by high pressure pipe (Figure
138). The normal fuel back-leakage from the injector nozzle valve is fed to the injector
leak off manifold via drillings in the inject or and cylinder head. This fuel is then piped back
to the daily service fuel tank.
The injector is sealed to the cylinder by an annealed copper washer, seated on a machined
shoulder in the cylinder head. Care should be taken to remove the washer and renew it,
whenever the injectors are removed. If it is necessary to re-use a washer, it must be
annealed before re-fitting.
a There are two basic types of fuel injector fitted - uncooled for engines running on distillate
fuel and a cooled version for residual (heavy) fuel applications, to prevent the injector
nozzles overheating. The latter use distillate fuel as the cooling agent, which is pumped
through the injector via drillingsin the cylinder head and injector tube (Figure 130). Before
removing heavy fuel injectors, it is vital that the injector cooling system is turned off and
drained.
W M N G : Thefuelsystem can be particularly hazardous ifthe correct safety precautions are
not observed. Dangers existjbomfuel toxicity,jlammabili&and the high pressuresgenerated in
the injection Vstem.
1) If fuel comes into contact with the eyes, ears or is swallowed, or is injected into the body
through the skin, obtain immediate medical aid.
2) Wear barrier cream, protective gloves and overalls at all times. Also wear goggles if there is
any risk of fuel entering the eyes.
LastIssucd llW3 7-3 Mirrlces Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BUCKSTONE
Do not carry out any rectification of the fuel injection system whilst the engine is turning.
When testing fuel injectors do not place any part of the body in the vicinity of the spray, as
fuel could penetrate the skin.
Ensure there are no naked lights, use only electrically safe lighting and do not smoke in the
vicinity of the engine.
Clean up any spilt fuel immediately.

NOTE:- Check coolantflow ratefor heavy fuel operation is 0.6 litresiper minutefor each
injector. To check thk disconnect the coolant return pipe and measurejlow while running the
engine at full load and speed.
Injector coolan1
a
Figure 130 - Injector Cooling System (Heavy Fuel Only) a

CAUTION:The fuel system, and especially the injection pumps and injectors, is susceptible to
damage by solidparticles, liquids or air. A particular hazard is blockage of the injector nozzles,
which can cause excessively high line pressures. If solid or liquid contamination occurs, the
system must be thoroughlyflushed and, if necessary, dismantled and cleaned. I f there is any
possibility of air having entered thefuel system, it should be bled.
A list of fuel specification limits is given in Technical Data, (page 2-8).
7.2. FUEL SYSTEM - BLEEDING

It is vital to keep the high pressure fuel system free of air to prevent power fluctuations and
to avoid damage to the fuel pumps and injectors.
a
L a s t h c d lly93 1-4 Mirrlces Blacktone U d
e = BLACXSTONE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1. Isolate the engine starting system and open the fuel isolating valve.
2. Bleed the low pressure side of the system:-
(a) Switch on the off-engine fuel pump (if fitted) and run for two minutes
OR (if an on-engine pump is fitted)
(b) Loosen one of the pipe connections between the fuel return manifold and the return
line pressure control valve (Figure 128) to allow fuel to flow through the manifolds under
gravity. Tighten when an air free flow of fuel is obtained.
3. Bleed the high pressure side of the system:-

e (a) If the engine has an adequate startingcapacity, attempt to start the engine normally -
this usually bleeds the high pressure fuel system automatically.
OR (if this method fails to work)

1
(b) Run the lub oilprimingpump until system pressure is gained, to overcome the engine
I protection system. Set the engine control lever to 'WORK, to open the fuel pump
I
control racks. Slacken all injector fuel pipe to injector unions and slacken the
! cylinder head pressure release plugs. Bar the flywheel round to operate the fuel
I injection pumpsand tighteneachfuelpipeunion as soon as anair-free spray offuelis
l
obtained. Tighten the pressure release plugs.
4. Set the control lever to 'STOP' and switch off the off-engine fuel pump.
5. When the engine is next run, check that all cylinders are firing.
e W m N G : Very highfuelpressuresaregenerated in thefirel injection system. Wearprotective
gloves andgoggles and do not allow any part of the body to contact the high pressurefuel spray,
during the next stage.
rfany cylinder appears not to bejiring correcth,carem& slacken the union nuf at the appropriate
injector, whenfirelfrowsfreefrom air retighten the nut, and note the consequent improvement in
performance.
73. FUEL FILTER ASSEMBLY
The filter is intended only to remove small particles and not to clean dirty fuel. The Duplex
type filter contains two separate disposable filter elements,which can be renewed and bled,
one at a time, whilst the engine is running. On certain installations,the Duplex filter may be
fitted with a guard to prevent the inadvertent removal of the in-use bowl. The five position
control handle directs the fuel flow through the filter (Figure 131)
a
LastIsruzd 1/1/93 7-5 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
= BLQCKSTOhE
NOTE: The ’prime’posilionfor onejilter is next fo the ’in use’positionfor the ~ j i l t e c
The control valve should never be set to both’, except in an emergency. Eachjilfer must be primed
and bled immediately a@er changing the element
Renew the filter element when any of the followhg limits are exceeded
LH Prime RH Both
pressure
a
u e l pressure
LJ No fuel pressure
Prime LH RH
Figure 131 - Duplex Filter Handle Positions, Showing Pressurised Bowls
L a r t h e d UU93 7-6 Minlecr Blachtone U d

INSTRUCTlON MANUAL
1. If the pressure drop across the filter exceeds 0.7 bar (1Opsi) or if there are symptoms of fuel
starvation.
2. After 12 months of use.
Figure 132 - Simplex Fuel Filter

3. After the first 1,000hours running following installation or overhaul and subsequently every
2,000 hours running. However, this period is dependent on the use of high quality fuel. The
period may be greatly reduced if operating on dirty fuel.
e 73.a) Simolex Fuel Filter Element Renewal
Assoc iated Tasks;
1. Fuel system bleeding.
Removal
1) Isolate the engine starting system and turn the control lever to 'STOP'. Shut down the
engine and, if fitted, the off-engine fuel pump. Close the fuel supply isolating valve.
2) Place a container under the filter to catch any spilt fuel.
3) Remove the bleed plug and drain off the fuel.
4) Remove the filter bowl and element.
Lastluucd lllB3 7-7 Mirrlccs Elachtonc Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BUCKSTOh?E
Discard any fuel from the bowl and discard the element.
Remove the joint ring and '0' ring. Renew if worn or damaged.
Thoroughly clean the bowl and all components.
CAUTI0N:No dirt must be allowed to enter the fuel system.
Jnstallatim
Assemble the filter bowl components with a new element, ensuring the element is correctly
seated.
Fit the joint ring to the head casting and fit the filter bowl assembly. Tighten the securing
bolt to 13.5 Nm (10 1bf.ft).
CAUTI0N:Do not overtighten as this will damage thejoint ring.
Fit the bleed plug and bleed the fuel system (page 7-4).
73.b) Duulex Filter Element Renewal (LH element change d e s c r m
This operation should be carried out at the first convenient time after switching to a clean
element.
Removal
Set the control handle to 'RH(right hand), Figure 131.
Place a container under the filter to catch any spilt fuel.
Loosen the LH (left hand) filter bleed plug carefully, to check that the bowl is not
pressurised. 0
Drain the LH filter bowl, then unbolt and remove the bowl and element assembly.
Discard any fuel from the bowl and discard the filter element.
Remove the joint ring and '0' ring. Renew if worn or damaged,
Clean the bowl and all components.

CIUTI0N:No dirt must be allowed to enter the fuel system.
Installation
Assemble the filter bowl components with a new filter element, ensuring the element is
correctly seated.
Lastlssued llw3 7-8 Minlccs Blackstone Ltd

MB
= BLACkSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 7
2) Fit the joint ring to the head casting and fit the filter bowl assembly. Tighten the filter bowl
securing bolt to 13.5 Nm (10 1bf.ft).
3) Loosen the bleed plug on the LH filter, holding a container beneath to catch any spilt fuel.
Figure 133 - Duplex Fuel Filter

1. Filter control handle
2. Filter bowl securing bolt
3. Bleed plug
4. Joint ring
5. Filter element
6. BOW1
7. '0ring
8. Element locating spring
9. Drain plug
4) Slowly turn the control handle towards 'Prime LH' until .del spills ..Jm the bleed plug.
5) Close the bleed plug when an air free flow of fuel is obtained.
LastIssued llM3 7-9 Minlccs Bla&tanc Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLQCXSTONE
6) Turn the control handle to the position prior to element renewal.
7.3.c) Duulex Filter - C o ntrolValve 9 09 RI P Rn ~e d
mn
Suares Rea_uire&
1) Filter rear cover plate gaskzt.

2) Control valve'0' rings.
Associated " a s kg
1) Fuel system bleeding.

Isolate the engine starting system and set the engine control lever to 'STOP'. Ensure the
off-engine fuel pump, if fitted, is off and close the fuel supply isolating valve.
Place a container under the filter, loosen the fuel feed manifold bleed plugs and turn the
control handle to 'BOTH'. Remove both bleed plugs and drain plugs from the filter and
drain the filter and fuel manifolds. Refit the bleed and drain plugs.
Disconnect the fuel pipes from the filter.
Remove the filter assembly from the engine and place on a clean work surface.
Remove the rear cover plate from the filter, held by four socket screws.
Remove the control handle, held by one bolt.
Remove the circlip exposed by removing the handle, and withdraw the spindle.
Clean the spindle and renew the '0'
rings.
Fit the spindle and its circlip.
Fit the control handle and its securing bolt.
Fit the rear cover plate and a new gasket.
12) Fit the filter to the engine and conned the fuel pipes.
13) Open the fuel supply isolating valve.
14) To prime and bleed the filter, turn the control handle to 'BOTH' and place a container
beneath the filter to catch any spilt fuel.
U) Start the LP fuel pump and carefully loosen the bleed screws over both filter bowls. Close
both bleed plugs when an air-free flow of fuel is obtained.
a
Last Issued 1/1/93 7-10 Minlces Blackstons Ltd
0 1BLACXSTOhE
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
16) Bleed the fuel system (page 7-4). l b r n the selector handle to the desired position.
17) Check the filter and all disturbed fuel connections for leaks, when the engine is next run.
7.4. FUEL I N . m O N PUMPS
7.4.a) Fuel Iniection PumD ReDlacement
The pumps are designed to be

interchangeable, in that they are supplied with
fiied shims to provide a standard fuel pump
spill timing. Therefore, in an emergency the
pumps can be changed without the delay of
checking spill timing. The fuel pump rack
must still be adjusted to the correct setting, as
described below. It is recommendedthat the
spill timing is checked at the earliest possible
opportunity, in order to be assured of the
optimum fuel consumption.
Associated Tasks
1) Fuel system draining filling and bleeding.

2) Fuelpump spill timing check (ifa different
pump isfitted or after prolonged running).
May be omitted in emergency.
pump Removal -
Figure 134 Fuel injection pumps
(CCtype), fuel manifolds and control
1) Isolate the engine starting system and set the linkage removed
control lever to 'STOP'. Close the fuel supply isolating valve. Open the 'in-use' fuel filter
drain plug to drain the manifolds, using a container to catch any spilt fuel.
2) Remove the injector fuel pipe. Fit protective plastic caps to the four exposed connections.
3) Remove the fuel feed manifold banjo connector, using a container to catch any spilt fuel.
4) Remove the fuel pump to return manifold pipe.
5) lb ensure that the fuel tappet is on the base circle of its cam and that therefore the fuel pump
is not under load:
Loosen the cylinder head pressure relief plug two turns (Figure 4). Bar the flywheel in its
normal direction of rotation until air is heard escaping from the valve. (This indicates that
e'
LastIrnrcd llv93 7-11 Mirrlecr Blackstone Ltd
the piston is near TDC compression stroke). Bar the flywheel round one further rotation,
bringing the piston to TDC exhaust stroke and the fuel pump pushrod clear of the fuel
Pump.
Remove the four fuel pump mounting nuts and washers, ensuring that the studs do not turn.
Disengage the fuel pump rack from the operating lever and lift out the fuel pump.
Fit protective plastic caps to the pump inlet and outlet ports and grease all running surfaces.
Fuel Iniection Puma Installation
If the pump is being renewed, transfer the fork end and locknut to the new pump. Adjust the
rack - see 'Fuel Control System', Page 11-11, stage 2.
Place the fuel pump in position and tighten the securing nuts finger tight only.
Fit the fuel pump to return manifold pipe.
Fit and tighten the fuel feed manifold banjo connector. Tighten the fuel pump securing nuts
progressively to 75 Nm (55 1bf.h).
Check the fuel pump spill timing (page 7-14) if convenient (see above).
Fit the injector fuel pipe.
Bleed the fuel system (page 7-4). To avoid overfuelling the cylinder on start up, move the
rack adjuster to give the same pump rack setting as the adjacent pumps.
When the engine is next run, check all disturbed connections for leaks and balance the
cylinder head temperatures with the engine on load. (See 'Fuel Control System', Page
11-11, stages 5 and 6).
..
NOTE:' If the &ill riming has not been checked, all the above-settings may be regarded as
temporary and should be reset when the spill timing has been a&sted.
. .
7.4.b) Fuel Iniection Pump Maintenance
The servicing of fuel injection pumps is normally carried out by an authorised agent, as
working conditions of exceptional cleanliness and specialist calibration equipment are
required. The most that an operator in the field can normally do is to renew certain
components. It is therefore advisable to carry at least one spare pump in case of failure.
If it becomes necessary to dismantle a pump, the following precautions must be taken. (See
' the manufacturer's instructions for dismantling and assembly procedures). ,
LastIrmcd llW3 7-12 Minlccs Blackstone Ltd

MB ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 7
I. Locking Ring
2. Delivery Valve Seals
3. Delivery Valve Seat
4. Plunger Assembly
5. Pump Body
6. nPPet
7. Circlip
8. Lower Spring Plate
9. Pump Spring
10. Circlip
11. Upper Spring Plate
12. Pinion
13. Fuel Control Rack
14. Plunder Assembly Locating Screw
15. Delivery Valve Spring
16. Delivery Valve
17. Discharge Union
-\
Figure 135 - Exploded View of 'CC' Qpe Fuel Pump
7-13 Mirrlccr Blacbtonc Ud

INSTRUCTTON MANUAL
-
- BLACXSTOhE
Thoroughly clean the workbench, especially of grit, dirt and filings and cover with a clean
plastic sheet.
Prepare a number of clean containers to hold the components.
Prepare a container of clean, fresh fuel oil for washing the components.
CAUTI0N:Do not use parafin as it may contain water.
Keep all components from each pump separate.
NOTE: The delivery valve and seat, and the element assembly are matched and must only be
changed as pairs. Do not attempt tofile or lap these components.
Assemble all components wetted with fuel.
Copper washers shouldbe renewed once removed. If this is not possible, anneal the washer
by heating until red-hot and quenching in water.
All components must be thoroughly clean and oiled. Oil the plunger and sleeve and all
components above them with clean diesel oil. Oil the components in the lower part of the
pump with clean engine lubricating oil.
- Saill Port Closing (SPC) Timine Check
7.4.c)FueI Iniection Puma.
To achieve the optimum engine performance, it is necessary to set the fuel injection timing
accurately relative to the position of the crankshaft. This is done in practice by finding the
crankshaft position, when the pump’s fuel injection stroke is cut off (or ’spilled’). The
correct point is marked on the flywheel for each cylinder during manufacture. The spill port
closing point maybechangedbyadjusting the (Figure 136).
The following procedure involves the removal of the pump delivery valve. With special
equipment, a procedure is available from Mirrlees Blackstone (Stamford) Ltd to check the
SPC timing without dismantling the pump. This avoids the risks of mis-assembly and of
introducing dirt into the system.
CAUTION: Theshims must not be aGustedfor any reason other than to maintain the correct spill
port timing.
Shim Part Nos.:
0.5 mm(0.020 in) 71-155-750 = approx. 3.0O0
0.125 mm(0.005 in) 71-155-740 = approx. 0.75O
0.05 mm(0.002 in) 71-155-730 = approx. 0.30°
NOTE: This check must only be carried out ifthe camshaft (to crankshaft) timing is known to
be correct. Afierfitting a new pushrod, roller or fuel tappet, firstly set the ’standup’ dimension
(Figure 136) by adjusting the pushrod shims
LastIrmed llU93 7-14 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd

e M-B
= BLACKSTOMI
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 7
1. Adjusting screw
2. Washer
3. Shims
4. Drip deflector
5. Pushrod body
6. Fuel pump mounting block
I. Nu-lip seal
8. Fuel pump leak-off collector manifold
Figure 136 - Fuel Pump Pushrod 'Standup' When On Base Circle Of Cam
1) Isolate the engine starting system and set the control lever to 'STOP'. Close the fuel supply
isolating valve. Remove the injector fuel pipe.
2) Remove the fuel pump discharge union (Figure 137).
3) Remove the delivery valve and spring.

*
4) Temporarily refit the discharge union and tighten.
5) Fit the injector pipe to the fuel pump outlet union, with the injector end of the pipe facing
away from the engine.
6) Place a container under the pipe to catch any spilt fuel.
7) Wedge the fuel pump rack to approximately its full load position. Bar the flywheel round
e 8)
until the TDC mark for the relevant cylinder is at approximately SO0 BTDC.
Open the fuel supply isolatingvalve and fuel should flow from the open injector pipe union.
9) Bar the engine round in its correct direction of rotation until the fuel flow is reduced to a few
drops per minute but has =stopped completely.
This is the spill timing point.
10) Check that the pump's spill timing mark on the flywheel is aligned with the timing pointer to
within +/- 0.5. (NOTE: 1 is equivalent to a distance of flywheel diametedll5). If the
timing mark alignment is within limi ts, go to step 11below. If it is outside the limits:-
(a) Measure the distance 'Y' of the pointer from the spill timing mark. Convert this
measurement into the equivalent shim adjustment, using the formula: Required
shim adjustment = 25 Y/flywheel diameter.
a
LartIssucd 1/3/93 7-15 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd
-
- BLICKYTOhE
~~ ~~~ ~
@) Close the fuel system isolating valve. Remove the fuel injection pump (page 7-11)
and the fuel pump pushrod (Figure 122). Using the figure obtained in step lO(a),
adjust the pushrod shims. If the timing is early, remove shims - if it is late, add shims).
Tighten the pushrod bolt to75 Nm (55 1bf.R) and lubricate the top 50mm (2 in) of the
pushrod with 'coppaslip' or similar.
(c) Renew the 'Nu-lip seal in the fuel pump mounting block.
(d) Refit the pushrod and fuel pump and repeat steps 6 to 10to ensure that the SPCtiming
is now correct.
11) Remove the wedge from the fuel pump operating lever.
12) Remove the injector fuel pipe and remove the discharge union.
13) Fit the delivery valve and the discharge union, following the manufacturer's instructions.
14) Fit the injector fuel pipe.
15) Bleed the injector pipe (page 7-4). When the engine is next started, check any disturbed
connections for leaks.
7.5. N E L IN.TECT0RS
7.5.a) FueI Iniector Realacement
When the fuel injectors are removed for routine maintenance, also check the valve
clearances (page 4-4), as both items have similar servicing intervals.
Sgecial To&
Injector atractor (if required) Part No. 71-900-890.
Suares Reauired;
I) Copper injector sealing washe,:
2) 0 Ring.
3) Shim Pack
m c t o r Removal
1) Remove the injector fuel pipe and fit plastic protective caps to the exposed connections. If
cooled injectors are fitted, switch off and drain the injector cooling system.
Last Issued 1/1/93 7-16 Mirrlccs Blacbtonc Ltd

MB
=BUCXSTOh!E
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 7
-
Figure 137 Fuel Pump Discharge
Union Removal
'...-
V'
Figure 139 - Fuel Injector

1. Nozzle Holder Body
2. Transfer Block
3. Dowel - 'Itansfer Block
4. Thrustcap
5. Spring
6. NozzleNut
7. Nozzle Un-cooled
7. Nozzle Cooled
-
Figure 138 Rocker Cover Removed To 8.
9.
ORing
ORing
Show Injector 10. Coolant port (cooled injector only)
11. Extractor thread
12. ShimPack
Lastlssucd l/lB3 7-17 Mirrlccs Blachtonc Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
= BLACKSTOAE
Remove the injector sealing plate and remove the rocker cover.
Remove the two injector clamping flange nuts and washers and lift off the flange and 0ring.
Lift out the injector. If the injector is hard to move, break the seal by turning it clockwise,
using a 48 mm size spanner on the flats. If it is not possible to rotate the injector using
moderate force, it will be necessary to use a nut and sleeve type extractor. This can be made
locally or is availablefrom Mirrlees Blackstone (Stamford) Ltd. (Injector thread size M 39x
4).
Lift out and discard the copper washer from the injector tube in the cylinder head. If the
injector was hard to remove, check the washer. If blackened, this indicates that the injector
has been incorrectly seated. Investigate the reason before refitting the injector.
If the injector is to be left out for any time, plug the injector tube to prevent dirt ingress.
Iniector Install-
Fit a new copper washer squarely on the end of the injector using 'Hylomar' to keep it in
place.
Renew the injector '0' rings and lubricate with lub oil.
Check that the injector and injector tube are clean. Fit the injector with the flatsat 90° to the
engine centreline.
If the injector clamping plate is slotted, it must be fitted with the slots facing downwards to
engage the injector. Fit the injector flange and retaining nuts. Tighten progressively to 43
Nm (32 1bf.ft) to ensure the flange sits squarely on the injector.
C4UTION:Do not overtighten as this induces excessive stresses. e
Fit the rocker cover.
Fit the injector sealing plate and '0' ring and evenly tighten the securing bolts to 43 Nm (32
1bf.ft).
Fit the injector fuel pipe.
7.5.b) Pismantliw Procedure

As with the fuel pump, working conditions of absolute cleanliness are required when
servicing the fuel injector. Site servicingwill usually be limited to thorough cleaning and to
the fitting of new parts in place of any that are found to be damaged or worn. It is, therefore,
a good policy always to have one or more spare injectors or at least nozzles and valves
LastIssucd 111/93 7-18 Minlcu Blackstons Ltd

MB
=BUCKSTOh?E
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 7
available for use whilst those needing reconditioning are returned to the makers or their
agents for specialist attention.
Grip the injector body in a vice, nozzle uppermost. (Clamp the jaws on the flats formed on
the shank).
Using a ring or socket wrench to fit 32 mm nut and capable of exerting a torque of 270 Nm
(200 lb.ft.), slacken the nozzle nut. Note: The socket must be at least 45 mm deep to clear
the nozzle tip. A steady force must be applied; do not snatch or hammer thewrench, and do
not grip the nozzle stem.
Remove the nozzle nut, nozzle, transfer block, thrust spindle and spring.
Release the injector body from the vice and tip out the shims.
If the valve is seized in the nozzle, fit a replacement nozzle and valve. The faulty parts
should be sent to a local agent for attention, as any attempt by an operator in the field to
separate them is unlikely to leave them in a condition suitable for further satisfactory
service.
Provided the valve and nozzle are not seized, thoroughly clean all the components using a
brass wire brush (from the injector cleaning kit available if specially ordered), paying
particular attention to the fuel gallery, the feed channel bore, the valve seating, the nozzle
holes, and the pressure surfaces between the body and the upper face of the transfer block,
and between the lower face of the transfer block and the nozzle. If the impact of the needle
at full lift has caused indentation of the lower face of the transfer block, a new block should
be fitted.
Rotate the valve on its seat WITHOUT ANY ABRASIVE. Clean fuel oil, petrol or an
approved solvent can be used to soften the carbon, but on no account must any attempt be
made to lap in the nozzle and valve. For the nozzle holes use wire 0.34-0.36 mm diameter.
NOTE: rfthe valve shows signs of damage or uneven finish (dull or very brighf spots), or is
coloured due to overheating, and cleaningfaik to cure these defects, the noule assembly should
be renewed.
Renew any spring showing signs of corrosion, pitting, collapse or distortion, or having a free
length less than 51 mm (2.01 in).
Check that the nozzle needle locating plate is undamaged and slides smoothly in the bore.
Re-assemblv Procedu re
Fit the dowels to the transfer block. They should be a push fit or at most a light tap fit (not
any tighter!) If the dowels are a drive fit, the transfer block may crack.
.-
LastIssucd llM3 7-19 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTONE
10) Grip the injector body in avice as for dismantling and reassemble the shims, spring, nozzle
needle locating plate transfer block, etc. in the reverse of the dismantling sequence. For
nozzle nut torque, (244NM 180 Ib.ft )
11) Using an injector testing pump check the release pressure and spray characteristics. If the
release pressure is low, adjust the shim thickness above the spring plate. Addition of 0.1 mm
thickness will increase the nozzle opening (release) pressure by approximately 7.4bars (108
Ib.f/sq.in). Removal of shims will, of course, reduce the release pressure by a similar
amount. Alternatively a change of 10 atmospheres. represents a shim change of
approximately 0.14 mm (0.0055”).
If the injector is dismantled and components replaced, or new shims are fitted, then the
release pressure should be set at 303 bar (4400 Ib/sq.in) to allow for component settlement
during initial running. a
The stated pressure of 303 bar (4400 Ib/sq.in) is nominal and engines should operate
satisfactorily at a settled pressure as low as 276 bar (4000 Ib/sq.in) under optimum
conditions.
WARNING: The n o d e spray is highly penetrating and should be directed away from the
operator’s hands and body. The workingpressurecan cause the oil topenetrate theskin with ease.
7.6. TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum differential pressure across filter (indicates blockage) 10 psi (0.7bar)
Injector release pressure 4,400 psi (303 bar),
+/- 100 psi (7bar)
Also see ’Fuel Control System’ Technical Data, Page 11-14
Last Imcd 1/1/93 7-20 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM
8.1. DESCRIPTION AND FLOW DIAGRAM .................... 2

8.2. LUBRICATINGOIL............ .......................... 6
-
Lubricating Oil General . . .. ..
. .. . . .... ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . 6
Lubricating Oil Draining and Filling . . . .. . . ... . . . . . . .
. . . . .. . . 6
Lubricating Oil Draining . . . .. ., .. . . . . . . . . . . . ....
.. . . .. ... , 6
Lubricating Oil Filling . . .. ..
. .. . ... .. .. .. . ... .... . . . . .. . . . i
8.3. LUBRICATING OIL FILTER.ASSEMBLY ...................
Simplex Lubricating Oil Filter Element Renewal .......... . ...
Removal ................................................
Installation .... . . . .. . .... . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ...... .
Duplex Lubricating Oil Filter Element Renewal
(Left Hand described) . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . ... . 9
Installation . .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .... . . . . ... .. ........ . . . .... . 11
Duplex Lubricating Oil Filter Changeover Valve '0' Ring
Renewal ................................................ 11
Dismantling ............................................. 11
.
Assembly . . .. ... . .. .. . ...... . . .. . . . .
.. . . . . .. ...
. . .. . . . . 12
8.4. ENGINE DRIVEN LUBRICATING OIL PUMP ............... 12
Engine Driven Lubricating Oil Pump Maintenance . . . . ..... . .. 12
Pump Shaft Seal Renewal ... . . . . ... . .. . . ... .. . . . . ...... . ,. 13
Engine Driven Lubricating Oil Pump Replacement . . . ...... . .. 13
Removal ................................................ 14
Installation ....... . .. .... . . . ... . . ......... . . . . . . . . ..... .. 14
8.5. LUBRICATING OIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ............ 16
Lubricating Oil Pressure Relief Valve Adjustment ..... . . . . .. . . 16
8.6. LUBRICATING OIL THERMOSTATIC CONTROL VALVE .... 17
Lubricating Oil Thermostatic Control Valve-Element Renewal . 18
Lubricating Oil Thermostatic Control Valve-Element Testing . . . 18
8.7. TECHNICALDATA ...................................... 19
Lastlmcd llM3 Contents i Mirrlccs Blacbtone Ltd

M
a = BUCKSTOM3 B ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 8
LUBRICATING OIL SYS-
KEY
Qp PRESSURE GAUGE
L
QT TEMPERATURE GAUGE
T
T RELIEF VALVE
CHECK VALVE
-I I- FLANGE0 CONNECTION
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALARM
LOW PRESSURE ALARM

*FILTER
I
I
I
I
I
.-I- ----
LUER!CATING OIL
PRIMING PUMP
--_----J LUBRICATING OIL
PRESSURE PUMP
Figure 140 - Qpical Lubricating Oil System Diagram
LartlJsued 1/1/93 8-1 Mirrlces Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUClTON MANUAL
-
- BUCKSTOhZ
8.1. DESCRIPTION AND FLOW D I A G W
Although termed lubricating oil, cooling is also a primary function of the system. Both oil
temperature and pressure are displayed on the instrument panel (see Instrumentation,
page 11-12). Alarm and engine shutdown circuits operate automatically in the event of
either low pressure or high temperature (see Safety Devices, page 11-12).
The basic system flow diagram is shown in Figure 140. This may vary in detail from
-
application to application depending upon duty a specificsystem diagram is supplied with
each engine. Details of the cooler, priming pump and, if fitted, scavenge pump will be
supplied separately.
Oil is circulated by a self-priming, positive-displacement pump. This is belt driven from
the crankshaft and is fitted with a pressure-relief valve to restrict the maximum outlet
pressure.
An off-engine thermostatic control valve is fitted to ensure rapid engine warm up and to
maintain the lubricating oil inlet temperature within the defined limits. A temperature
sensitive element in the valve controls a piston, which adjusts the ratio of uncooled oil
(direct from the pump) to cooled oil (from the oil cooler) that passes to the filter. The
lubricating oil filter is fitted to protect all moving engine parts failure to maintain this
properly can lead to excessive wear. The filter may be either simplex or duplex depending
upon the engine duty. The duplex filter allows the element(s) to be renewed, one at a time,
with the engine running. The filter elements are not re-usable.
Lubricating oil is fed from the filter to the delivery manifold situated in the sump. Pipes
from the manifold feed each main bearing. Oil is fed to the piston cooling galleries through
fully grooved main, large end and small end bearings and through drillings (Figure 141),
before draining back to the sump.
The oil supply to the no. 1 main bearing is used exclusively to feed the following a
components: -
1. The camshaft drive train bearings and gear teeth oil spray (Figure 142).
2. The camshaft bearings (Figure 143).
3. The belt-tensioner, raw-water and fresh-water pump bearings (Figure 144).
4. The cylinder head valves and rocker gear (Figure 145). The feed to the valves and rocker
gear drains back to the tappet block reservoir and is used to lubricate the tappets and cams.
If the turbochargers are engine lubricated, they are supplied by pipe, from the filter outlet.
A restriction in each turbocharger lubricating oil inlet connection control the flow. Return
pipes from the turbochargers drain oil back to the sump.
L a s t h e d 1/1/93 8-2 Minlees Blackstone Ltd

MB
=BLAC+TOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL,
Section 8
-
Lastlrmed llM3 8-3 Mirrleer Blackstone Ud
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTONE
1. Compound Gear Bearings

2. Gearwheel Oil Spray
3. Idler Gear Bearings
4. No. 1 Main Bearing
Figure 142 - Lubricating Oil Flow from

No. 1 Main Bearing
-
Figure 143 Lubricating Oil Flow from Compound Gear Bearings to Camshaft
Bearings, Pumps, Tensioner and Cylinder Heads (identical flow on both banks)
1. Camshaft End Bearing
2. Connections to Cylinder Heads
3. Water Pumps and Belt Tensioner
4. Sump
5. Camshaft Bearings
6. Flow from Compound Gears
L a s t h c d llYm 8-4 Mirrlces Bladsronc U d

MB
=BLACKSTOM%
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 8
a
-@
$
'I.
0
-
Figure 144 Lub Oil Feed To Raw Water
Pump And Belt Tesnioner (Similar Feed
To Fresh Water Pump)
a 1. Lub oil feed pipe from camshaft

2. Lub oil feed to raw water pump
3. Lub oil feed to tensioner
4. Raw water pump
5. Lub oil drain from raw water pump
6. Tensioner
7. Lub oil drain from tensioner
-
Figure 145 Lub Oil Feed To Valves,
Rocker Gear, Tappets And
Camshaft
LastIssued 111193 8-5 Mirrlccs Blachtone Ltd

MZRIUEES =
INSTRUCTION MANUAL,
A dipstick is provided for checking the oil level, which must never be allowed to fall below
the ’MIN’ mark. The level may be checked whilst the engine is running.
A list of approved engine lubricating oils is given in Technical Data, Page 2-8.
8.2. LUBRI-G OIL
a) np011 -Gened
The lubricating oil life depends on its original quality, on the engine’s mode of operation
and on the fuel quality.
If at any time there is an unexpected variation in the pattern of oil renewal periods, or a
sudden rise (or fall) in the daily oil consumption, the reason should be investigated.
Analysis of the oil may suggest the best line of investigation to be followed.
Full advantage should be taken of the facilities normally offered by the leading oil suppliers
of analysing samplesof the oil and advising on its suitabilityfor further service. If the checks
are made initially at intervals of 500 hours running, this will establish the oil change period
relevant to the particular installation.
Do not mix different brands of lubricating oil.

-
Engines on standby duty the lubricating oil in the engine and also in any oil bath air filter
and turbocharger should be renewed at least every year or as decided after consultation with
the oil supplier. (Unless conditions dictate a more frequent change).
b) Lubn‘catinp Oil Dm ining a d Filling

Special Tools;
Oil container(s) of approximately 900 litre (200 imp. gallon) capacity.
..
Lubricating Oil Drain=
NOTE: This should be done whikt fhe engine is warm.
1) Shut down the engine, switch off the priming pump and allow the lubricating oil pressure to
fall to zero.
2) A pipe flange is normally provided at the highest end of the lubricating oil priming pump
outlet pipe, to drain the oil using theprimingpump. Alternatively, the oil can be drained by
removing the drain plug fitted to the flywheel end of the sump.
3) Read the technical instructions for the oil-cooler and, if fitted, the engine lubricated
turbocharger. Drain and/or vent as required. Drain the lubricating oil filter.
LartImcd VU93 8-6 Minlees Blackstone Ltd

MB
= BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 8
4) Remove the crankcase and camshaft drive gear doors.

5) Flush the sump with clean lubricating oil and clean thoroughly.
6) Renew the filter element(s) in use (pages 8-8 and 8-9) if the engine is to be filled with
new lubricating oil.
Lubricating Oil Filling
7) Connect the lubricating oil priming pump outlet

hose.
8) Fill the sump to approximately the correct level.
9) Fit the crankcase and camshaft drive gear doors.
10) See the technical instructions for the oil-cooler

and, if fitted, engine lubricated turbocharger -
prime and bleed as necessary.
11) Prime the engine, using the motor driven pump

and bleed the lubricating oil filter (Page 8-8 or
8-9). Check all disturbed connections for
Figure 146 - Dipstick
leaks.
12) After five minutes, switch off the lubricating oil priming pump and fill the sump with oil to
the 'MAX'mark on the dipstick (Figure 146).
83. LUBRICATING 0IL FILTER ASSEM BLY

0 The duplex filter allows the elements to be renewed, one bowl at a time, whilst the engine is
running. The three-position changeover valve directs the oil through the desired filter
bowl, or through both bowls. On certain installations, the changeover valve may be fitted
with a guard to prevent the inadvertent removal of the in-use bowl. The priming valve,
when opened, allows a restricted flow of oil to pass to the filter bowl not in use, for priming
and bleeding purposes. The filter bowl must be bled immediately after the element(s) are
renewed. Do not attempt to re-use blocked filter elements these must be discarded.
Renew the filter element(s) at the earliest possible opportunity when any of the following
limits are exceeded:-
1. If the pressure drop across the filter exceeds 1 bar (15 psi).
2. After 12 months of use.
e
Lasthed urn3 8-7 Mirrlees Blacktone Ud
MIRRLEES =
INSTRUCTION MANUAL,
a
After the first 100 hours running following installation or overhaul and subsequently every
2,000 hours running. This period may be reduced in arduous running conditions.
-ex Lubricating 0il Filter Element Renewd
Suares Reauired;
I) Filter element@).
2) Filter cover seaL
Removal
Stop the engine and allow to stand for approximately 30 minutes, to allow the lubricatingoil
to drain from the pipework.
0
-
Figure 147 - Simplex Lubricating Oil Filter
Remove the filter bleed plug.

Place a suitable container beneath and remove the filter drain plug. e
When all lubricating oil is drained, refit the drain plug using a new washer.
Remove the filter cover.
Unscrew and remove the element retainer.
Withdraw the element@)and element locator, if fitted.
10) Discard the filter element@).
11) Remove the magnetic plug, if fitted. Remove the magnet cages from the plug.
12) Thoroughly clean all filter components and joint faces using a suitable solvent. Renew any
internal seals as necessary.
a
LastIrmcd llU93 8-8 Mirrlces Blacbtonc Ltd
MB
=BUCKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 8
CAUTION:Take care not to allow any dirt to enter the clean side of f h e m e c If there is any risk
of fhis occum'ng, remove the outer casing tofacilitate cleaning.
hstallation
13) Fit the new element(s), the element locators and magnetic plug.
14) Fit the element retainer and tighten down until all spring resistance is overcome.
15) Fit the filter cover using a new seal and evenly tighten the retaining bolts progressively to
310 Nm (230 1bf.ft).
16) Fit the bleed plug using a new washer and then loosen slightly.
17) Place a suitable container beneath the bleed plug and switch on the lubricating oil priming
e pump. Tighten the bleed plug when a steady flow of air-free oil is obtained.
18) When the lubricating oil system is fully pressurised check all disturbed connections for
leaks.
19) Switch off the lubricating oil priming pump.

20) Top up the system to the 'MAX'mark on the dipstick.
21) When the engine is next run, record the lubricating oil filter differential pressure reading in
the engine log.
NOTE: This value will act as a reference, to indicate anyfitwefilter element blockage.
b) Duplex Lubricating Oil Filter Element Renewal (Left Hand described)
Soares Reauired:
e I) Filter element(s).
2) Filter cover seaL
3) Filter drain and bleed plug sealing washers.

Removal
4) Turn the filter change-over valve to R.H.
5) Check that the filter priming valve is shut.

W B N G : Accidental removal of the pressurised bowl will result in extensive oil leakage.
6 ) Slacken the L.H. filter bleed plug slowly (to ensure the bowl to be removed is not
pressurised) and then remove the plug.
LasfIrsucd 1 / 9 3 8-9 Mirrleer Blackstone Ud

INSTRUCITON MANUAL
-MB
- BLACkSTOhE
7) Place a suitable container beneath and remove the L.H. filter drain and bleed plugs.
8) When all lubricating oil is drained off, re-fit the drain plug.
9) Remove the L.H. filter cover.
10) Unscrew and remove the element retainer.

11) Withdraw the element(s) and element locator, if fitted.
12) Discard the element@).
13) Remove the magnetic plug, if fitted. Remove the magnet cages from the plug.
14) Thoroughly clean all filter components and joint faces, using a suitable solvent. Renew any
seals as necessary.
CAUTION: Take care not to allow any dirt to enter the clean side of thejilteE If there is any risk
of this occum'ng, remove the outer casing to facilitate cleaning.
1. Bleed Plug
2. Cover
3. Cover fastener
4. Priming valve
5. Drain plug
a
6. Changeover valve
7. Filter element lccator
8. Magnetic plug
9. Filter element
10. Cover seal
11.Filter element retainer
Figure 148 - Duplex Lubricating Oil Filter
a
Last Issued 1/1/93 8-10 Minlcu Blackstone Ud
MB
=BLQCKSTOh'E
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
Section 8
;Installatioq
15) Fit the element(s) and, if fitted, the element locator and magnetic plug.
16) Fit the element retainer and screw down until all spring resistance is overcome.
17) Fit the cover using a new seal and evenly tighten the securing bolts.
18) Loosen the bleed plug. (NOTE:If the engine is not running, operate the lubricating oil
priming pump during stages 5-7).
19) Open the priming valve to fill the filter with oil.
20) Tighten the bleed plug when an air-free flow of oil is obtained.
21) Check all disturbed connections for leaks and close the priming valve.
22) With the engine running, turn the filter changeover valve to L.H. and record the lubricating
filter differential pressure reading.
NOTE: This value will provide a reference to indicate any future filter element blockage.
23) Select the filter changeover valve to R.H. The newly installed filter element should not be
used until the element in use (in this case the R.H. element) is renewed. This ensures that
neither filter bowl is allowed to stand idle for excessively long periods.
c) Dualex Lubricatine Oil Filter Chanpeover Valve '0' Ring Renewal
For illustrations of the particular valve, and any specific instructions, refer to the
manufacturer's technical instructions.
e Saares Reauired;
I) Valve shaft 'O'rings.
2) Klve end cover '0'rings.
Associated Tasks:
3) lubricating oil draining and filling.
Dismantling
4) Isolate the engine starting system and set the engine control lever to 'STOP'. Loosen the
drain and bleed plugs and drain the lubricating oil filter (page 8-9).
5) Remove the setscrew from and remove the changeover valve handle.
-
Lastlssued 1/1/93 8-11 Mirrlccs Blacbtonc Ltd
MIRRLEES =
-
- BLACKSTONE
6) Remove the 'woodruff key from the valve shaft.
7) Remove the aluminium indicator plate from the valve.
8) Remove the screw from and lift off the upper end cover.
9) Withdraw the upper valve plug and shaft.

10) Renew the upper valve shaft and plug '0rings.
11) Remove the lower shaft coupling.
12) Remove the screws in the upper end of the lower valve.
13) Lift the lower valve plug sufficiently to enable the '0'ring to be renewed.
m
Assemblv
NOTE: During assembly ensure that the orientation holes in the lower valve plug and coupling
are a4acent to each other as are those in the upper valve plug and covez
14) Place the lower valve plug in position.
15) Fit the lower valve screws.

16) Fit the lower shaft coupling.
17) Fit the upper valve plug and shaft.

18) Fit the upper end cover.
19) Fit the aluminium indicator plate.

20) Fit the 'woodruff key to the switch shaft.
a
21) Fit the switch handle.
22) Fill the lubricating oil system (page 8-7).
23) Bleed both filter elements (page 8-11, stages 4-9) using the lubricating oil priming pump.
24) When the engine is next run, check all disturbed connections for leaks and check for correct
lubricating oil system instrument indications at normal speed and full load.
8.4. E n P
a) Engine Driven Lubricatinp Oil P u m a Ma intenance
a
LnrtIrsucd l/l/93 8-12 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd
MB
=BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 8
The procedure to renew the pump shaft oil seal is given below. See the manufacturer’s
manual for any other maintenance instructions.
Pumo Shaft Seal Renewd
Suares Reouired;
1. Oil seal and retaining circl@.
AssociakUbks
1) Drivebelt and guard replacement.
2) Pulley replacement.
3) Remove the drivebelt (page 3-18).
4) Remove the lubricating oil pump pulley (page

3-22).
5) Place a container below the pump to catch any

spillages.
Remove the shaft seal retaining circlip (Figure
6)
149). Figure 149 - Lubricating Oil Pump
7) Gently prise out the seal, taking care not to damage the pump-body and shaft sealing
surfaces.
8) Coat the new seal in clean oil and place in position.

0 9) Lock the seal in place, using the circlip.
10) Fit the pump pulley (page 3-22).

11) Fit the drivebelt (page 3-20).
12) Check the area for leaks when the engine is next run.
b) Enpine Driven Lubricatinp Oil Puma Reolacement
Associated Tasks;
1) Drivebelt and guard replacement.
Lubricating oilpump weight: 114 kg (259 lb)
0
LastIrsucd 1/1/93 8-13 Mirrleca Blacktone Ltd
INSTRUCITON MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTOh!E
Lubricating oilpumppulley weight: 27 kg (60 16)
Removal
Figure 150 - Section Of Lubricating Oil Pump
Remove the drivebelt guard and drivebelt (page 3-18).
Place a container below the lubricating oil pump, to catch any spillages.
Disconnect the pump inlet and outlet connections.
Support the pump and remove the bolts securing the flange to the crankcase.
Remove the pump assembly.
llnstallatian
Place the pump in position and loosely fit the securing bolts.
Connect the inlet and outlet connections.
a
Last Imred 1/1/93 8-14 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ud
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
ZZ BLICXSTONE
8) Tighten the pump securing bolts to 160 Nm (120 1bf.ft).
9) Fit the drivebelt and drivebelt guard (page 3-20).
10) If the lubricating oil filter is positioned above the pump, bleed it (page 8-8 or 8-9). TOP
up the lubricating oil.
11) When the engine is next run, check any disturbed connections for leaks.
1. Valve adjusting shims

2. Concentric springs
3. -Valve cap
4. Valve cap '0'ring
5. Valve piston, shown 'open'
6. Relief port to pump inlet
7. Valve piston, shown 'closed'
8. Pump outlet port
Figure 151 - Section of Lubricating Oil Pressure Relief Valve
LastIssued llv93 8-15 Mirrlccs Blackstone Lad

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTOM3
LUBRICATING 0IL PRESSURE RELIEF VALW
The valve controls the output pressure of the lubricating oil pump. The piston is forced
open, by oil pressure against a spring load (Figure 151), allowing oil to flow directly from the
pump outlet to the inlet, thereby reducing the output pressure.
The valve operating pressure can be adjusted by varying the number of shims under the
spring. This adjustment is normally carried out with the valve body in situ.
. .
L u b n c W z Oil Pressure Re1ief VaIve
Spares R e u u i d
1) Shims, ifthe valve zk operating at too

low a pressure.
2) Valve cap '0'ring.
Shut down the engine and isolate the
engine starting system. Ensure the priming
pump is 'off' and that the line pressure is
zero.
NOTE: If the piston is allowed to leave the
valve body, oil leakage may occur.
Holding the valve cap in place, remove the -
Figure 152 Lub. Oil Pressure Relief Valve
two locknuts. and Pump (Note:- The Valve Cap Shown is
-
Non standard).
Carefully move the valve cap out from the valve until its shoulder is clear of the body. Tilt
the cap slightly and insert a screwdriver blade into the gap now formed between the cap and
piston.
Holding the piston in place with the screwdriver, remove the cap and spring assembly.
Remove the two springs from the cap. Add or remove shims to adjust the valve operating
pressure. (The addition of one shimwill increase the opening pressure by approximately 4
psi (0.25 bar)).
Fit the cap and spring assembly to the valve using a new ' 0 ring.
Fit the locknuts.
10) Start the engine and run until at normal operating temperature. Check that the oil pressure
is within the specified limits over the full engine speed range. Also check that the relief
valve does not leak.
8-16 Minlces Blacktone Ltd

MB
= BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 8
8.6. LUBRI-G 0IL THERMOSTATIC CONTROL VALW
?b achieve a rapid engine warm-up, a thermostatic control valve is fitted which mixes oil
from the cooler with uncooled oil from the pump (see Flow Diagram, Figure 140). The heat
sensitive element is designed to 'fail-safe' in the open position. (This directs all oil through
the cooler and may be indicated by low lubricating oil temperature). The connections 'A,
'Band 'C' are marked on thevalve body. On installation they must be positioned as shown
in the systems diagram provided.
Figure 153 - Thermostatic Control Valve

1. Sleeve 2. '0'ring
3. Gasket 4. Element assembly
5. Element etainer 6. Retainer attachement bolts
I. Valve body
In good operating conditions, the valve should only require cleaning and '0' ring renewal
every two-three years.
a) hbricatinp Oil Thermostatic Control Valve-Element Renewal
LastI~sucd 1/1/93 8-17 Mirrlccs Blachtonc Lad

Section 8 ESL 12-&16 Mk2
-
- BUCKSTONE a
Saares Reauired;
1) Element assembrY, gasket and '0'ring. Any necessarypipeworkgashts.
Shut down the engine and drain the lubricating oil system to below the level of the
thermostatic control valve.
Remove the bolts securing portion 'A'of the valve to the valve body.
Either:
remove a section of the valve to filter pipe, complete with portion 'A,taking care not to
damage the element.
OR, if easier a
undo the two pipe flanges at 'B' and 'C' and remove the valve body, complete with the
element.
Remove the element, gasket@)and ' 0 ring from the valve body. (If the element has failed,
itwill be jammed open). Test the element for correct operation (see below) unless it is being
renewed.
Clean the inside of the valve. Fit the new '0' ring after smearing with lubricating oil.
Fit the new element in the valve body and refit the valve body, using new gaskets.
CAVTI0N:Take care to assemble the valve with connections 'A', 'B' and 'C' in their correct
positions.
Top up the lubricating oil system.
Run the engine and check the oil temperature whilst the engine warms up and then over its
a
full speed range. Check all disturbed connections for leaks.
Lubricatine Oil Thermostat ic Control VaIve-Element Testing
Saecial TooIg
1) Thennomete4 range required 40°-100°C (100°-2120F).
2) Heated bath water:
Associated "ask g
3) Lubricating oil thermostatic control valve replacement.
0
LastIsucd 1/1/93 8-18 Minlccs Blackstone U d
a MB
=BIACKSTOm
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 8
4) Remove the complete valve assembly (see above).
5) Place the assembly in water (NOT OIL) at approximately 5oC (9OF) below its nominal
rating.
6) Heat the water slowly.
7) Viewed through connection 'B', thevalve should start to close at approximately2S°C(5%)

below its nominal rating. It should be fully closed at 5OC ( 9 q ) above its nominal rating. If it
is not functioning correctly, the element must be renewed.
8) Dry the valve thoroughly, then refit.

8.7. TECHNICAL DATA
-
Sump Capacity 16 cyl 810 litres (180 imp. gallons)
L.O. maximum differential pressure across filter
(indicates total blockage) 15 psi (1 bar)
Normal working pressure at full speed 50 psi (3.45 bar)
L.O. thermostatic control valve opening temperature 56OC (130OF)
Low L.O. pressure alarm setting 13 psi (0.9 bar) at 250 rpm
Low L.O.pressure shutdown setting 10 psi (0.7 bar) at 250 rpm
Low L.O. pressure alarm setting 33 psi (2.3 bar) at 1000 rpm
Low L.O. pressure shutdown setting 30 psi (2.1 bar) at 1000 rpm
High L.O. temperature alarm setting 76OC (169%)
High L.O. temperature shutdown setting 8OoC (176OF)
12 cyl 16 cyl
Volume of oil between min/max position on dipstick 118 Itr 152 Itr
LariIsncd 1/1/93 8-19 Mirrlccr Blackstone Ltd

MB
=BLACKSTOA~
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 9
Contents
COOLING SYSTEM
9.1. SINGLE CIRCUIT COOLING SYSTEM -

GENERAL DESCRIPTION ................................ 1
9.2. FRESH WATER (F/W) SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
AND FLOW DIAGRAM ................................... 1
9.3. FRESHWATER .........................................
Fresh Water Quality and Additives ..........................
Quality .................................................
Additives ...............................................
Fresh Water - Draining and filling ..........................
Draining ................................................
Filling ..................................................
9.4. FRESH WATER SYSTEM - THERMOSTATIC CONTROL
VALVE ................................................. 5
F/W Thermostatic Control Valve Element Renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
F/W Thermostatic Control Valve Element Testing ............. 5
9.5. FRESH WATERPUMP ................................... 5
Fresh Water Pump - Dismantling and Assembly .............. 5
Water Pump Dismantling .................................. 6
Water Pump Assembly .................................... 8
9.6. INTERCOOLER .......................... : .............. 8
Intercooler Maintenance .................................. 8
Intercooler Replacement .................................. 9
Intercooler Removal ...................................... 9
Intercooler Installation .................................... 9
9.7. TECHNICALDATA ...................................... 10
Fresh Water System ..................................... :. 10
LastIssucd 1/1/93 Contents i Mirrlccs Blackstone Lad

MB
= BUCXSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 9
COOLING SYSTEM
9.1. SINGLE CIRCUIT COOLING SYSTEM - GENERAL DESCRIPTION

The cooling system transfers excess heat from the engine jacket, lubricating oil and charge
air.
Asinglecircuit cooling system usesoneenginedriven water pump to supplyfreshwater,first

to the engine oil cooler then to the charge air intercooler and finally to the engine jacket and
turbocharger. The fresh water system is always a closed circuit and transfers heat from the
engine, turbochargers and heat exchangers to a central radiator coolcr situated off-engine.
e Radiator cooled sets use forced air to dissipate heat.
For details of the particular installation, see the systems diagrams provided with the engine
documentation.
Where jacket water pre- heating is a requirement an off engine immersion heater together
with a motor driven circulating pump can be incorporated in the jacket water system.
9.2. FRESH WATER (F/W) SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND FLOW DIAGRAM

The fresh water temperature is measured by a thermocouple and is displayed on the
instrument panel. Alarm and engine shutdown circuits operate automatically, from the
same sensor, in the event of high F/W temperature.
Water from the oil cooler, intercooler, engine and turbocharger is fed to the F/W
thermostatic valve mounted off engine. The thermostatic valve is fkted to ensure a rapid
e engine warm up and to maintain the engine F/Woutlet temperature within defined limits. A
temperature sensitive element in the valve controls a piston which adjusts the ratio of
cooled water (via the F/W cooler) to uncooled water (direct from the engine) that flows to
the pump.
The pump (Figure 158)has acentrifugal impeller mounted on the shaft. The shaft is sealed
against water leakage by a carbon-ceramic mechanical seal and is mounted on ball
bearings, which are lubricated with engine oil fed by a pipe from the 'B' bank camshaft free
end bearing. The oil level in the pump is controlled by an overflow pipe which drains into
the engine sump. The shaft is sealed against oil leakage by two lip seals either side of the
bearings. The pulley is an interference taper fit on the shaft and is removed using the
hydraulic pack.
Water is fed from the pump to the integrally cast crankcase water jacket. A stackpipe
transfers some of the water from the water jacket to the turbocharger water inlet pipes.
0
LastIuyCd llv93 9-1 ' Mirrlces Blackstone Lld
-
- BZACKSTOhW
,________________.
Figure 154 - 'Qpical Single Circuit Water Flow Diagram
I 39 I
54 Oil Cooler
17 Intercooler
97 Fresh Water Pump
98 Thermostatic Valve
2
99 Radiator c
100 Header 'hnk
10.5 Heater v
106 Circulating Pump
3
C
C
$t
DRAIN AT
LOWEST POINT
-
I TO BE POSITIONED AS CLOSE
AS POSSIBLE.

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Figure 155 - VTR 201 firbocharger And Pipework
1. Turbo waterjacket thermometers

2. Water outlet manifold
3. Water outlet manifold air vent
4. Turbo water inlet pipe
5. Tbrbo waer outlet pipe (one of two)
(Figure 155 shows a BBC VTR 201 type turbocharger outlet installation). After passing
e through the turbochargers, the water passes through flow controlling orifice valves and is
returned to the water outlet manifold where it joins the flow from the cylinder heads.
The remainder of the water in the crankcase water jacket flows along each cylinder bank
into cavities surrounding each cylinder liner. These water cavities are sealed, at the top of
each liner byametal-to-metaljointwith thecrankcase, and at the bottom bytwo’o’rings
(Figure 49). Two drain plugs fitted to the crankcase at the flywheel end (Figure 4) allow the
crankcase cavity to be completely emptied of water, either for storage in cold conditions, or
if the liners are removed (see Page 3-38 for description).
Drilling in the top face of the crankcase transfer water to the cylinder heads. The cylinder
head drillings are angled to direct the water through the large cooling channels inside each
cylinder head. The water is then fed by pipe to the water outlet manifold (Figure 155). A
bleed tap is fitted to the flywheel end of the manifold.
Last Issued 1/1/93 9-3 ’ Mirrlees Blacktone Ltd

MIRRLEES =
-
- BUCK3TONE
A running air vent is provided to automatically remove any air from the fresh water system.
It is fitted to the highest point of the water outlet manifold and is connected to the water
make-up tank. The flow through thevent is restricted by an orifice to ensure that the main
flow of water passes to the thermostatic control valve. If high water make-up tank
temperatures are found (which can effect water flow, leading to overheating), the orifice
may require re-sizing. Systems fitted with radiators, or with coolers at a higher level than
the engine, should be equipped with separate vents at the highest points.
A flow control device is fitted between the water manifold and the thermostatic control
valve. This is set up to give the correct water temperature rise across the engine, at normal
speed and full load (see Technical Data for limits).
For details of the fresh water cooler, see the manufacturer’s manual.
9.3. FRESH WATER
9.3.a) Fresh Water Oualitv and Additives
Ouality
It is essential that the water used is clean, non-corrosive and has a low, dissolved-mineral
content (i.e. it should not be ’hard’). If it is not, then blockages, sediment or scaling will
occur, reducing the cooling efficiency. This will eventually result in overheating and
reduced engine efficiency.
NOTE: The most rapid scaling may be caused by water leaks from the system. Thefrequent
topping up resulting, introduces large quantities of dissolved minerals. It is therefore important
that such leaks are repaired as quickly as possible.
If in doubt about the quality of any water available, please consult a local specialist.
A portable de-ioniser is available to produce de-ionised water from raw water.
This kit includes the necessary pH and conductivity test equipment for water analysis.
Add i tivez
There are a large number of water additives available for various purposes, e.g.
anti-freeze, corrosion inhibitors. Care must be taken in their selection and use as some
additives may react adversely with particular engine components or with other additives.
The instructions supplied by the additive manufacturer must be strictly adhered to.
WARNING: Anti-Jieeze can be highly corrosive iftoo diluted.

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
X I BUCKSTOhW
93.b) Fresh Water - Draining and filling
Draining
The F W system should be drained with the engine cold in order to avoid thermal stresses.
The main water spaces can be drained by opening the off-engine drain (see installation
drawing) and opening thewater manifold bleed tap. If necessary thecrankcasecavitycanbe
completely drained by attaching drain hoses to and opening the two crankcase water drain
valves (Page 3-38).
Filling
The F W filling point is also mounted off-engine and may be common with the drain point.
a Fill the system to the correct level on the make-up tank and open the water manifold bleed
tap to bleed any air from the system. Allow the system to stand for approximately 30
minutes, so that the water settles and top up the make-up tank.
If the engine overheats, forming steam in the system, allow the engine to stand for some
hours before adding cool water, to prevent thermal stresses.
Follow any bleeding operations for other equipment eg, radiators, coolers that are specified
in the manufacturer’s instructions.
9.4. FRESH WATER SYSTEM - THERMOSTATIC CONTROL VALVE
9.4.a) F/W Thermostatic Control Valve Element Renewal
9.4.b) F/W Thermostatic Control Valve Element Testinz
The procedures are identical to that of the L.O.thermostatic control valve (Pages 8-17 to
8-18). However, the elements have a different temperature range (see Technical Data).
9.5. FRESH WATERPUMP
9.5.a) Fresh Water Puma - Dismantline and Assembly

The forward oil seal can be renewed after removing the pulley, without disturbing the pump.
Access to the impeller and water seal can be gained by removing the complete pulley, shaft
and forward pump housing as an assembly. If access to the bearings or rear oil seal is
required, the pulley must be removed before dismantling.
Suares reauired;
1) Impeller nut labwasher:
LastIssucd l/W3 9-5 , Mirrlccr Blacbtone Ud

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
-
MB BLQCxIiTONE
*
e-
Figure 156 - Fresh Water Pump
1. Pump outlet
2. Pump inlet
3. Forward housing attachement bolts
2) Forward to rear housinggasket.
3) Oil seals (ifremoved).
4) Water seal assembly (ifremoved).
Water Puma Dismantling
Remove the belt guard and drivebelt (Page 3-18).
Drain the system of water.
*
If necessary (see above) remove the pulley (Page 3-22).
Remove both lubricating oil pipes.
Remove the fonvard housing attachment boltshuts and remove the complete assembly.
NOTE: The impeller nut is a normal right hand fhread on sfandard rotation engines and a left
hand fhread on non -standard rotation engines.
Bend back the tabwasher and remove the impeller nut. (To prevent the shaft rotatingduring
this stage, it may be held by gripping the 19 mm flats at its forward end).
Remove the impeller, using two M15 x 1.5 jacking bolts. Remove the woodruff key, water
seal assembly, seal housing and flinger from the rear end of the shaft.
Last Irmcd 1/1/93 9-6 Mirrlces Blacklone Ltd

MB
= BIACKSTOl\rE
ESL.12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 9
If required (see above) extract the shaft from the forward housing: -
a) Remove the forward oil seal and then remove the bearing retaining circlip.
b) Push the shaft and bearing assembly forwards and out of the housing (the bearing
outer faces are a slide fit in the pump housing).
Figure 158 - Section of Fresh Water Pump
c) Remove the rear oil seal from the housing.
The bearings can be removed from the shaft, if necessary, using a puller. To fit new bearings
either warm to 8OoC(176OF) in an oil bath, or press onto the shaft, (bearing on the inner race
only), using molybdenum disulphide grease as a lubricant.
Last Issued 1/1/93 9-1 ' Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd

Water PumD Assembly
If the shaft has been removed from the forward housing:-
a) Fit a new rear oil seal, after coating in lubricating oil.
b) Fit the shaft and bearing assembly into the forward housing, taking care not to damage
the rear oil seal.
c) Fit the bearing retaining circlip, coat the new oil seal with lubricating oil and press
into its recess.
Thoroughly clean and degrease the rear portion of the shaft.
Lubricate the outer diameter of the water seal and the rubber seal cup with water and fit it
into the seal housing. Fit the flinger and seal housing to the forward housing.
Fit the water seal assembly, spring, woodruff key and impeller on to the shaft.
Fit a new tabwasher, tighten the impeller nut to 87 Nm (64 1bf.ft) (holding the shaft as
before) and bend back the tabwasher to lock it.
Fit the complete forward housing assembly to the rear housing, using a new gasket and
tighten the attachment boltshuts progressively to 55 Nm (40lbf.ft).
Fit the lubricating oil pipes.
Fit the pulley, if removed (Page 3-22).
Fit the drivebelt and guard (Page 3-20).
Filland bleed thewatersystem(Page9-5). Checkthe pumparea for leakswhen theengine

is next run.
9.6. INTERCOOLER
Unless the engine is air to air intercooled, a water to air intercooler will be fitted. (see
Cooling System Description, Page 9-10).
To maintain the efficiency of the intercooler and to prevent both erosion and corrosion
occurring, both heat exchange surfaces must be cleaned regularly.
9.6.a) Intercooler Maintenance
See the intercooler manufacturer’s manual.

MB
= BLQCxIiTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 9
9.6.b) Intercooler Reolacement
Spares Reauired:
1) Intercooler air pipe gaskets (both ends).
2) Control valve assemblylintercooler gasket.
3) 'Hylomar', or similar jointing compound.
4) Loctite 241, or similar thread locking compound.

Suecial Tools:
a Intercooler lifting bracket Tool No, 79502 (Availiable from MB Ltd).

Intercooler air duct weight: See Sec 2.3
Intercooler weight: See Sec 2.3
Intercooler Removal
1) Drain down the fresh water system.
2) Remove one of the bleed plugs and allow the water to drain out of the intercooler (through
the inlet and outlet pipes). Fit the blecd plug.
3) Remove the intercooler/adaptor plate, air duct, complete with the air pipes.
NOTE: The adaptor plate and air duct are attached to the intercooler by bolts and studs, with
the joints sealed by 'Hylomar'.
4) Fit the intercooler lifting bracket and support by crane.
5) Remove the intercooler/turbocharger bracket adaptor plate mounting bolts.
(The joint is sealed with 'Hylomar').
6) Carefully maneouvre the intercooler assembly clear of the engine. Place on a clean flat
surface.
Intercooler Installation
1) Clean the adaptor and turbocharger mounting bracket mating faces and apply 'Hylomar',
following the manufacturer's instructions.
2) Lift the intercooler and adaptor assembly carefully into position and fit the adaptor plate
mounting bolts using 'Loctite 241'. Torque evenly to 65Nm (48 1bf.ft).
Last Issued 1/1/93 9-9 ' Mirrleer Blackstone Ltd

MIRRL.EES =
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Remove the lifting gear.
Fit the intercooler air duct and pipes, using new gaskets. Clean the intercooler to air duct
mating faces and apply 'Hylomar', following the manufacturer's instructions.
Loosen one of the intercooler bleed plugs and open the raw water isolating valve.
Start the engine and run until an air-free flow ofwater is obtained. Tighten the bleed plug.
After 10 minutes engine running, bleed the intercooler again, to remove any residual air.
Check the intercooler and ducting for air and water leaks (Undo the air manifold drain tap
to check for raw water leaks into the air duct).
TECHNICAL DATA
Fresh Water Svstem

F/W thermostatic control valve opening
temperature 68OC (154OF)
F/W temperature rise between pump and
water manifold outlet 12OC (21.5OF)
F/W temperature rise between pump and
turbocharger outlet 8- 12OC (14.5 -21.5'F)
High fresh water temperature alarm setting 88OC (19O0F)
High fresh water temperature shutdown setting 9OoC (194OF)
Last Issued 1/1/93 9-10 Mirrlees Blackslone Ltd

=BUCKSTONE
AIR START S YSTEM
10.1. AIR START SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND FLOW

DIAGRAM.............................................. 2
10.2. TECHNICAL DATA ...................................... 3
.-
LastIssucd VU93 Contents i Mirrlces Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
=BL4CKSTOhE
i 1
7
noroR DRIVEN
:ER VCLVE
COMPRESSOR
P.S. PREfSL*E SUIiCH

ENCiNE ORPEN
CO.WRESSOR
I Jl/t FUTS
+ LUBRICATOR
Fig 162. - Qpical air start system flow diagram. &- REGULATOR
Lastlssucd lh93 10-1

= BUCXSTOhE a
10.1.M- - DESWPTION AND FL,OW D I A G W
Figure 164
Figure 163 - Air Start Manifold Air Start timing Valve
The standard method of engine starting is by compressed air, which is fed in sequence to the
cylinders, forcing the pistons down and causing the crankshaft to rotate.
The compressed air is stored in bottles, otherwise known as 'receivers', which are normally
charged by an air-compressor. This should be arranged to cut in when the bottle pressure
falls below 360 psi (25 bar) and to cut out when the bottle pressure exceeds 400 psi (27.5
bar), unless otherwise specified. A drain plug is provided on each bottle, to enable
condensate to be removed. This should be done a, as water in the air start system can
damage the engine and cause corrosion. Apressure relief valve is fitted to the compressor
and also, if required, to the air bottles. Fusible plugs are fitted to the bottles and compressor
to release the air pressure to atmosphere in the event of fire, if specified by Survey
regulations.
The air is fed from the storage bottles, through isolating valves, to the engine control lever
assembly. An isolating valve in the assembly is linked to the control lever (Figure 171n).
When the control lever is moved to 'START', a cam opens the valve and allows air to pass
through the air start manifolds to the airstart timingvalves,one in each tappet block (Figure
164). (If required by Survey regulations, a bursting disc is fitted to each manifold. The four
setscrews holding the disc and its guard in place must be evenly tightened to 14 Nm
(1Olbf.ft)).
-
NOTE: 12 cylinder engines air starting timing valves arejitted to all tappet blocks. I6cylinder
-
engines on certain installations,air starting timing valves may befitted to the tappet blocks on
one bank on&).
Lastlssued llU93 10-2 Mid- Black&onc U d

e MB ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 10
The compressed air forces each timing valve down on to its seat against spring load. (This
movement also closes the tappet clearance to its specified figure). As at least one timing
valve will be held off its seat by one of the valve strikers attached to each fuel tappet, letting
air into its cylinder through a spring loaded non-return valve in the cylinder head, the
crankshaft will begin to rotate. The consequent camshaft rotation opens and shuts the
timing valves in sequence. Thus the crankshaft will accelerate until it reaches sufficient
speed for the engine to f i e (approximately 120 rpm).
When the engine control lever is moved to 'WORK',the isolatingvalve closes, shutting off
the air-start supply.
WARNING: Before starting any work on or near moving parts of the engine, isolate the
air-start ystem and set the control lever to 'STOP'.
e For setting the air start timing valve, tappet clearance, see "mppet Block Assembly', Page
5-17.
10.2. p cHNICAL DATA
Maximum air-storage bottle pressure (standard size) - 400 psi (27.5 bar)
Minimum air start pressure - 160 psi (11bar)
Compressor cut-in pressure - 360 psi (25 bar)
Compressor cut-out pressure - 400 psi (27.5 bar)
-
Air-start timing valve tappet clearance - 0.05 mm - 0.15 mm
- (0.002 in - 0.006 in)
LartIssued 1h93 10-3 Mirrlsss Blackstone Ltd

0 MB
=BIACXSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION M A L
Section 11
Contents
corn-
11.1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION ................................ 1

11.2. MECHANICAL SAFETY DEVICES ......................... 1
Mechanical Overspeed Tkip ................................ 1
Adjustment .............................................. 3
Setting Clearance Between Operating Lever and Overspeed
?tip Weight ............................................. 4
Setting Latch Lever Relative to the Latch Pulley (Figure 169A) . 5
Final Setting Check (Figure 169B) .......................... 5
Fuel Pump Rack Leaf Springs .............................. 5
Crankcase Relief Valves ...................................
a 11.3. ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .............................
6
6
Engine Control Lever Assembly ............................ 6
Fuel Control Linkage (Heinzmann Electronic Governor) ....... 8
Description .............................................. 8
Setting Up the Fuel Control Linkage ........................ 9
If the control linkage has been removed: ..................... 9
11.4. STANDARD MECHANICAL INSTRUMENTATION .......... 12
Turbocharger Water Jacket Thermometer .................... 12
.
115 ON ENGINE INSTRUMENTATION AND PROTECIlON
PANEL ................................................. 12
Instrumentpanel .......................................... 12
Basic Engine Protection System ............................ 12
11.6. TECHNICAL DATA ...................................... 14
e Automatic Alarm & Shutdown Systems
Magnetic Pick-up
......................
.......................................
14
14
Lastluucd 1/93 Contents i MirrlesJ B~&IOIK Ud
..
-MB
-BLQcXS7tXVE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 11
TYD- AND INS-

N -11.1. -
Safety Devices. Independent mechanical safety devices are provided to protect against
damage resulting from too high an engine speed, jammed fuel pump racks or a crankcase
explosion. Additionally, an electronic engine protection system is fitted to prevent damage
resulting from a variety of causes, eg, low lubricating oil pressure, high fresh water
temperature.
Engine Control System. The governor automatically maintains the selected engine speed,
under varying load conditions, by controlling the quantity of fuel injected. Information on
the engine’s speed is fed to the governor electronically. (Other methods of speed sensing
e may be used if a servo-operated governor is fitted. In this case, refer to the manufacturer’s
instructions for details). The governor controls the position of the fuel pump racks, via the
fuel control linkage, in response to this input.
A manually operated control lever is used to prime, start and stop the engine and locks the
fuel control linkage at zero fuel when set to ’STOP’. Automatic installations have
additional control gear, details of which will be supplied separately, if applicable.
Mechanical Instrumentation. The standard instrumentation includes a conventional
mercury thermometer to indicate the cooling water outlet temperature at each
turbocharger and a mechanical fuel pressure gauge.
Instrumentation andEngineProtection System. An electronic instrument panel and engine
protection system is fitted as standard. Additional instruments and protection devices, or
alternatively a mechanicaVelectrica1 instrument panel and engine protection system are
available, if specially ordered.
0 112. E
a) Mechanical OversDeed T&
This mechanism is independent of any other systems or engine services and is a back-up
safety device in case of governor or fuel control system failure. It satisfies classification
society standards regarding’speed control.
i J r, A butterfly valve is situated between the intercooler outlet and the air inlet manifold
(Figure 167). When the butterfly is open, the engine can operate normally. On receiving an
overspeed signal, the butterfly closes and starves the engine of air, causing it to shutdown
even in the presence of a combustible atmosphere.
The butterfly is a conventional design of a disc and shaft arrangement mounted on self
lubricating bearings. The butterfly is spring loaded to close. In the normal running mode it
Lnstlrarcd 1/93 11-1 Mirrlesr Blaclotonc Ltd

INSTRUCI'ION MANUAL
= BLQCXSTOm
I
Figure 165 - Mechanical Overspeed Rip - GovernorMounting Shown is
Non-standard)
Operating Cable 1. Cable adjuster
2. Latch operating lever adjusting screw
1. Spring 3. Resethandle
2. Butterfhl 4. Latch
3. Latch operating lever adjusting screw 5. Bob weight, on idler gear
4. Reset handel and latch 6. Latch operating lever
Figure 167 - Butterfly Valve mrbocharger Mounting Bracket Removed)
Lastlssucd llV93 11-2 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd

a MB-
Z BUCKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 11
is held open by a tensioned cable, which is held tight by a latch mechanism at the flywheel
end of the engine (Figures 165 & 166).
The latch mechanism is activated by a spring loaded bob-weight attached to the idler gear
(Figure 168). If the engine speed exceeds the pre-set overspeed trip rpm setting, the
bob-weight's centrifugal force overcomes the spring load and moves outwards, where it
contacts the latch operating lever. This displaces the latch, releasing the cable tension and
allowing the butterfly to close under the action of its spring.
NOTE: When the engine is operating on high load, closure of the butterjly may result in
turbocharger surge, but this is not detrimental.
Adiustmmt
a
a Figure 168 Overspeed Trip Mechanism

Spring Pocket
1. Operating Lever 2. Sprindle Housing
3. LatchLever 4. Bolt/Nut Latch Lever
5. Overspeed 'hip Weight 6. Latch Pulley
7. Adjusting Screw 8. Reset Handle
9. Bob Weight Steady 10. Bob Weight
11. IdlerGear 12. FivotBolt
13. Bush 14. Spring Tension Adjuster
15. Circlip 16. Bob Weight Spring
Adjustment is not normally necessary. If however, the trip mechanism does not operate at
the correct engine speed, alter the bob-weight spring tension by turning the adjuster
(Figure 168), using the special tool provided. Screwing the adjuster in increases the spring
load and increases the engine speed at which the trip operates. Conversely, unscrewingthe
e
Lnstlssucd 111193 11-3 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
adjuster decreases the speed at which the trip operates. After any adjustment, check that
the bob- weight is free to move over its full range. Check that the latch is free to move over
its full range. Check that the latch operating leverhrip weight and the latcwreset handle
clearance are correct (Figures 168and 169). Test the operation of the system during engine
running. 'Ib do this, the electronic overspeed system can be temporarily disabled by
disconnection. The governor can be overridden by using a spanner on one of the control
shaft levers.
In an emergency, the butterfly valve can be locked open, but must be rectified at the earliest
possible opportunity.
W-G: Other than in an emergency, do not run the engine with the overspeed h p
mechanism oul of action.
If the mechanism does trip, it can be reset after checking the engine and clearing any
obvious faults. To do this, turn the reset handle until the latch clicks home and the cable is in
tension.
Settine Clearance Between Oneratine Lever and OveI ' S D m D Wl2iP-W 1691
NOTE:- all threads to be degreased before
assembly.
Assemble operating lever spindle into
housing and then fit to the crankcase w Fig 169
(grease oil seal and bushes on assembly)
Apply Loctite 572 to the spindle housing
thread and tighten to 100 1b.ft (136 Nh4).
Assemble latch lever to the spindle and

secure with bolt and nut.
Place a 2 mm spacer between the operating

lever and the overspeed trip weight (see
illustration).
Apply Loctite 341 to the adjusting screw,

tighten until it just touches the operating
lever then lock in position.
L a r f I d 1 m 11-4 Minlsea Bl&tonc Ud

a MB
-
-BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 11
+
-
~~
With the overspeed weight wedged out to $3 Fig 169A

the fully tripped position bar the engine until
the operating lever is at its maximum
displacement from its un-tripped position.
An axial clearance of 0.13/0.25 mm is

required between the latch lever and the
spindle housing, achieved by holding the
operating lever hard against the spindle
housing. In this position place a 0.5 mm
a feeler gauge between the outside diameter
of the latch pulley and the latch lever then
torque the bolt and nut to 35 Ib.ft (48 Nm)
(see illustration) remove wedge from the
overseed trip weight. 57 Fig 169B
Final Setting Check lFieure 169Bl
Providing the clearances are correct an

approximate engagement of 2 mm should be
obtained. This is achieved by rotating the
latch pulley allowing the operating lever, to
drop to its set position. Finally drill a 4 - 4.15
mm dia hole 11rnm deep in the spindle, using
the pre-drilled hole in the latch lever as a
e guide and fit roll pin.
b) Fuel fPu- Springs
Each fuel pump rack lever is fitted with a leaf

spring device (Figure 170). Should one fuel
pump sieze, the leaf spring deflects, allowing
the remaining racks to move and enabling
the fuel supply to those cylinders to be
controlled by the governor. In the event of a
pump seizing, the engine should only be run
in an emergency and the damaged pump
must be renewed at the earliest possible
opportunity. -
Figure 170 Fuel pump rack leaf
spring in operation (rack shown
e "iammed in)
LaJtIssued 1/1/93 11-5 Mirrlccs Blacbtonc Ltd

Section 11 ESL 12 & 16 M U
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BUCKSTOh?E
Also incorporated in the leaf spring is a slot,
which is used in setting the pump fuelling rate on 'no load' (See Fuel Control Linkage, Page
11-8 for details).
C)
In the unlikely event of a crankcase explosion, the relief valves fitted to the crankcase doors
open to prevent a pressure build up. The valves immediately close to prevent the ingress of
air into the crankcase and the possibility of a secondary explosion. The valve incorporates a
flame trap to prevent the emission of flame from the crankcase.
A crankcase explosion is indicated by the expulsion of a large quantity of white oil vapour,
without an audible sound.
WARNING: In the event of a crankcase explosion:
1) Shutdown the engine immediately.
a
2) On no account open any engine doors for at least 15 minutes ftf shr iown before
investigating the cause of explosion to eliminate the risk of secondary combustion.
113. m G I N E CONTROL SYS"E3J
Figure 171 - Engine Control Lever Assembly

1. Airprimevalve 2. Air prime valve opearing cam
3. Air start valve operaing cam 4. Air start valve
The 'STOP','PRIME'. 'START'and 'WORK'sequence of engine operation is controlled
by a manual lever at the flywheel end of the engine (Figure 172). The lever is connected to
an operating shaft on which are mounted three cams (Figure 171). " k o cams, controlling air
priming and air starting valves are located within the housing, the other cam is external.
LartImed lIlB.3 11-6 Mirrlcep Bladstonc Ud

MB
= BLACXFTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION. MANUAL
Section 11
The external cam limits the travel of the fuel control linkage on start-up and also locks the
linkage at zero fuel when the control lever is at 'STOP'. This cam is also fitted with an
electrical switch connected to the instrument panel 'pre-prime' lamp, The switch may also
be used to trigger an electrical lubricating oil priming pump, if fitted in place of the air
powered pump.
Asecond electrical switch can also be fitted to operate an electrical engine starting system, if
required.
The four lever positions are:

lhahu&m L.0.Pcime - rt EktKbl-
Position AkEW m Sw!A
1. 'STOP' CLOSED CLOSED OFF LOCKED AT 'ZERO
mI:
2. 'PRIME' OPEN CLOSED ON LOCKED AT 'ZERO
mI:
3. 'START' OPEN OPEN OFF MOVEMENT LIMITED
TO STARTING FUEL
4. 'WORK' CLOSED CLOSED OFF FREE TO MOVE OVER
FULLRANGE
Information on other engine control systems, e.g. variable speed control, remote control
will be supplied separately, if applicable.
Figure 172 - Engine Control Lever

1. Air supply pipe
2. Air prime feed pipe
3. External cam
4. Fuel cut-off adjuster
5. Fuel control shaft
LutIssued llW3 11-7 Mirrlcu Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCI'fON MANUAL MB
-
- BLQCKSTOhE
Figure 173 - Fuel Control Linkage - Matchmarks

1.
3.
Governor
Pinch bolt
2.
4.
Control rod link
Splined governor output shaft
a
5. Pinch bolt 6. Governor lever adjusting screw
I. Control lever external cam 8. Fuel cut-off adjuster
9. Control shaft operating lever 10. Fuel control shaft
0) ElEmmhl i n k a g e n z m a n n Electronic Governor)
The governor to fuel pump linkage must be precisely set to ensure efficient and balanced
engine running under all operating conditions. Adjustment may be necessay if the fuel
pumps or governor are renewed, or if the linkage is damaged. Figures 173 to 176 show the
linkage and the various adjustment points.
The sprung governor output lever prevents. the governor servo mechanism being
overstressed if it is manually overidden, eg when the control lever is moved to 'STOP',
MB
= BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 11
forcing the fuel control linkage to zero fuel (see Engine Control Lever Assembly, above).
The lever is match marked to the splined governor drive shaft and is clamped in position by a
pinch bolt. The two fuel control rods are attached to a slot in the lever via a link and a pinch
bolt. The slot is fitted to enable the no load to full load governor travel (2 to 8 on the
governor scale) to be matched to the individual engine speed/load requirements. Its correct
position is marked during manufacture.
A flat is cut on each fuel control rod thread and marks the correct position of the adjacent
rod end locknut. The 'A' bank control shaft operating lever is fitted with a fuel cut-off
adjuster screw, which contacts the external cam of the control lever, when it is set to 'STOP,
'PRIME' or 'START'(see Engine Control Lever Assembly above).
Each fuel control shaft isclamped and pinned to both the rack operating levers and the shaft
e operating lever. The shafts are carried in bearings which occasionaly require grease
lubrication. In the event of fuel control linkage stiffness, the bearing lubrication and
alignment should be checked.
Each fuel pump rack is attached to its control shaft by a lever incorporating a leaf spring
which, in the unlikely event of pump seizure, deflects and allows the remaining pumps to
remain under governor control (Figure 174).
The fuel rack fork ends are adjustable, so that the fuel rack settings can be initially set to
dimension 'R' (Figure 175). Each fuel pump operating lever is fitted with an adjusting screw
to enable the pumps to be fiiely balanced to give even cylinder head temperatures at full
load. The leaf spring is equipped with a slot which enables the pumps to be similarly
balanced on no load. Altering the vertical position of the rack operating pin in the slot,
alters the rack setting at idle but does not affect the full load setting. It is recommended that
the rack operating pin is greased periodically.
e Settine UD the Fuel COntrol Linkaee
1) Isolate the engine starting system and set the control lever to 'STOP'.Ensure the governor
electical supply is switched off.
n -
I f the remove&
a) Fit the governor lever to the splined shaft, aligning the match marks. If a new governor or
lever is being installed these must be aligned so that the lever is vertical when the governor
scale is reading 15%. Tighte n the pinch bolt.
b) Fit the link to the governor lever moving it in the slot to align the vertical match marks. If a
new link or lever is being installed, transfer the match marks.
c) Fit the fuel control rods, aligning the flats on the threads with the rod end locknuts. See
Figure 173 for approximate pushrod lengths.
Lartlssued llM3 11-9 Miirlces Blackstone Ltd

MIRRLEES
INSTRUCXION MANUAL AdB
-
- BLQCKSTOm
Figuire 174 - Fuel Pump Control Linkage

1. Fuel pump rack
2. Fork end
3. Rack operating pin
4. Leaf spring
5. Fuel control shaft
6. Pump operating lever adjust-
er
7. Pump operating lever
1. Fuel pump rack 2 Forkend

3. Rack operating pin (idle adjuster) 4. Leaf spring
5. Fuel control shaft 6. Pump operating lever adjuster (full load adjuster)
7. Pump operating lever
h t r d 1/m 11-10 MinleeP Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
=BUGSTONE
2) If any fuel pumps have been renewed, or after extensive running, check the fuel pump rack
adjustments after removing the rack operating pin.
a) Move the rack to its full load position (this positionvaries, according to the engine rating):
CV Pumps - Move the rack to set dimension 'R', Figure 175.Agauge is normally provided
for this purpose - if not available, the dimension 'R' is stamped on the Spill Timing Plate.
CC Pumps - The rack is graduated (Figure 135), therefore move the rack to bring the rack
pointer to the correct setting, stamped on the Spill Timing Plate.
Fit the rack operating pin centrally in the leaf spring slot.
a b) Position the rack correctly. relative to the rack operating mechanism: Check that gap 'S,
Figure 175 is set to 51 mm (2.01in) for CV pump, 53.5 mm (2.11in) for CC pump. Loosen
the locknut and adjust the position of the fork end on the rack to achieve this dimension, if
necessary, and tighten the locknut.
3) 'Ib check that the governor to fuel control shaft linkages are correctly set: turn the control
handle to 'WORK and hold the fuel control linkage so that the governor scale reading is
80% full load. Check that the No. 1 cylinder fuel pumps on each bank are both set to
dimension 'R' (CVpumps) or the correct graduation (CCpumps) as before. If both pumps
are incorrectly set, correct using the governor lever adjusting screw (Figure 173). If one
pump is incorrectly set, correct by adjusting the length of the appropriate control rod.
4) Release the fuel control linkage and check that the governor scale reads 40% with the
control lever set to 'START, and reads 0with the lever set to 'STOP'.Adjust the fuel cut off
adjuster screw, if necessary to achieve these figures. Set the control lever to 'STOP'.
5) Start the engine and apply full load (Page 12-1). Check that the cylinder head
temperatures are balanced. See technical data section 6 paragraph 6.5. Adjust the rack
adjusters, if necessary, to achieve these figures.
6) Remove the engine load and re-check the cylinder temperatures at idle, which should still
be balanced. Refer to Paragraph 5. Adjust if necessary by altering the position of rack
operating pin in the leaf spring slot upwards to reduce the temperature and downwards to
increase it. Re-check the balance at full load after any adjustment.
LastIrsucd llv93 11-11 Mirrlees BIPckstone Ltd

INSTRUCTlON MANUAL
= BL4CKSTOAE
11.4. S T A N D W
a) a
A mecury in glass thermometer (Figure 155) is fitted to each turbocharger water jacket to
measure the water outlet temperature. If replacement is necessary there is no need to drain
the fresh water system since the thermometers are pocketed.
-
11.5. -NE I N
to fill two specific roles..-

S 1
The following standard instruments are housed in the panel (See Fig 176).
Bowden tube 63mm diaglycerine filled pressure gauges. In the case of fuel and engine oil a
button is provided enabling the pressure to be read before and after the filter. These gauges
are piped internally to external bulk head fittings.
Digital exhaust temperature unit driven from on engine thermocouples and complete with
cylinder selector switch.
Digital tachometer driven from an on engine magnetic pick-up (see Fig 178)and complete
with an engine total hours run meter. In addition this unit provides engine speed
information to the integral alarm system.
Basic Engine ProWh&i&m
The system is designed to give fuly integral engine mounted alarm and shutdown protection
in the event of low lub oil pressure and overspeed.
It would be expected that this system would operate in conjunction with a full off engine
alarm panel. Accordingly both overspeed and low lub oil pressure would normally be set
after the off engine system operating levels.
Care must be taken to ensure that all shutdown signals both on and off engine parallel into
the governor shutdown circuit.
Clean controls are provided for both fault channels together with “engine running” and
“protection timer operated” conditions.
For a full circuit the contract drawings must be examined.
LasIIxued llU93 11-12 Mirrlccr Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
=BLPCXSTONE
D
Figure 177 - Magnetic pick up (MPU)
Figure 176 - Instrument Panel, Showing

Both Terminal Strips
Lastlssued llY93 11-13 Mirrlesr Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUClTON MANUAL MB
= BLACKSTONE
11.6. TECHNICAL JJAU
Fuel control shaft endfloat 0.30 - 0.38 mm (0.012 - 0.015 in)

Mechanical overspeed latch operating lever to bob-weight clearance - 3 mm (0.12 in).
Latchheset handle engagement - 3 mm (0.12 in)
GovemorFuel Pump Settings - (Assuming site rating is the same as engine full rated
load.)
Cove-cale -
(0 1
O Om
STOP 0 Fuel Pump Rack Setting
IDLE 20 (See engine 'timing plate'
START 40 and engine Test Data) a
FULLLOAD 80
OVERLOAD 90
Maximum difference in exhaust temperatures between any two cylinders +/- 3OoC(55OF9
Fuel pump, gap 'R' - see engine spill timing plate
Fuel pump, gap 'S' - CC type pump 53.5 mm (2.11 in)
gap 'S' - CV type pump 51 mm (2.01 in)
Automatic Alarm & Shutdown SvstemS
Low L.O.pressure alarm setting 13 psi (0.9 bar) at 250 rpm

Low LO.pressure shutdown setting 10 psi (0.7 bar) at 250 rpm
Low LO.pressure alarm setting 33 psi (2.3 bar) at 1000 rpm
Low L.O.pressure shutdown setting 30 psi (2.1 bar) at loo0 rpm
High L.O.temperature alarm setting 76OC (1699)
High LO. temperature shutdown setting 8OoC (176OF)
High fresh water temperature alarm setting 880C (190%
High fresh water temperature shutdown setting 90% (194%
Electronic overspeed shutdown setting 115% max. rated rpm
Mechanical overspeed shutdown setting 120% max. rated rpm
If renewing an MPU, the gap between the end of the MPU sensor and the top of the
adjacent gear tooth must be set at 0.5 - 0.8mm (0.02 - 0.03 in).
LastIrmsd In/m 11-14 Minleu Blackstonc Ltd

a MB
=BLACXSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 12
Contents
.
NG INSTRUCTIONS RsyTIME MAINTENANCE AND FAULT N N D I S
12.1. STARTING - NORMAL .................................. 1

12.2. STOPPING - NORMAL .................................. 2
.
1 2 3 STOPPING .EMERGENCY .............................. 2
12.4. EMERGENCY RUNNING ................................. 2
Engine Driven Pump Failure GO.,EW.& R.W. systems) ....... 2
lbrbocharger Failure ..................................... 3
Engine Protection System and Sensor Failure ................. 3
.
1 2 5 STARTING - AFTER OVERHAUL OR LAYING UP .......... 3
a 12.6. LAYING UP AND RE-COMMISSIONING THE ENGINE ..... 4
Laying Up the Engine ..................................... 4
Re-commissioning the Engine ............................. 5
12.7. ENGINES ON STANDBY DUTIES ......................... 5
12.8. ENGINEMAINTENANCE ................................ 5
General ................................................. 5
Daily & Weekly Routine Maintenance ....................... 7
Daily Maintenance C h e c k ................................ 7
Planned Maintenance ..................................... 7
Weekly Maintenance Checks ............................... 7
'Running-In' Maintenance (after commissioning or overhaul) .. 9
12.9.FAULTFINDING......................................... 10
FAULTFINDING ............................................. 11
LartJssued 1/1/93 Contentsi Minlces Blackstom Lad

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-NG INSTRUCIIONS. ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND W T FINDING
Before starting the engine for the first time, read the stopping and emergency stopping
sections (below) and the instrumentation section (page 11-12).
CAUTION:
1. Do not run the engine without theflywheel-end section of the exhaust heatshield
fitted, or the governor may overheat.
2. Drain thefresh and raw water systems and the MW water pump selfpriming tank
ifthere is any risk of the waterfreaing whikt the engine is stopped.
WARIMNG:
Do not run the engine without the safety guards and heatshieldsfitted unless
specified. Always isolate the air-start system before working on any movingparts.
-
12.1. D R T I N G NORM&
1) Check that the control lever is at 'STOP'.
2) Carry out the daily maintenance checks (page 12-7).
3) Check that the air start bottles are fully charged (see Technical Data for minimum start
pressure page 10-3). If the engine has been standing for more than four weeks, drain any
moisture from the turbocharger compressor and turbine casings (see Turbocharger
Manual).
4) Check that the isolatingvalves are open and that any controlvalves are at the correct setting,
on the following systems:
Raw water
e Fresh water
Fuel
Engine LO.
Air start
5) Switch on the electrical supply and switch on the instrument panel.
6) Turn the control handle to 'PRIME', starting the Lub Oil priming pump.
7) When the Lub Oil pressure has reached 15 psi (1 bar), pause to allow the oil to reach the
engine extremities before turning the control handle to 'START'.
8) When the engine has started, turn the control handle to 'WORK'.
9) Close the air-start system isolating valve and charge the air-start bottles.
10) Apply the engine load at the rate recommended for the installation.
Lasthed 1h93 12-1 Mirrlecs Blackstone Ltd

= BLACBFOhE
11) With the engine running at normal temperature on full load, check that all instrument
readings are normal. Finely adjust the intercooler controlvalves if necessary, (page 9-12).
12.2. STOPPING - NORMAI,
1) Remove the engine load.
2) Run the engine for approximately five minutes on no load, to allow the engine to cool
gradually.
3) lbm the control lever to 'STOP'.Start the lubricating priming pump to ensure adequate
turbocharger lubrication after shutdown and even cooling of components such as the piston.
4) When the engine has stopped, close the fuel and raw water isolating valves.
5) Switch off the radiator cooling fans, if fitted.
6) Switch off the instrument panel and, unless needed, switch off the electrical supply.
123. STOPPING - EMERGENCY
1) Remove the engine load.
2) Tum the control lever to 'STOP'.

3) Close the raw-water and fuel isolating valves.
4) Switch off the radiator cooling fans, if fitted.
5) Switch off the instrument panel and, unless needed, the electrical supply.
12.4. EMERGENCY RUNNING
It is possible to run the engine after the following specified component failures if absolutely e
necessary.
The engine must be closely monitored, if run under these conditions, to avoid damage.
a) Driven Pumu Failure IL.0.. F.W. & R.W. sv&m&
In the event of an engine drive pump failure, connecting points are provided, SO that
off-engine standby pumps may be used. In this event, a blanking plate must be fitted across
the delivery pipe from the failed pump, to prevent fluid leaking through the pump.
The standby pump must be started before the engine is started.
If sufficient standby pumps are fitted, the engine driven pumps can be disengaged by simply
removing the drivebelt (page 3-18).
LartLrmed llV93 12-2 Minlccs Blackstone Ud

MB BUCXSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 12
b)
In the event of turbocharger failure, the engine may be run in an emergency,but this should
be for the minimum possible time. The shaft of the failed turbocharger must be locked (see
turbocharger manufacturer’s manual).
The engine’s performance will be severely reduced and the highest temperature of any
cylinder will govern the maximum engine output. (The maximum cylinder temperature
must not exceed the maximum full engine load temperature, shown on the engine’s test data
sheet, or the engine and/or turbine blades may be damaged.) nrbocharger failure may be:
The stationary turbo compressorswill prevent an adequate flow of air reaching the engine.
l i overcome
~ this problem, the turbocharger air outlet pipes and the adjoining intercooler
air duct must be removed to allow air to flow directly into the intercooler.
C) Sensor Failure
In an emergency, the alarm and shutdown circuits can be over-ridden by disconnecting

them electrically. However, it is essential that they are re-connected at the earliest
possible opportunity.
Should the governor MPU sensor fail, the instrument tachometer MPU may be used in its
place, as they are identical.
125. STARTING - AFTER OVERHAULQR LAYING UP
1) Check that all work is completed on the engine and driven equipment.
2) Check that the fresh water, lub oil and fuel systems and also the raw water system, if it is a
radiator cooled, closed-circuit system are full, primed and bled.
3) Isolate the air-start system and bar the engine over for two complete revolutions, to ensure
it is free to turn.
4) Follow stages 1-9, page 12-1 (engine starting procedure). Finely adjust the intercooler
control valves, if necessary (Page 9-12).
5) Run the engine for 5-10 minutes on no load, monitoring the instruments. Whilst the engine
is running, bleed the intercooler (page 9-14). Close the air-start system isolatingvalve
and charge the air bottles. Shutdown the engine and isolate the engine starting system.
6) Wait for five minutes, to allow the lub oil to drain into the sump.
7) Remove the crankcase and camshaft-drive doors on one side of the engine. Check by
touch, that the main and large end bearings are at an even temperature to ensure that none
of the bearings have overheated.
LartItrucd 1/93 12-3 Mirrlccs Bladotonc Lld

INSTRUCI'ION MANUAL MB
= BLQCKSTOhE
8) Refit the crankcase and camshaft-drive doors. Check the oil and fresh water levels (and
also the raw water level, if radiator cooled).
9) Open the air-start system isolating valve.
10) Re-start the engine (stages 6-9, page 12-1), this time gradually applying full engine load
in even stages, over one hour's running. During this time, monitor the engine and
instruments carefully.
12.6. -
If the engine is to be laid up for a short period, the sump should be drained and cleaned, and
then refilled with fresh oil. The filter bowl in use should be fitted with a new element and
then the engine run for fifteen minutes on NO LOAD.
If the engine is to be laid up for a longer period the following steps should be taken:
Ensure that the engine has been decarbonised as shortlyas possible before laying up, since it
is the products of combustion that cause corrosion.
Drain the lubricating oil system (page 8-6). Fill the lubricating oil system with preserving
oil (Shell Ensis 30 or alternative) to half the normal capacity. Clean both bowls of the filter,
wipe out one bowlwith preserving oil, and fit a new element to that bowl, prime it and set the
changeover lever to that bowl. Drain both turbocharger oil reservoirs and refill with
preserving oil to the normal level. Prime and bleed the lubricating oil system and run the
engine for fifteen minutes on NO LOAD.
Drain the fuel manifolds. Drain the daily service fuel tank, clean out and refill with 23 litres
(5 gallons) of Shell Fusus 'A'or equivalent preserving oil. Remove and wipe one filter bowl
with preserving oil, fit a new element and set the changeover valve lever to use that bowl.
Bleed the fuel system and run the engine slowly (300 rpm) on NO LOAD until the whole of
the fuel system is thoroughly primed with the preserving oil.
Remove the injectors and spray 114litre (half a pint) of Ensis 30 or equivalent preserving oil
into each cylinder. Refit the injectors.
Drain the turbocharger reservoirs and seal the breatherventswith tape. Remove and store
the drain plugs from the turbocharger compressor and turbine outlet casings to allow any
water to escape. (See lhrbocharger Manufacturer's Manual for preservation details).
Drain the fresh water system completely (including the crankcase cavities), unless thewater
has been treated with anti-freeze containing corrosion- inhibitors. A de-watering fluid
or oil may be used to advantage - consult the oil supplier.
Drain the raw water system and flush out with fresh water. Dry out the intercooler using
compressed air. Flush with fresh water and dry with compressed air every two weeks.
Lartlrmed 1/1/93 12-4 Minlccr BlackstoneUd

INSTRUCTlON MANUAL
8) Grease the water pump glands (if fitted with gland seals).
9) Grease all exposed bright parts.
10) Marine propulsion engines - empty the governor control delay mechanism (when fitted)
and refill with Shell Fusus Oil ‘K, working out the air by moving the control wheel several
times from ‘Full Ahead’ to ’Full Astern’, allowing the delay mechanism to operate each
time.
11) Disconnect any batteries. Treat any ancillary equipment or driven machinery according to
the maker’s recommendations.
An engine and driven unit mounted on bonded rubber anti-vibration mountings should be
chocked up during any period of lay-up to take the weight off the mountings.
c) 12) Tie a label on the control handle, with a list of ALL systems drained, valves closed, etc.
- mmissionine the Enpine
When the engine is to be put into service again, drain off as much of the preserving oil as
possible from the sump by using the priming pump whilst barring the engine round. Drain
the fuel and lubricating oil filter bowls. Drain the turbocharger reservoirs, check that the
rotor will spin freely, then fill the reservoirswith lubricating oil. Fit the turbocharger water
drain plugs. Empty the daily service fuel tank of preserving oil. Ensure that all items listed
on the control handle label are actioned. Re-commission ancillary equipment or driven
machinery. Follow the after overhaul start procedure (page 12-3).
12.7. ENGINES ON STANDBY DUTIES
If an engine is on standby duty, it is recommended that it is run for a few hours, including a
period on load, at least every 2-3 months - more frequently if possible. For lubricating oil
renewal periods, see page 8-6.
If the engine is on immediate readiness standby duty, it should be primed to 0.25 bar (4psi)
lubricating oil pressure, every five hours.
12.8. ENGI N E MAINTENANCE
a) General
The intervals at which an engine will require servicing, and the life of the various
components, will depend on the engine’s mode of operation and the raw water and fuel
quality -the more adverse these are, the more frequently servicing will be needed.
Conversely, the better the conditions, the less frequently servicing will be needed.
Good conditions would include:
LBFtIssUcd I/u93 12-5 Mirrlcu Blackstone Lrd

MRRLZES=

INSTRUCITON MANUAL
-AB
- BLQCKSTOh!E
. steady load at between three-quarters and full rated output.
. good quality, class A1 fuel oil (see Technical Data, page 2-7).
. good quality lubricating oil of recommended detergency level (see lkchnical Data, page
2-8).
. efficient engine cooling conditions, including clean raw water.
. clean air conditions.
Less favourable would include:
. excessive periods of overload.
. frequent starts from cold.
. poor quality fuel or lubricating oil.
The following technique is recommended in order to initially establish the optimum major
servicing period for a particular engine:
.
After 6,000engine running hours, remove, service and re-install one cylinder head and
piston. If the parts are in reasonable condition (i.e. wear is within limits and carbon deposits
are not excessive) replace the piston and cylinder head and continue to run the engine.
Repeat this procedure, using a different cylinder head and piston at 3,000 hour intervals
extending this service to 12,000 hours. This is a recommendation only and as at the
discretion of the site engineer.
The cleaning intervals for all heat exchangers is totally dependent on the raw water quality
in addition to the engine's mode of operation. It is recommended however, that this
operation should be performed at least every 1500 hours for the raw water side, and every
3000hours for the fresh water side. A minimum of 15% of the normal rawwater flow should
be maintained at all times, to prevent the build-up of salts or scale.
The engine lub oil is scheduled to be replaced every 3,000 hours. If test facilities are readily
available, the oil should be changed when the contamination level is 4% by weight.
The following schedule must therefore be taken as a guide only and with operating
experience should be tailored to suit the particular installation.
Maintenance and technical instructions for bought in and non-standard types of engine
equipment are provided separately. These include, where applicable:
lbrbochargers.
Air filters (if separate from turbochargers).
Oil and water coolers, intercooler and radiator.
Off-engine pumps and compressor.
Flexible couplings and anti-vibration mountings.
Governor.
Electrical starting equipment.
Remote and variable speed engine control systems.
L p r t b c d 1N93 12-6 Minlcer Blafkrtonc U d

e MB
= BUCKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 12
b) &
W-e
Refertotheengine’ProductionTest Sheet’and theTechnica1 Data (page2-5) as necessary
for details of operational parameters.
ance CLwIw
LO. System Check level
Check temperature
- Check pressure
- Check and record differential (filter) pressure
lkrbo L.O. System (if separate) - Check level
Fresh Water System - Check level in make up tank is at least
three-quarters full
- Check temperature
Air-Inlet System - Drain any water from the turbocharger bracket
- Check pressure
- Check temperature (if temperature sensor is
fitted)
Exhaust System Check all temperatures
Fuel System Drain any water from the fuel tank
Check level
- Check pressures
Air Storage Bottles - Check pressure
Instruments and Lamps - Check correct function
Planned Maintenance
e Refer to service schedule 02/73351 Page 12-8
Weeklv Maintmnce Checks
Air Start Bottles - Drain any water (before charging)
Fuel control linkage (from - Lubricate
governor to fuel pump racks)
Pump gland seals (if fitted) -
Grease
Battery (if fitted) -
Check electrolyte level
Mechanical governor (if fitted) -
Check oil level and lubricate the spring box
c) ’BunninP-In’ w e n a n c e mer comm issioning or overhail)
In addition to the normal servicing routine, the following tasks should be carried out at the
stated periods after the engine is commissioned or after a major overhaul:
0
Lartmed lm3 12-7 Mirrlcu Blackstone Ud
MIRRLZES
Section 12 ESL 12 & 16 M U

-
- BUCKSTOh!E
Lastlsucd llup3 12-8 Mirrlccr BlackstoneLtd

M
a = B
BIAc1ysTOMZ
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 12
After 30-50 running hours - Check tappet clearances (page 4-4)

- Re-tighten cylinder head nuts (page 4-8)
After 100 running hours - Drain, clean and refill the turbo lub oil systems
(if separate)
Mer 1,000 running hours - Renew the in use, fuel and lub oil filter elements.
h t h c d 1h93 12-9 Mirrlces ElaclrstoneLtd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL MB-
= BLACKSXNE
1 2 . 9 . w I N G
The procedure for fault findbg falls into a set sequence, whatever the :-
1) Analysis of the symptom(s) and all available data and clues eg, instrument readings, exhaust
colour, unusual noises.
2) Visual inspection for any obvious faults eg. loose connections, leaks, cracks.
3) Checking the engine and systems to isolate the faulty area.

\
4) Checking the components in this area to isolate the faulty one.
5) Rectification and functional checking.
The list of symptoms and possible s below is designed to be used only as a guide to this
process (it is assumed that any preliminary checks eg, for correct settings of system isolating
valves and for correct operation of sensors and instrumentation, have already been done).
The possible s are listed in the order considered most practical to check - not necessarily in
the order of probability.
-
WARNING: For conciseness, no rtference is made to safely precautions in this section these
must befollowed as spec8ed in the relevant sections of the manual. When work is being carried
out on the engine, as always the starring vstem must be isolated and the control lever set to
’STOP’.
For fault finding on bought-in equipment eg, turbochargers, heat exchangers, also see the
manufacturer’s maintenance instructions.
The lubricating oil, fresh water and raw water systems are provided with tappings to enable
pressure gauges or sensors to be fitted for fault finding purposes. The positions of the test
points are given on the relevant systems diagrams. Data from these test points, together
with the standard instrument readings and information on the normal system pressure
losses (also given on the systems diagram) should be ofvalue in isolating any systems faults.
As the system pressures will inevitably vary slightly on each installation, it is strongly
recommended that the pressure readings at the test points are taken when the engine is
commissioned. This should be done whilst the engine is running both at full load and at idle,
and the readings noted in the engine log.
a
LastIoued llV93 12-10 Minlecs Blackstone Ltd
a
.
MB
The defects listed are:-
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 12
Page
1. Engine fails to rotate. or rotates slowly on 'START'. ....... 12-12
2. ........
Engine turns at full starting speed. but fails to start 12-12
3. Engine starts. but immediately stops..................... 12-13
4. Engine falters when load is applied...................... 12-13
5. Engine stops after running normally..................... 12-13
6. Engine speed irregular on no load....................... 12-14
7. Engine loses power on full or no load.................... 12-14
8. Engine runs unevenly on steady load..................... 12-15
9. Engine knocks (combustion origin)...................... 12-15
10. Engine knocks (mechanical origin) ...................... 12-16
11 . Excessive engine vibration............................. 12-16
12. Sudden loss of lub oil pressure (will cause shutdown) ...... 12-17
13. Gradual loss of lub oil pressure......................... 12-17
14. High lub oil pressure.................................. 12-18
15. Low lub oil temperature ............................... 12-18
16. High lub oil temperature ............................... 12-19
17. Low fresh water temperature........................... 12-19
18. High fresh water temperature.......................... 12-20
19. High cylinder head exhaust temperature on one cylinder .... 12-20
20. Low cylinder head exhaust temperature on one cylinder.... 12-21
21. High 'cylinder head exhaust temperatures on one bank only .. 12-21
22. High overall cylinder exhaust head temperatures .......... 12-21
23. Low overall cylinder exhaust head temperatures ........... 12-22
24. Turbocharger surge................................... 12-22
25. Increased exhaust smoke after prolonged running ......... 12-24
26. High lubricating oil consumption ....................... 12-24
27. Fluctuating fresh water pressure ........................ 12-25
28. Fluctuating lub oil pressure ............................ 12-25
29. High fuel consumption ................................ 12-25
30. High fresh water consumption .......................... 12-27
31. Water in lubricating oil system ......................... 12-27
32. Water in air manifold or turbocharger bracket ............ 12-27
33. Excessive oil leakage from crankcase end covers .......... 12-28
34. High turbocharger water temperature ................... 12-28
35. ....................
Bearing metal in lubricating oil filter 12-28
36. Excessive fuel pump leak off ........................... 12-28
37. Carbon discolouration around exhaust pipe/manifold system 12-29
38. Pump drivebelt breakage. pulleys overheated or smoke from
freeendofengine .................................... 12-29
39. Cylic exhaust temp. fluctuations on heavy fuel operation.... 12-29
.
LastIssucd 1lW3 12-11 hliirlccr Blacbtonc Ud
MIRRLEES :

= BXACKSTOhE
Defect 1. Engine to rotate. or rotates slowIv on S'-
a) Air start timing valves stuck open.

Check- Removal all cylinder head plugs or open pressure indicator cocks if fitted. On
'START, full start-air flow should emerge from 1cylinder (12cyl. eng) or 2 cylinders (16
cyL eng) on each bank, and ia the correct firing sequence if the engine is rotating. If not,
remove the appropriate camshaft doors and check the valves for correct movement.
Rectification:- Remove and clean or renew valves.
Air or exhaust valves jammed in guide.
Check- Remove rocker covers and check for correct valve movement whilst barring
engine round.
Rectification:- Use paraffin to free any jammed valves and check the cylinder head lub oil
flow. If possible, remove the cylinder head and clean the valves and guides.
- .. . . 3 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ O O o r , .
Defect 2. Engine turns at fu11 starting sueed. but fails to s#&
a) Fuel unsuitable or contaminated.
Check- Xst fuel sample.
Rectification:- Drain and clean fuel system. Refill with the correct fuel and bleed.
b) Engine protection system or overspeed trip triggered.
Check and Rectification:- Inspect warning lamps and overspeed trip latch. Isolate cause
and rectify.
c) Governor faulty.
Check- Ensure correct operation and freedom of movement of fuel control system.
Rectification:- See governor technical instructions.
d) Air starvation
Check and Rectification:- Air manifold pressure. If low, clean or renew air filters or clean
intercooler air side.
e) Faulty injectors or fuel pumps.
Check and Rectification:- Remove and service.
f) Air or exhaust valve jammed in guides.
L a t h e d llU93 12-12 Minlers Blxbtonc Ud

MBLQCXSTOhE
a = B ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 12
Check- Bar engine over and visually check that valves are not jammed.
Rectification:- Tv paraftin to free valves and check lub oil flow to cylinder head. If
possible, remove cylinder head and clean or renew valves and guides.
g) Air or exhaust valve clearances incorrect.

Check and Rectification:- Measure clearances and adjust if necessary.
- ..... , O ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Defect 3. rts. but immediatelv stQBSt
Engine protection system or overspeed trip triggered.
a Check and Rectification:- Inspect warning lamps and overspeed trip latch. Isolate cause
and rectify.
~ 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 -
Defect 4. Engine
- load is aDDlied.
a) Fuel starvation.
Check- Ensure fuel pressure is correct and check fuel tank level.
Rectification:- Refill tank or renew filter element. If OK, check low pressure fuel pump.
b) Faulty fuel pumps.
c) Fuel unsuitable or contaminated.
e Check- Test fuel sample.
Rectification:- Drain and clean fuel system. Refill with correct fuel and bleed system.
~ o o o ~ ~ a o
Defect 5. Engine after runn inp normallu.
a) Engine protection system or overspeed trip triggered.

Check and Rectification:- Inspect warning lamps and overspeed trip latch. Isolate cause
and rectify.
b) Fuel starvation.
LastIorucd 1M3 12-13 Mirlces Blackstone I l d

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
= BLACKSTOhE
Check- 2 s t fuel sample.
d) Governor faulty.
Check- Ensure correct operation and freedom of movement of control system.
e) Mechanical stoppage on engine or driven equipment.
Check- Disengage driven equipment and bar engine round to check for freedom. If OK
check driven equipment.
-0oC3~~~0oo-
Defect 6. speed irregular on no IoELgt
a) Governor faulty.
-
Rectification: See governor technical instructions.
b) Fuel starvation.
Check- Test fuel sample.
- .
.~ , o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -
~ ~ o c . . .
Defect7. Enpine loses Dower on ful I or no load,
a) Fuel starvation.
b) Governor faulty.
a
Lnatlrmcd 1/l/93 12-14 Mirrlcw Blackstons ud
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
=BUCXSTOhZ
Check- list fuel sample.
Rectification:- Drain and clean fuel system. Refill with correct fuel and bleed the system.
d) Air starvation.
Check and Rectification:- Air manifold pressure. If low clean or renew air filter or clean
intercooler air side.
a e) Faulty injectors.
- . . . 3 ~ o ~... . ~ ~ ~ ~ o o c
.. -
Defect 8. Eneine runs unevenlv on steadv load,
a) Governor faulty.
b) Faulty Injectors.
c) Faulty fuel pumps.
'a Check and Rectification:- Remove and service.
-0000~~00-
Defect 9. Engine knocks lc-ust ion origin),
a) Cold water jacket or charge air temperature (if knocking occurs only at slow engine
speeds).
Check- Inspect air manifold temperature.
Rectification:- Adjust intercooler control valves.
b) Over fuelling or incorrect injection timing.

Check- Inspect fuel pump rack settings and camshaft timing.
e
LastIrsued 1/1/93 12-15 Mirrleu Blachtonc Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
= BLACKSTONE
Rectification:- Adjust pump racks or timing.
c) Lubricating oil entering cylinder.
Check- Remove injector and check for deposits. Also, high exhaust temp may indicate this
fault.
Rectification:- Renew valves and guides or piston rings and liners as necessary.
d) Air or exhaust valve (tappet) clearances incorrect.
Check and Rectification:- Check, and if necessary, adjust clearances.
e) Air or exhaust valves jammed in guides.
Check- Remove rocker covers and bar engine round to check for correct valve movement.
Rectification:- Use paraffin to free any jammed valves and check cylinder head lub oil
flow. If possible, remove cylinder head and clean or renew valves and guides.
- ..
-
Defect 10.
a) Air or exhaust valve (tappet) clearances incorrect.

Check and Rectification:- Check and if necessary adjust clearances.
b) Piston rings, liners or valve guides worn.
Check- Check cylinder pressures using test gauge.
Rectification:- Renew faulty components.
c) Main, thrust or large end bearings worn.
Check- Remove crankcase and camshaft drive train doors and inspect sump for bearing
metal. To help isolate a failed bearing, switch on lub oil priming pump and check for
excessive flows from bearings.
Rectification:- Renew failed bearings.
- .,ooc7J -
Defect 11.
a) Engine mounting bolts loose.
Check and Rectification:- Check bolts and tighten if necessary.
b) Check engine driven machinery and flexible couplings (see manufacturer’s
instructions).
,e
LMtIrmed 1 / 9 3 12-16 Mirrlccs Bladotonc Ud
M
e = BLACXSTOh?E
B ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 12
c) See 8 “Engine runs unevenly on steady load”.
-
Defect 12. Sudden loss of lub oil oressure Iwill cause shutdown)
a) Lub oil pipe failure.
Check- Check external pipework If OK, wait 15 minutes after engine shutdown and
remove crankcase, camshaft drive train and camshaft doors. Run lub oil primingpump and
check internal pipework for leaks.
Rectification:- Renew as necessary.
b) Main or large end bearing failure.
Check- Remove crankcase and camshaft drive train doors and inspect sump for bearing
metal. To help isolate failed bearings, run lub oil priming pump and check for excessive
flows from bearings.
Rectification:- Renew failed bearings.
c) Lub oil pressure regulating valve or lub oil pump failure.
Check- Run engine on standby pump (if fitted). Normal system pressure indicates pump
-
failure low pressure indicates regulating valve failure. Alternatively, check pressures at
test gauge tappings.
Rectification:- Dismantle and renew worn components.
- -= . .,ooo
Defect 13. GraduaI loss o f lub oil oressure.
(0 Low lub oil level - check and fill if necessary.
a)
b) Filter blockage.
Check- Check differential pressure.
Rectification:- Renew element if necessary.
c) Lub oil cooler blocked.
Check- Check system pressure either side of cooler, using the test tappings provided.
Rectification:- See manufacturer’s manual.
d) Lub oil pressure regulating valve failure.
Check- Dismantle valve and check working parts.
LartIssucd llv93 12-17 Mirrlces Blackstone U d

MIRRLEES =
Rectification:- Renew components as necessary and reset valve.
Defect14.
a) Lub oil pressure regulating valve failure.
- .......7 0 0 0 000-....
Defect 15. Low lub oil temoerah&
a) Thermostatic control valve failure or mis-assembly. 0

Check- Remove element and test.
Rectification:- Renew element, if failed.
~ ~ 0 c 3 0 ~ ~ ~
Defect 16. ~h lub oil temaenture.
a) Engine overloaded.
Check and Rectification:- Reduce load and note results.
b) Thermostatic control valve failure or mis-assembly.
Check- Remove element and test.
c) Lub oil cooler blockage.
Check- Check system pressures (both raw water and oil) either side of cooler, using the
test gauge tappings provided.
Rectification:- See manufacturers manual and systems diagrams.
d) Raw water temperature high or flow restricted.
Check- Check that rawwater inlets and outlets are not blocked. Check rawwater suction
joints for air leakage.
e) Raw water pump failure.
Check- Run standby pump, if fitted. Significantly higher system pressure indicates a fault)’
Pump.
a
LastIssxed lW93 12-18 Minlscs Blackstone Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rectification:- Dismantle pump and renew work components.
a o o r ....... .. -
Defect17. Low fresh water temoerature
a) Thermostatic control valve failure or mis-assembly.

Check- Remove and test element.
- .. ,000
Defect 18. High fresh water temaerature.
.
e a) Thermostatic control valve failure or mis-assembly.

Check- Remove and test element.
b) Fresh water cooler blockage.
Check- Check system pressures (both raw water and fresh water) e....ir ;...L of coc er.
using the test gauge tappings provided.
Rectification:- See manufacturer’s manual and systems diagram.
c) Wrongly sized vent - orifice valve.
Check- Take header tank temperature.
Rectification:- Re-size orifice valve.
d) Low fresh water level.
Check- Check level.
Rectification:- Tbp up system. Investigate cause if a large top up is needed.
e) Fresh water pump failure.
Check- Run standby pump, if fitted. Significantly higher system pressure indicates faulty
Pump.
Rectification:- Dismantle pump and renew worn components.
f) Raw water temperature high or flow restricted.
Check- Check raw water system pressures, using test gauge tappings. Ensure that raw
water inlet and outlet are not blocked. Check raw water suction side for air leakage.
e
Lastlssucd llW3 12-19 Mirrlecs BlackstoneLtd
= BUCKSTONE
Rectification:- Adjust intercooler control valves, or rectify other faults as found.
- ..........., l o ~ ~ Q ~........... ~
. ~ -
o c
Defect 19. &Eh cvlinder head exhaust temaerature on one cvlinda
a) Faulty fuel pump or injector.

b) Air or exhaust valve (tappet) clearances incorrect.

Check and Rectification:- Check and if necessary, adjust clearances.
c) Air or exhaust valves jammed in guides.

Check- Bar engine round and check that valves are not jammed.
Rectification:- Try paraffin to free valves and check lub oil flow to cylinder head. If
possible remove cylinder head and clean or renew valves and guides.
d) Lubricating oil entering cylinder.
Check- Remove injector and check for deposits.
Rectification:- Renew valves and guides or piston rings and liners as necessary.
- . a o o ~ ~ ~ ~ c ? J o o ' ~
Defect 20. Low cvlinder head exhaust temaerature on one cvlindeG
a) Broken fuel pipe.

Check and Rectification:- Inspect and renew as necessary. e
b) Faulty fuel pump or injector.
c) Air or exhaust valve clearances incorrect.

d) Air or exhaust valves jammed in guides.

Check- Bar engine round and check that valves are not jammed.
Rectification:- Try paraffin to free valves. Check lub oil flow to cylinder head. If possible,
remove cylinder head and clean or renew valves and guides.
e
L a s t h s d llU93 12-20 MinlceJ Blackstone Ud
M
a = BLQCXWONE
B ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 12
Defect 21. cylinder head exhaust temperatures on one b mnl ,
a) Governor or fuel control linkage faulty.

Check- Check operation of governors and the fuel pump rack settings.
Rectification:- See governor technical instructions or adjust fuel control linkage.
- . ...a~oo -
Defect 22. High QYerall cvlinder exhaust head temueratures.
e a) Engine overloaded, or load incorrectly assessed.

Check- Reduce load and note results.
b) High air manifold temperature.
Check- Check temperature.
Rectification:- Adjust intercooler control valves. Investigate rawwater system if this does
not rectify the.
c) Air starvation (Note: This may also cause turbocharger surge).
Check.- Check air manifold pressure.
Rectification:- Inspect and clean or renew filter, or clean intercooler air side as necessary.
d) Turbocharger compressor or turbine dirty.

Check- Inspect turbocharger.
Rectification:- Clean - see manufacturer’s manual.
e) Engine timing incorrect.
Check and Rectification:- Check timing and adjust if necessary.
f) Overspeed trip butterfly valve incorrectly set.

Check and Rectification:- Check overspeed trip operating system.
- . . . . , o ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o c -
Defect 23. .LowoveraII cvlinder exhaust head ternaeratum
a) Engine load too low.
Lasthcd Ill193 12-21 MirrlesJBladetone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Check and Rectification:- Increase engine load and note results.

b) Low air manifold temperature.
Rectification:- Adjust intercooler control valves.
- >
.......... o ~ ~ ~
..... , . . -
~ ~ ~ o o <
Defect 24. nrboch-
a) Sudden removal of load from engine.

b) High air manifold temperature.
Rectification:- Adjust intercooler controlvalves. If this does not decrease the air manifold
temperature, investigate the raw water system.
c) Engine overload.
Check and Rectification:- Remove engine load and note results.
d) Air starvation.
Check- Check air manifold pressure.
e) Turbocharger compressor or turbine dirty.

e
f) Exhaust pipe or manifold blocked.
Check and Rectification:- Inspect and clean as necessary.
g) Engine protection system operated.
Check- If governor scale moves to zero, check instrument panel to identify cause of
shutdown. If no lamps are illuminated, check to power supply to the governor and the
mechanical overspeed trip latch.
Rectification:- Isolate and rectify cause of shutdown. Reset overspeed trip, if operated.
Lastlsrued llV93 12-22 Minlccs Blackstone Ltd

- 12
INSTRUCTION h4ANUAL
=BUCUSTOh?E
Defect 25. p r orolow e d ru-
a) Sudden large increase in engine load.

b) Faulty injectors.
Check and Rectification:- Check and if necessary service injectors.
c) Air starvation.
Check- Check air manifold pressure.
d) lhrbocharger compressor or turbine dirty.

-00000~~00-
Defect 26. Pivh lubricatine oil eonsumDtion
a) External lubricating oil pipe failure.

Check and Rectification:- Inspect and repair as necessary.
b) Oil level too high.
Check and Rectification:- Check level and drain if necessary.
c) Piston ringsfliner or valves/guides worn.

Check- Check cylinder head compression, using test gauge.
Rectification:- Renew components as necessary.
d) Oil cooler tube leaking.
Check- Check raw water for oil.
Rectification:- See manufacturer’s manual.
- . . . ~ . , o ~ ~ o.... ~ o o c r r
Defect 27. Fluctuat ine fresh water uressure
a) Low fresh water level

Check- Check level.
e
Lastlsrued 1Np3 12-23 Mirrlcu Blackstone Ltd
MIRRLEES=

-
- BLACXSTOhB
Rectification:- Top up fresh water system. If large top up is required, investigate cause.
b) Air in fresh water system.

Check and Rectification:- Bleed system.
c) Header tank not sufficiently high.

Check and Rectification:- Check against installation drawing and adjust if necessary.
d) Air leak on suction side of fresh water pump.

Check and Rectification:- Stop engine and check for water leaks - rectify as necessary.
e) Wrongly sized vent orifice valve.

Check- Take header tank temperature.
Rectification:- Re-size orifice valve.
f) Cylinder head gasket leakage.
Check and Rectification:- Check and renew gasket@).
- .......JOOO
Defect 28. P- lub
a) Low lub oil level.

Check and Rectification:- Check and top up as necessary.
b) Leaking connection on suction side of lub oil pump.

Check and Rectification:- Stop engine and examine pipework for leaks. Rectify as
necessary.
c) Lubricating oil pressure regulating valve faulty.
o o o c....... -
Defect 29. High1 c o n s u m
a) Engine overloaded.
Check and Rectification:- Reduce load and note results.
b) Injectors faulty.
e
MB
a =BLACXSTONE ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 12
Check and Rectification:- Remove and service injectors.

c) Air starvation.
Check- Air manifold pressure.
d) nrbocharger compressor or turbine dirty.

I
Rectification:- Clean - see manufacturer's manual.
e) Fuel unsuitable or contaminated.
a Check- Test fuel sample.
Rectification:- Drain and clean fuel system. Refill with correct fuel and bleed.
f) Timing incorrect.
Check and Rectification:- Check camshaft timing and adjust if necessary.
g) Fuel starvation.
Check- Check fuel supply pressure.
Rectification:- Renew element or repair low pressure fuel pump as necessary.
h) Air or exhaust valve clearances incorrect.

i) Air or exhaust valves jammed in guides.

0 Check- Bar engine round and check that valves are not jammed.
Rectification:- Try paraffin to free valves. Check lub oil flow to cylinder head. If possible,
remove cylinder head and clean or renew valves and guides.
j) Fouled air inlet ports.
Check- Remove cylinder head and inspect.
Rectification:- Clean.
- ... . . , o O ~ ~ O ~ ~ O o r . . . -
Defect 30. High fresh water consumatim
a) Pipework or pump seal leakage.
LsstIssucd llllp3 12-25 Mirrlew Blackstone Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
= BLACKSTONE
Check and Rectification:- Inspect and repair as necessary.
b) Liner '0' ring leakage.
Check- Check for large quantities of water in lub oil. Remove crankcase doors and
inspect crankcase to isolate leaking '0' rings.
Rectification:- Remove liner and renew '0' rings.
c) Fresh water, cooler tube leakage.
Check and Rectification:- See manufacturer's manual.
d) Cyliider head gasket leakage.
Check- Check for water in lub oil.
Rectification:- Renew gaskets.
. .
Defect 31. Waterinlubrlcatlne oil svstem
a) Oil cooler tube leakage.
b) Liner '0 ring leakage.
Check- Remove crankcase doors and inspect crankcase to isolate leaking '0' rings.
Rectification:- Remove liner and renew '0' rings.
c) Cylinder head gasket leakage.
Check and Rectification:- Renew gaskets.
Defect 32. ro-

-
. .
.. ...,OOO
tu rbocha-
OOOC. -
a) High air humidity.
Check- Check quantity and quality of water.
b) Intercooler tube leakage.
c) Cylinder head gasket leakage.
Check and Rectification:- Renew gaskets.
L a s t b e d llY93 12-26 Minlca B11dStone Ltd

e MB
-
- BUCKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUU
Section 12
Defect33. ' e oile- end c o v m
a) Breather gauge blockage.

Check and Rectification:- Remove and clean gauge.
b) Piston ringsfliners or valvedguides worn.

Check- Check cylinder compression using test gauge.
Rectification:- Renew piston rings, liners, valves and guides as necessay.
-., .. . . . , o o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o c .
Defect 34. MiPh turbochawer
e a) Water pressure low.
-
Check- Check system pressure if low, check on standby pump (if fitted). Significantly
higher pressure indicates faulty pump, otherwise the fresh water cooler is likely to be
blocked.
Rectification:- Dismantle pump and renew worn components or see cooler
manufacturer's manual.
b) Wrongly sized turbocharger water orifice valve.
Check and Rectification:- Try larger sized orifice.
~ 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 -
. .
Defect 35. Bearinp metal in lubnmtme oil f i l b
a) Bearing failure.
Check- Remove crankcase doors (at least 15 minutes after engine shutdown) and run lub
oil priming pump. Check for excessive oil leakage from bearings.
Rectification:- Renew bearings if necessary.
~ > o o c ... - J ~ ~ ~ c - J o o c . . . -
Defect 36. Excessive fuel Dump leak off
a) Worn or cracked pump element assemblybody.

Check and Rectification:- Isolate and renew defective pump.
Larflvued 1/1/93 12-27 Mirrlecr Blacksone Ltd

INSTRUCITON MANUAL -
- BL4CXSTOhE
Defect 37. C a r b o n e l m a n ifold svsteq
a) Exhaust leakage
Rectification:- Repair joint or renew pipework.
- .. .....9 0 ~ ~ Q J ~ ~ ~ ,., .o
. o c .
Defect 38. PumD d rivebelt breakaee. DUllevs overheated or smoke from free end of enpine
a) Seized pump or tensioner, or gamaged bearings.

Check and Rectification:- Check and renew as necessaIy.
- . ... . > o o O ~ ~ ~ O
.... . . o o r
Defect 39. exhaust temgprature fluctu-w fuel OD-- i
a) Build up and detachment of partially burnt fuel on the injector nozzle. Causing cyclic
variation of exhaust temperature as a result of combustion characteristic check and
rectification:- Poor coolant flow rate refer to section 7.1 fuel injectors.
- -
L a s t h c d 1/93 12-28 Minlcrs Blackstone Ud
MB
=BUCKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 13
Contents
RAULIC P a.ENGINE L I m G AND INSTALLATIW
13.1. HYDRAULIC PACK & EQUIPMENT ....................... 1

Components: ............................................ 1
-
Hydraulic Pack and Equipment Function .................. 1
Hydraulic Pack . Description .............................. 2
Hydraulic Tensioners . Description ......................... 2
Other Hydraulic Equipment . Description ................... 3
Safety Precautions when Using the Hydraulic Pack & Equipment 3
Preparing the Hydraulic Pack and Equipment for Use .......... 5
13.Z.ENGINELIFTING ....................................... 6
1 3 3. INSTALLATION ......................................... 7
Heavy Fuel Installations ................................... 7
MOTION/MOVEMENT ....................................... 7
Length ................................................. 7
BendRadius: ............................................ 7
Abrasion: ............................................... 7
Installation Hints ......................................... 8
Method ................................................. 8
Lufhcd llW3 Contents i Mirrlcco Blackstone Ltd

a *MB
=BLQcKSmm
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 13
GINE LIFTXNG AND INSTALLUIQN
l3.1. PA
-CK & EO-
1. Hydraulic Pack.
2. Hydraulic Stud Ensioners.
3. Camshaft and Pulley Adaptor.
4. Hydraulic Hoses.
5. M30 Extension Adaptor.

6. lbmmyBar.
a) - n€hQlI
The hydraulic pack is used for two purposes:
1) It is usedwith stud tensioners to pre-stretch the most highly loaded enginestuds,whilst the
special nuts are tightened or undone (Figure 155).
This is more accurate and quicker alternative to torque loading, being independent of
friction between the nut, stud and surrounding engine surface. It prevents stud over
stressing and is used with up to six studs simultaneously, ensuring a precisely even load
distribution. The required access space is also less than that which an equivalent
a torque-wrench would require. It is used on:
a) Cylinder head securing studs.
b) Main bearing securing studs.
c) Connecting rod large end securing studs.
2) The hydraulic pack is used with an adaptor to hydraulically expand certain interference
fits. This enables:
a) the camshaft gears to be moved, relative to their shafts, for camshaft timing
adjustment, and
b) the pump and tensioner pulleys to be removed.
'a
Lasfhcd 1/93 13-1 Minlces Blacbtone Ltd
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
The hydraulic pack (Figure 179)

produces hydraulicpressure of up to
25,OOO psi (1378bar). It is powered
by a pneumatic-hydraulic pump,
which operates from an 80-150 psi
(5.5-10 bar) compressed air
SUPPb.
W-G: A pop-off type safety
valve, set to ISOpsi (10 bar) must be
fitted to the air supply if this pressure
could be exceeded.
The compressed air passes to the
filter, air-pressure regulator and
lubricator assembly and then
through the airisolatingvalve to the
Pump-
-
Figure 179 Hydraulic Pack
1. Air inlet connector
2 AirWter
Hydraulic fluid from the reservoir is 3. Air regulatorvalve and gauge
pressurised in the pump and fed to 4. Airlubricator
the hose connector via the hydraulic 5. Air isolatingvavle
pressure gauge. 6. Pump
7. Hydraulicpressure release valve
The pressure release valve, when 8. Hydraulichose connector
9. Hydraulicresewou cap
opened, allows fluid to escape to the
reservoir, thereby releasing any hydraulic system pressure.
C)
' h o sizes of tensioner are used, to fit M30 and M36 size studs. Figure shows a
cross-section of a tensioner.
The threaded insert (hydraulic piston) screws on to the stud and holes in its rim enable it to
be turned, using the tommy-bar provided. When fitted, the annular space between the
insert and cylinder is linked to the hydraulic pack (and any other connected tensioners) by
flexible hose(s) and quick release connectors. As fluid is forced into the space from the
hydraulic pack, the tensioner insert (connected to the stud) and the tensioner body butting
against the engine surface, via the collar) are jacked apart. This movement stretches the
stud and relieves the load on the nut, enabling it to be tightened or undone by hand using the
tommy-bar through the tensioner window.
L s s t h e d l/l/93 13-2 Minlsss Blvlnons Ltd

e MB
=urnmm
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 13
Before pressurising a tensioner, ensure that the exposed tensioner quick-release

connector is fitted with the correct pressure blanking plug. The connector non- retum
valve is not a pressure seal and is fitted to prevent fluid loss and dirt ingress.
W-G: The fenswner insert is not mechanically atfached to the
tensioner body. If the sdety precautions W e d below are not followed, it is
possible tojack the insert completely out of the body. This would ezpose t he
hydmulic seal, causing release of hydmulicfluid.
When using the tensioners to remove the stud
nuts, gap X' (Figure 180) must be set to the
dimension specified in the particular procedure,
to accommodate stud contraction. When the
tensioners are used to tension the studs, gap X'
a must be set to zero, to avoid jacking the insert out
of the body.
d) Other -merit ..
- Descrigtran
Camshaft Timing Adjustment and Pulley
Removal Adaptor
An adaptor is supplied in the hydraulic kit and
should be fitted and removed using a 22 mm
spanner. If the adaptor is lost, in an emergency it Figure 180 - Section of a Ten-
is acceptable to remove one of the tensioner quick sioner in Position
release connectors and use this in place of the 1. Insert
adaptor. 2. Body
3. collar
Hydraulic hoses. The hoses are fitted with quick-release, 4. Annularspaa
0 self-sealing connectors, which are unlocked by sliding the
locking collar away from the coupling.
5. Bleedpoint
M30 size extension adaptor. Used to tension the recessed No. 1main bearing side-studs.
Tommy-bar. One end of the tommy bar fits the tensioner insert holes - the other end fits
the special nut holes. If the tommy bar is lost, a piece of good quality steel 6 mm (0.24 in)
diameter for the nut holes and 8 mm (0.31 in) diameter for the insert, and approximately 75
mm (3 in) long may be used.
m -
n) f - i-
WmNG:
Ery high hydraulicpressures (in excess of 20,OOOpsi (1380 bar)) and largeforces (up to 60tons
(8OKN)) are developed in the equipment. Always observe thefollowing safety precautions when
using the hydmulic pack and equipment:
LastIssucd 1N93 13-3 Mirrlcw Blsdutonc Ltd

Section 13 ESL 12 8z 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
-
- BLACKSTOh?E
1) W e all safetyprecautions listed under 'Lubricants and Fuel' and 'High Pressure Fluids and
gases, page 1-5.
2) Avoid skin contact with hydraulic fluid. Also observe the fluid manufacturer's safety
precautions.
Figure 181 - lhrning Nuts On Tensioned Figure 182

~
- Hydraulic
Stud, Using Tommy Bar
$' M.36tensioner
2 M30 tensioner
3. -
Extension adaptor for recessed side
Studs
Figure 183 - 'Qpical Stud And Nut

3) Do not pressurise the tensioners, unless they are correctly fitted to a stud. Always fit the
correct connector blanking plug to the exposed tensioner connector (The connector NRV's
are not pressure seals).
4) Check that the stud is fully engaged before fitting the tensioner by checking the stud
projection against adjacent studs.
MB
= BLACXSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 13
5) A yellow safety line is marked on each tensioner insert and marks its maximum safe
extension. If the line appears during stud tensioning, immediately release the hydraulic
pressure. Re-set gap 'X'and re-start the complete tensioning procedure.
6) Never exceed the specified hydraulic pressures.

7) Do not connect/disconnect hydraulic hoses until the system hydraulic pressure is released.
8) Check that the hose connectors are fully engaged, after fitting.
9) Always bleed the equipment if any air could be in the hydraulic system.
10) Ensure that the hydraulic hoses are not trapped, kinked or bent through acute angles, or
they may be over stressed. Ensure that the outer plastic hose surface is intact before use.
'0 CAUTION:
I ) Whenthe tensioners or hoses are not in use, theplastic dust caps must bejiued toprevent dirt
inpSS.
2) Whentopping up the hydraulic reservoir, always check thaf the correctgrade of hydraulicfluid
is used. Do not leave hydraulicfluid in open cans, as it readily absorbs moisture. Alwaysfollow
the hya'raulicfluid manufacturer's instructions.
3) Caremy store the hya'raulic equipment in the wniainerprovided, when not in use to avoid
damage and comswn.
0 the Hvdraulic for U s
1) Read the description and safety precautions above.

2) Remove the reservoir cap and check the fluid level, using the dipstick. Top up if necessary,
e 3)
using the recommended fluid.
Close the air isolating valve (Figure 179).
4) Connect the air supply to the hydraulic pack.
5) Unscrew the air regulator valve, until the air inlet gauge reads zero.
6) Open the air isolating valve.

7) Open the (hydraulic) pressure-releasevalve. F i s w i l l allow hydraulic fluid to flow to the
reservoir during stage 8).
8) 'Ib bleed air from the hydraulic pack, slowly screw in the air-regulator valve, until the air
gauge reads 45 psi (3 bar). Let the pump run for a short time, so that any air is bled to the
reservoir. Unscrew the air- regulator valve, until it again reads zero.
a
MIRRLEES =
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
= BL4CKSRNE
9) Fit the tensioner(s) onto the studs and connect to the hydraulic pack. Set gap x'on the
tensioner(s), (specified in the relevant technical procedure) by tightening or loosening the
tensioner insert on the stud, using the tommy bar. (If difficult to move, check that the
hydraulic pack pressure release valve is open.)
W h e n using new hydraulic (hoses or tensioners, they must f i s t be bled. (This is not
subsequently necessary because of the self-sealing couplings.)
'zb do this, slacken the tensioner connector not fitted to a hose (i.e. that furthest down-line
from the hydraulic pack). Screw in the air regulator valve until the pump is just heard to
start. Tighten the tensioner union when an air-free flow of fluid is obtained.
10) Close the air isolatingvalve and screw in the air regulator until the gauge reads 80 psi ( 5 5
bar).
The equipment is then ready for use.

13.2. ENGINE: L I l T l a
The engine is equipped with four lifting eyes, attached to the crankcase by special bolts.
These eyes may be used to lift the engine and a simple baseplate, provided that their
combined weight does not exceed 24,400 kg (24 tons). If this weight is exceeded, the
combination must be lifted by the baseplate (see baseplate drawings for details).
The lifting eyes must only be used in conjunction with a suitable lifting frame and slings, to
which they must be attached by shackles. One pair of slings must be approximately 165 mm
(6.5 in) longer than the other pair, so that the engine remains horizontal during lifting, or the
lifting gear may be over stressed. The shackles and slings must each have a minimum Safe
Working Load of 7,620 kg (7.5 tons), which corresponds to a Proof Load of 15,240 kg
(15tons). Aplate showing the correct method of engine lifting is fitted to the crankcase at
the flywheel end.
Before starting lifting operations:
1) Check that all lifting equipment is in good condition and within its safe working load.
2) Check that the lifting eye/crankcase attachment bolts are tightened to 705 Nm (520 lbtft).
NOTE: The engine &ping eyes should not be removedfmm the engine.
Mirrlees Blackstone supplied lifting equipment is designed and proof tested for its specified
purpose. Ensure that any other lifting equipment used is also adequately sized for the duty.
LsJtIrsvod 1 m 13-6 h4ivlinlccr Blndotonc Lid

MB
=BL4cKsmm
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL,
Section 13
u.3.
1) Refer to the appropriate Mirrlees Blackstone Installation Guide for details of preparing
foundations or mountings, installing the engine and aligning the engine and driven
equipment.
The engine should be initially levelled (before the flywheel or any driven equipment is
fitted) to give zero crankshaft deflection on all throws (see 'Crankshaft Deflection Check',
page 3-6).
2) Re-tensioning the Belt after Installing the Engine
Once the engine has been positioned and lined up to the driven machinery refit and tension
e the belt according to section 3.3 (C)starting from step 4 (page 3-20).
-1IatioW
Check injector coolant flow rate to ensure the system is functioning correctly. Refer to
section 7.1 fuel injectors.
3) Flexible pipes should normally be installed with a bend or offset to allow six degrees of
freedom. When installed the flex should be free of any axial twist see following diagrams.
Length:
The active or exposed length or a hose assembly must be sufficient to meet the conditionsof
e movement. Lengths shorter than required can result in premature fatigue failure.
Bend Radius:
The bend radii shown in the various hose tables are adequate to meet most flexing
requirements. Consideration should be given to these applications involving levels of high
frequency or large amounts of travel by increasing the bend radii. Avoid sharp bends except
where the installation is permanent and no additional flexing is expected.
Abrasion:
Allow for sufficient clearance so that hose in motion will not come in contact with adjacent
objects. Where abrasion cannot be avoided, an overall casing is required to protect the hose
from external damage.
13-7 Mirdw Blsdcstonc Ltd

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
A
-
B
MIRRLEES=
- BUCKSlDhE
Corns1 incorrect Incorrect
4) Fuel and lub oil piping after filtration equipment, between fiiter and engine, should be
cleaned and pickled. Pipes should be constructed as far as possible to allow visual
inspection of internal welds. This requirement should also be applied to air piping where
a
equipment may be sensitive to rust or weld slag.
Method
a) Degrease with degreasing agent.
b) Pickle in 10% hydrochloric acid solution.
c) Wash in hotlcold aerated running water.
d) Protect internally and externally with rust inhibitor.
e) Visually inspect for weld slag.
Lastlasued Yy93 13-8 Mnlsrs Bladrrtonc Ltd

MB
=BLACXSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Glossary
NS AND WORDS
Barring engine turning manually, using a bar on the flywheel
BMEP -
Brake Mean Effective Pressure a measure of engine
power
Caution warns of a potential risk of damage to equipment
Coppaslip a copper based anti-seize grease
De-glazing honing (cylinder liners) to produce a defined surface finish
Downtime elapsed time that engine is not running, due to maintenance
work
DTI Dial m e Indicator
Free spread the increased distance between the 2 horns of a bearing
a 'Hylomar'
shell, when it is free of its bearing housing
metal to metal joint sealing compound
'Hylosil' silicon-rubber based sealing compound
Lapping hand grinding matched components together, using
abrasive paste
LH Left Hand
'Loctite' thread locking compound
Lub oil/LO engine lubricating oil
Match mark marking adjacent components to record their relative
alignment
Molybdenum anti-friction grease
disulphide
MPU Magnetic Pick Up
Note for information only
e NRV
PWRV
Non Return Valve
Pressure Relief/Regulating Valve
Renewal removal of a component and installation of a new
component in its place
Replacement removal and installation
RH Right Hand
Running-in bedding down new components by running the engine
Services external supplies to the engine eg, water, electricity
SPC fuel injection pump, spill port closing timing
Spirol pin spring pin or roll pin
TIR Total Indicated Reading
Warning warns of a potential hazard to personal safety
1 Mirrlcu Blackstone Ud
6 MB
=BLQcKsmA?E
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Alpha
Index
Camshaft Drive l'tain, Description, 5- 1
A
Checks, Maintenance, Daily, 12-7
Abbreviations, Gloss.-l Compound and Idler Gears, Bush Renewal, 5-15
Air Inlet System, 6-1 Con Rod, Endfloat Check, 4-22
Filter, 6-3
Connecting Rod, 4-4
Air Start Manifold, 10-2
Control Instrumentation, 11-1
Air Start System, 10- 1
Description, Flow Diagram, 10-2 Cooling System, 9-1
'&pial Flow Diagram, 10-1 General Description, 9-1
' & p i 4 Flow Diagram, 9-3
Air start lIming valve, 10-2
Cooling Water
Additives,9-4
Draining and Filling, 9-5
Quantily, 9-4
a Barring,Flywheel, 1-4
Bearings
Crankcase
Fittings, Breather, End Covers, 3-34
Relief valves, 11-6
Large End Water Drains, 3-38
Block Replacement, 4-24
Endfloat Check, 4-22 Crankcase and Crankshaft Assy, Fig. 9,3-1
Vertical Clearance Check, 4-23 Crankshaft
Main, 3-3 Deflection Check, 3-6
Clearance, 3-4 Description, 3-2
Removal.3-9 Endfloat Check, 3-3
Replacement, 3-7,3-11 Main Bearing Clearance Check, 3-4
Small End, Renewal, 4-35 Crankshaft Pulley, Replacement, Removal, Instal-
Thrust lation, 3-21
Installation, 3-15
Removal, 3-14 Cylinder Head
Replacement, 3-14 Description, 4-2
Installation, Liftiing, Gasket, 4-7
Belt Re-Assembly, 4-15
Fitting, Rnsioning, 3-19 Removal, 4-6
Pump Drive
a Refitting, 3-U)
Removal, 3-18
Rnsioning.3-18
Replacement, 4-5
Servicing, Dismantling, 4-10
Stud Renewal, 4-19
Cylinder Liner, Deglazing, 4-36
Belt Rnsioner, Pump Drive, 3-23
Cylinder Liners, 4-4
C D
Camshaft, 5-1 Daily and Weekly Maintenancc, 12-7
Drive l'tain, Replacement, Removal, 5-8
Gear Thin Daily Maintenance, Checks, 12-7
Inspection.5-11 Damper, Replacement, Installation, 3-27
Installation, 5-12
Installation, 5-6 De-oommisioning, The Engine, 12-4
Removal, 5-4 Deglazing
Replacement, 5-3 Honing, 4-37
Timing Check, 5-2 Liners, 4-36
LpstLasucd 8/4/94 Index-1 Mirrlccs Blackstone Ltd

MZRRLBES 1
Alpha
Index
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
= BUCKSl6h?E w
Description Filter
Hydraulic Power Pack,U-2 Lab. Oil, Simplex, 8-8
Hydraulic Tensioners, U-2 Lubricating Oil, 8-7
of enljne. 1-1 Filter Assy. Fuel, 7-5
Drive Belt Flywheel, Removal, Installation. 3-32-3-33
Tensioner, 3-23 Fresh and Raw Water Pump, Disassembly.h m .
Tensioning, Removal, 3-18 bly, 9-7
Drive Ifain, Camshaft, 5-2 Fresh and Raw water Pumps, 9-6
Ducting, Air Inlet and Exhaust, 6-5 Fresh Water Pump, 9-6
Duplex Filter Section Illustration, 9-8
Control Valve ‘0’Ring Renewal, 7-10 Fresh Water System
Installation, 7-8 Description, Flow Diagram, 9-2
Remwal, 7-8 ThermostaticValve, 9-6
Renewal, 7-8 Element Renewal, Testing, 9-6
Fuel Control Linkage, 11-10
Fuel Control System
E Description, 11-8
Setting Up, 11-9
Emergency Linkage Removed, 11-9
Running, 12-2 Fuel Control system, Linkage, 11-8
stopping, 12-2
Fuel Filter
Engine Duplex, 7-8
Exploded View, Cross Section, 1-8 Renewal, 7-7
Maintenance, 12-5 Simplw. 7-7
Re-commisioning, 12-5
Standby Duties, 12-5 Fuel Filter Assy, 7-5
Fuel Injection Pump
Engine Control System, 11-6 Installation, 7-12
Control Lever Assy, 11-6 Maintenance, 7-12
Fuel Control System, 11-8 Remwal, 7-11
Engine Driven Lubricating Oil Pump Spill Port Closure. Timing Check,7- 14
Maintenance, 8-12 Fuel Injection Pumps, 7-3
Replacement, 8-13 Replacement, 7-11
Engine Driven Pump, Failure, 12-2 Fuel Injector
Engine Features, 1-3 Dismantling Procedure, 7-18
Installation, 7-18
Engine Installation, 13-7 Re-Assembly Prccedure, 7-19
Engine Lifting, 13-1,13-6 Remod, 7-16
Replacement, 7-16
Engine Maintenance., General, 1-3.12-5
Fuel Injectors, 7-3
Enquires, Spare parts, SeMce, 1-3 Fuel Pump, Rack Leaf Spring, 11-5
Exhaust System, 6-1 Fuel System, 7-1
Manifold Arrgt, 6-2 Bleeding, 7-4
Description, Folw Diagram, 7-2
High Pressure, 7-3
F Low Pressure, 7-2
Failure, Engine Protection System, Sensor Failure.
12-3 G
Fault Finding, 12-1.12-10
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Alpha
=BL4CkSTOhE
Glossary of Abbreviationsand Words,Gloss.-1 Laying Up, 12-4
Laying Up the Engine, 12-4
Liner
H Installation, Lapping, Standout, 4-39
Replacement,4-39
Health and Safety, Batteries, Electrolyte, Precau- Loading, ’Ibrques, Hydraulic Rnsioning, 2-6
tions,Skin contact, Eye contract, 1-5
Lubricants, Approved, 2-8
Heatshields, Exhaust, 6-5
Lubricating Oil
Hydraulic, Power Pack,13-1 Draining and Filling,8-6
Hydraulic Components, 13-1 Duplex Filter, Changeover valve ‘0’ Ring
Renewal, 8-11
Hydraulic Equipment, 13-1 Filter, 8-7
Installation Hints,13-8 Simplex, 8-8
Motionblovement, 13-7 General, 8-6
a Other Equipment, Description, 13-3

Preparing for Use, 13-5
HydraulicPower Pack, U-1
Simplex Filter, Installation, 8-9
Thermostatic Valve, 8-17
Lubricating Oil Filter, Element Renewal, Duplex,
Description, 13-2 8-9
Function, 13-1 Lubricatingoil Pressure, Relief Valve, Adjustment,
Hydraulic Rnsioners, 13-2 8-16
Description, 13-2 Lubricating Oil Pump
Installation, 8-14
Removal, 8-14
I Lubricatingoil Pump, Shaft Seal Replacement,
8-13
Injector, Cooling System, 7-4 Lubricating Oil System, 8-1
Descrption, Flow Diagram, 8-2
Injectors, Fuel, 7-3
Installation, 13-1
Engine, 13-7 M
Heavy Fuel, 13-7 Magnetic Pickup, Engine Instrumentation,11-13
Instrument Panel, On Engine, 11-12 Main Bearing
Intercooler, 9-12 Installation, 3-11
Control Valve Assy, 9-12 Removal, 3-9
Control Valve Setting,9-12 Replacement, 3-7
Installation, 9-14 Maintenance
Maintenance, 9-12 Engine, 12-5
Removal, 9-13 Weekly, Checks, 12-7
Replacement, 9-12 Mechanical Safety Devices, Overspeed Trip, 11-1
L N
Notation, Engine, Flywheel End, Free End, A
Large End Bank, B Bank, 1-2
Bearing Nip, 4-28
Block Installation, 4-27
Block Removal, 4-24
Block Replacement, 4-24
0
Vertical clearance Check, 4-23 On Engine Instrumentation, Panel, 11-12
=
Alpha
Index
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
AB
MIRRLEES
= BLQCKSTOhE
Operating Instructions,12-1 Running In, 12-9
Starting, Normal, 12-1 After Commkioning, Overhaul, 12-9
Stopping, Normal, 12-2 After Maintenance, 12-9
OverspeedTkip, 11-1
Butterfly Valve., 11-2
Final Setting, 11-5 5
Latch Lever, 11-5
Mechanism, 11-3 Safely Devices and Control Instrumentation,
Description, 11-1
Operating Cable, 11-2
Tkip Weight, Clearance Setting, 11-4 Safety Precautions, Hydraulic Equipment, 13-3
Saftey DeviceqMechanical, 11-1
Serial Number, Engine, 1-7
P Small End, Bearing,(Bush), 4-35
Piston, 4-2 Small End Bush, Renewal, 4-35
Ring Check, 4-31
Ring Gap, Combustion Pattern, 4-32 Specification, 2-3
Fuel, Lubricating Oil,2-7
Piston and Connecting Rod
Assembly, 4-33 Standard, Temperatures, Pressures, Alarms, Shut-
down Systems, 2-5
Replacement, 4-29
Servicing, 4-31 Standard Mechanical Instrumentation, 11-12
Piston and Connecting rod, Removal, 4-29 Standby Duties, 12-5
Piston and Connecting Rod Assy, 4-22 Starting
After Overhaul, 12-3
Planned Maintenance, Chart, 12-7 N O C I U12-1
~~,
Power Pack, Hydraulic, U-1 stopping
Pump, Tensioner Replacement, Pulley Removal, Emergency, 12-2
Pulley Installation, 3-22 NOCIU~, 12-2
Pump Drive System, 3-17 sump, 3-35
Pumps, Fuel Injection, 7-3
Pushrods, 5-2 T
R
Tippet Block,5-1
Replacement, 5-19 a
Tippet block
Raw Water Installation, 5-20
Intercooler, 9-12 Removal, 5-20
lLpical Flow Diagram, 9-11 Tippet Block Assy, 5-17
Raw water Tippet block Assy, Air Start Timing Valve. Clear-
Draining and Filling,9-10 ance Check, 5- 17
Quality, 9-10
Tippets, 5-2
Raw Water Pump, 9-6
Description, Flow Diagram, 9- 10 Technical Data
Air Manifold Temperature Limits, 6-6
Section Illustration, 9-9 Air Start System, 10-3
Re-commkioning the Engine, 12-5 Automatic Alarm and Shutdown Systems, 11-14
Relief Valves, Crankcase, 11-6 Camshail, 5-22
Compound and Idler Gears, 5-22
Routine Maintenance, 12-1 Con Rod Piston and Liner, 4-42
a
LprtIsrucd alw Index-4 Mirrlco BlackstoneU d
.. ESL.12 & 16 Mk2 Alpha
=BLACKSTONE
Fresh Water system, 9-14 Removal, 6-4
Fuel Control System, 11-14 Replacement, 6-4
Fuel Pump and Injector, 7-20 Water Thermometer, 11-12
Layout General, 2-1
Lubricating Oil, Sump Capacity Etc, 8-19
Magnetic Pickup, 11-14
'ILrppet Block, 5-22
V
Valve and Rocker Gear, 4-43 Valve
Thermostatic valve Clearance, Adjusment, 4-4
Element Renewal, 8-18 Guide, Renewal, 4-17
Element Testing, 8-18 Seat Insert Grinding, 4-15
Seat inserts, 4-13
Thrust Bearing
Installation, 3-15 Valve and Rocker Gear, 4-2
Removal, 3-14 Valve Guide, Removal, Installation, 4-17
Replacement, 3-14
Valve Seat Insert, Renewal, Installation, 4-17
1
0 Tightening, Radial nuts and bolts, 1-4
Torsional Damper, Holset, Fluid Sampling, 3-24
Valves, Relief, Crankcase, 11-6
'lbrbocharger, 6-3
Failure, 12-3 W
Complete Failure, 12-3
Cleaning 6-5 Water Pump
Installation, 6-5 Assembly, 9-8
Maintenance, 6-4 Dismantling, 9-7
Mounting Bracket, 3-37 Weights, Components, 2-4
Lastlrsued 8/4/94 Index-5 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

3
~
PARTS LIST PageNO 1

MB
=BUCKSTONE ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
Table of Contents
CRANKCASE ASSEMBLY ..................;...................... 1-1
Crankcase ................................................................ 1-1
Crankcase Door Assemblies ................................................ 1-3
Crankcase End Cover ...................................................... 1-4
Crankcase Covers ......................................................... 1-5
Liner Assembly ........................................................... 1-5
Crankcate ................................................................ Fig 1-I
Crankcase Doors .......................................................... Fig 1-2
Crankcase Explosion Doors .................................................. Fig 1-3
EndCovem ............................................................... Fig 1-4
Crankcase Covers & Panels .................................................. Fig 1-5
CRANKSHAFT ................................................... 2-1
Crankshaft Assembly ...................................................... 2-1
Damper & Crankshaft Pulley Ass’y ........................................... 2-2
Crankshafi ............................................................... Fig 2-1
Damper & Crankshaft PulleyAssembly ........................................ Fig 2-2
SUMP ASSEMBLY ................................................ 3-1
Sump .................................................................... Fig3-1
PUMP DRIVE ASSEMBLY ......................................... 4-1
Belt Drive Assembly ....................................................... 4-1
Tensioner Assembly ....................................................... 4-2
Belt Guard Assembly ...................................................... 4-3
Belt Drive Assembly ........................................................ Fig 4-1
Belt TensionerAssembly ..................................................... Fig 4-2
Belt GuardAssembly ....................................................... Fig 4-3
FLYWHEEL ...................................................... 5-1
Flyheel ................................................................. Fig5-I
Coupling ................................................................. Fig5-2
CAMSHAFT DRIVE ASSEMBLY .................................... 6-1
Camshaft DriveAssembly ................................................... Fig 6-1
CAMSHAFT ...................................................... 7-1
Camshaft Assembly (‘ABank) ............................................... 7-1
Camshaft Assembly (‘B Bank) .............................................. 7-2
CamshafiAssembly ........................................................ Fig 7-1
TAPPET BLOCK (OVER 800 RPM.) ................................. 8-1
AirmhaustPushRod ..................................................... 8-3
Fuel PumpPushRod ...................................................... 8-3
Tapper Block Assembly ...................................................... Fig 8-1
.
PISTON & CONN ROD ASSEMBLIES .............................. 9-1
Piston Assembly .......................................................... 9-1
Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd . 4/94

PARTS LIST
Page No.2
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 MB
=BUCKSTOh!E
Connecting Rod Ass'y ...................................................... 9-1
0
Piston & Connecting Rod .................................................... Fig 9-1
CYLINDERHEAD ASSEMBLY ..................................... 10-1
Valves&Springs .......................................................... 10-2
Air Start Valve ............................................................ 10-2
RockerGear ............................................................. 10-3
Injector Flange Assembly ................................................... 10-3
Valve Bridge Assembly ..................................................... 10-3
CylinderHeadCover ...................................................... 10-4
Injector Seal Assembly ..................................................... 10-4
Fuel Injector Pipe Clamp ................................................... 10-4
Gasket .................................................................. 10-4
CylinderHead ............................................................. Fig 10-1
Cylinder Head & Fitfings .................................................... Fig 10-2
Cylinder Head & Fittings .................................................... Fig 10-3
EXHAUST SYSTEM ............................................... 11-1
a
Exhaust Manifold (R' Bank) ................................................ 11-1
Exhaust Manifold ('B Bank) ................................................ 11-3
Heat Shields (Vertical Outlet) ............................................... 11-5
Erhaurt System - 12 Cylinder ................................................ Fig 11-1
Heat Shieldr - VerricalOutlet ................................................ Fig 11-2
TURBOCHARGER. INTERCOOLER & BRACKET ASSEMBLY
(VERT.OUTLET) ................................................. 12-1
'Ihrbocharger ............................................................. 12-1
Turbocharger Fittings ...................................................... 12-1
'IhrbochargerBracket ...................................................... 12-1
Intercooler Ass'y .......................................................... 12-2
Turbocharger&InrercoolerArrangemenf ....................................... Fig 12-1
MECHANICAL PROTECTION DEVICES ............................ 13-1
Overspeed Trip Assembly ................................................... 13-1
Overspeed Trip Weight (& Idler Gear) Ass'y ................................... 13-3
Air Butterfly Valve And Cable Pulley Assemblies ............................... 13-4
Overspeed TripArrangemenf ................................................. Fig 13-1
Overspeed Trip Weight and Idler Gear .......................................... Fig 13-2
Air Bufterfly Vnlve Assembly & Cable & PulleyArrangemenf ....................... Fig 13-3
GOVERNOR & FUEL CONTROL ................................... 14-1
Governor ................................................................ 14-1
Governor Control Linkage Assembly ......................................... 14-3
Fuel Pump Control Spindle Assembly ........................................ 14-5
GovemorAssembly ........................................................ Fig 14-1
Governor Fuel ConfrolLinkage...............................................
.
Fuel Pump Control Shafi Assembly CA Bank) ..................................
Fuel Pump Control ShafiAssembly ('B'Bank) ..................................
Fig 14-2
Fig 14-3
Fig 14-4
ENGINE CONTROL ASSEMBLY ................................... 15-1
Engine Control ValveArrangemenf ............................................ Fig 15-1
Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

4/94
MIRRLEES =
PARTS LIST PageNO. 3
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
a
.
EBLACKSTONE
AIR START PIPE ................................................. 16-1
Air Stan Piping Arangement ................................................. Fig 16-1
F R E S H WATER SYSTEM .......................................... 17-1
Fresh Water Pump . Std .Rotation .......................................... 17-1
F.w Suction Elbowhlounting Bracket Assembly ................................ 17-1
Water Manifold Assembly .................................................. 17-2
Manifold Flow Control & Turbo F/W Delivery Piping Ass'y ...................... 17-3
..
Turbocharger Water Piping ................................................. 17-5
Fresh WaterPump ......................................................... Fig 17-1
WaterManifold Assembly ................................................... Fig 17-2
. . ..............................................
TIC Fresh WaterDelivery Piping Fig 17-3
TIC Cooling Water Pipes .................................................... Fig 17-4
RAW WATER SYSTEM ............................................ 18-1
There is no Raw Water System on this contract
e LUBRICATING OIL PUMP ASSEMBLY .............................
- I 2 Cyl ......................................
Lubricating Oil Pump Assembly
19-1
Fig19-1
ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM .............................. 20-1
Base Engine Lubricating System ............................................. 20-1
Engine Lub . Oil System - Simplex Filter ...................................... 20-2
Lub . Oil Pipes - Fwd End Pump ............................................ 20-5
Lub . Oil Pipes - Camshaft &Tappet Block (A' Bank) ........................... 20-7
Lub . Oil Pipes - Camshaft &Tappet Block ('B' Bank) .......................... 20-8
Thermostaticvalve ........................................................ 20-9
Lub . Oil Relief Valve ...................................................... 20-9
... Lub. Oil. Filter
. - Simplex ................................................... 20-10
Turbocharger Lub . Oil Piping ............................................... 20-11
Strainer& Main Bearing Lub. Oil Feed ......................................... Fig20-I
Large Bore Lub. Oil Piping .................................................. Fig 20-2
Lubricating Oil Filter Delivery Bracket ......................................... Fig 20-3
Lub. Oil Pipes to Fresh Water& Lub. Oil Pumps ................................. Fig 20-4
Lub. 0il.Pipes to Belt Tensioner .............................................. Fig 20-5
Lub. Oil Pipes - Camshaji & Tappet Block ..................................... Fig20-6
TurbochargerLub. Oil Piping ................................................ Fig 20-7
Lub. Oil Relief Valve ....................................................... Fig 20-8
. . .............................................................
Lub.Oi1Filter Fig 20-9
FUELPIPES ..................................................... 21-1

Fuel Manifold Assemblies .................................................. 21-1
Injector Leak-off Manifold Arr'gt ........................................... 21-2
Injector Leak-off Piping Assembly .......................................... 21-3
Fuel Drain Manifold Assembly .............................................. 21-4
Fuel Drain Tank Arr'gt ..................................................... 21-4
Fuel Filter Assembly (Simplex) .............................................. 21-5
InjectorAss'y ............................................................. 21-6
InjectorPipe Ass'y ........................................................ 21-7
a Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd . 4/94

.
MIRRLEES 1
Page No. 4 PARTS LIST

ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
1BLACKSTONE
Fuel Return Manifold Connecting Pipework ...................................
CV Injection Pump ........................................................
21-8
21-9
e
Fuelhianifold ............................................................. Fig 21-1
InjectorLeak-offpiping .................................................... f1g21-2
Injector Leak-offpiping (Piped Direct To Daily Service Tank) ..................... Fig 21-3
Fuel Drain Manifold A s s ) ................................................... Fig 21-4
Fuel Drain Tank A q ’ t ...................................................... Fig 21-5
Simpler Fuel Filter ......................................................... Fig 21-6
Fuel FilterPipingArrangement ............................................... Fig 21-7
InjectorAsreembly ......................................................... Fig 21-8
Injector Pipe Assembly ...................................................... Fig 21-9
Fuel Return Manifold Connecting Piping ....................................... Fig 21 -10
CVFuelPump ............................................................ Fig21-I1
INFORMATION PLATES .......................................... 22-1
Engine Instruction Plates .................................................... Fig 22-1
INSTRUMENT & ELECTRICAL PROTECTION SYSTEM ..............
InstrumentlProtection Panel Ass’y ...........................................
23-1
23-1
e.
Exhaust GasTemperatureSensor ............................................ 23-2
Electrical Tmnking ........................................................ 23-3
J.w. Normal Switch Wiring .................................................. 23-3
Jacket Water Pressure Switch & Mounting Plate Assembly ....................... 23-4
On Engine Temperature Switches (Secondary Circuit Cooling Only) ............... 23-5
On Engine Temperature Switches (Single Circuit Cooling Only) .................. 23-5
On Engine Wiring & Accesories ............................................. 23-6
. . .
Pipework Capilliaries ...................................................... 23-8
Additional Pipework Capilliaries (Used On Off-engine Mounted L.O. Filter) ...... 23-8
Engine Tachometer Speed Probe ............................................ 23-8
Governor Terminal Box .................................................... 23-9
EngineThermometers ..................................................... 23-10

4/94
MIRRLEES = Section 1
PARTS LIST
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Page No. 1
ITEM ON QTYENC
- - PART No. DESCRIPTION
Fig 1
- - Fig
-12 Cyl 16 Cyl
I CRANKCASE ASSEMBLY
Crankcase
1 E1024 Crankcase - Machined Assembly 1
1 71-120- 160 Crankcase - Machined Assembly 1
2 71-120-730 Stud - Main Bearing Cap Side (Long) 14 18
3 20000457 ‘0’ Ring 14 18
4 71-985 - 111 Thread Protector 14 18
5 71 - 120-740 Stud - Main Bearing Cap Side (Short) 2 2
6 71-120-720 Nut - Side Stud/Cylinder Head 16 20
7 71 -120- 211 Main Bearing Cap 6 8
8 71-120-710 Stud - Main Bearing Cap Vertical 16 20
9 71-141-061 Nut - Vertical Stud 16 20
10 20202463 Spriol Pin - Main Bearing Cap Locating 7 9
11 71-120-221 No 1 Main Bearing Cap 1 1
12 71 -120-231 No 2 Main Bearing Cap 1 1
i3 40 -22160 Dowel No 1 Main Bearing Cap Locating 2 2
ih 20201167 Dowel - Cylinder Head Locating 24 32
15 71 - 120-750 Stud - Cylinder Head (Short) 60 80
16 71-120-760 Stud - Cylinder Head (Long) 12 16
17 71-985-111 Thread Protector 24 32
18 71- 120-720 Nut - Side Stud/Cylinder Head 72 96
19 71-178-010 Main Bearing Shell 16 20
20 71- 120-301 Thrust Bearing (Pair) 2 2
21 71 -120-330 Dowel - Thrust Bearing 2 2
22 71-120-410 Mounting Block 2 2
23 20202463 Dowel 2 2
24 10082311 Stud M12 4 4
25 10191387 Stiffnut M12 4 4
26 71-120-631 Oil Dam 24 32
27 20001277 Plug - %” B.S.P. (Main Bearing Cap) 8 10
I -
Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk 2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
Spec Section (s) 01-01 (Contractual) Last Issued 21/7/95
Illustration Ref No 3015/1
MIRRLEEE
Section 1 PARTS LIST
Page No. 2 ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
~
ITEM ON
- PART No. DESCRIPTION
QTYIENG
-
Fig 1 Fig 12 Cyl
- -
16 Cyl
Crankcase [Cont.)
71-900-500 Jacket Water Drain Assy, Comprising : 12 16
28 71-900-540 Adaptor G1/2 x R 1/2 12 16
29 20803905 Washer 12 16
30 71-900-530 Ball Valve 12 16
31 71-900-520 Hose, Jacket Water Drain Assy 1 1

32 71-900-510 Male Threaded Coupling, Jacket Water 1 1
33 20201502 clip 1 1
-
Spec Section (s) 01-01 Last Issued 27/7/95
Illustration Ref No(9 301511
PARTS LIST
ESL 12 8z 16 Mk2 Page No. 3
ITEM ON
PART No. DESCRIPTION --QTYlENG
Fig 2
-
12 Cy1 16 Cyl
-
S-
1 71-122-050 Camshaft Door Fab Assy - ‘A’ Bank 1

1 71-122-050 Camshaft DooiFab Assy - ‘B’ Bank 1
2 E356 Name Plate 2
3 71-122- 600 Engine Data Plate (CV Fuel Pump) 1
4 99-14552 Capnut - M6 12
5 20211009 Washer - Plain 12
e 6 71-122-320 Joint - Gear Train & Camshaft Doors 2
7 71-122-010 Gear Train Door 2
8 71-122-110 Door 8
9 71-122-310 Joint - Crankcase Door - Plain 8
10 71- 122-250 Lub Oil Filler Assy 1
11 71 -122-230 Crankcase Door - Lub Oil Filler 1
12 66-37340 Cap 1
13 40-23650 Pipe 1
14 31-128-910 Elbow 1
15 10058252 Bolt - M10 x 40 Long 4
16 20000619 0 Ring 1
a 17
18
40-23640
40-23630
Joint
Trap
1
1
19 71-122-310 Joint - Crankcase Door 1

20 71-128-000 Dipstick & Guide Assy 1
21 71-128-110 Dipstick Knob 1
22 20201012 Spring Pin - M4 1
23 71 -128- 120 Dipstick 1
24 71 - 128-200 Dipstick Guide Assy 1
- -
Spec Section (s) 01-03 ,103 Last Issued 21/11/94
Illustration Ref No 3019
MIRRLEES =
PARTS LIST Section 1
BLACKSTONE
ELS 12 8z 16 Mk2 PageNO. 4
ITEM ON QI'YENG
Fig 4
- 12 c y
-
16 Cyl
Crankcase End Cover

71-126-100 Free End Cover Assy Compr:- 1 1
1 71-126- 120 Lower Half cover 1 1
2 20202068 Helicoil 4 4
3 71 -126- 110 Upper Half Cover 1 1
4 10040415 Capscrew M16 x 120 Long 2 2
5 20211013 Washer M16 4
6 10040407 Capscrew M16 x 60 Long 2
7 71 -126- 130 Dowel 1 1
8 10091004 Nut M10 x 1.5 1 1
71- 126-050 Flywheel End Cover Assy 1 1

1 71-126-120 Lower Half cover 1 1
2 20202068 Helicoil 4 4
3 71 -126-110 Upper Half Cover 1 1
4 10040415 Capscrew M16 x 120 Long 2 2
5 20211013 Washer M16 4 4
6 10040407 Capscrew M16 x 60 Long 2 2
7 71-126- 130 Dowel 1
8 10091004 Nut M10 x 1.5 1
9 71- 126-090 Blank Flange (Flywheel End Cover) 1 1

10 20000608 0 Ring 1 1
11 10001306 Setscrew M12 x 25 Long 3 3
12 71-126-510 Joint - End Cover/Crankcase 2 2
13 20203029 Dowel - End Cover/Crankcase 4 4
14 10040302 Capscrew M12 x 25 Long 6 6
15 10001310 Setscrew M12 x 45 Long 48 48
16 20211012 Washer 4s 45
-
Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk 2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd 0
Illustration Ref No@)3021
MIRRLEES
-
~
- ITEM ON
- PART N” DESCRIPTION - QTYffiNG
-
Fig 5 Fig 1
-
12 Cyl 16 Cgl
-
Crankcase Covers
1 71-127-311 Crankcase Water Gallery Cover 1

2 20000809 0 Ring 1 1
3 10001306 Setscrew M12 x 25 Long 7 7
4 71-127-340 Locking Tab 4 4
* 5
6
71- 120- 100
71-120-810
71-120-820
Turbocharger Oil Drain Cover Assy
Turbocharger Oil Drain Cover
Joint
1
2
2
1
2
2
7 10001306 Setscrew M12 x 25 Long 6 6
71- 120- 150 Air Manifold Top Cover Assy 1 1

8 71-120-870 Air Manifold Top Cover 2 2
9 10001306 Setscrew M12 x 25 Long 12 12
71-120-650 Crankcase Breather Intake Cover Assy 2 2

10 71-120-910 Cover - Crankcase Breather Intake 2 2
11 71 -129-050 Joint 2 2
12 10001304 Setscrew M12 x 16 Long 8 8
-ly
34 E814 Liner 12 16
35 E951 Liner Insert 12 16
36 99 -10811 Liner Nose Ring 24 32
37 71 -121-210 ‘0’ Ring 12 16
--
Spec Section (s) 01-05,06 Last Issued 8/3/96
Illustration Ref No 3022,3015/1
ESL 12&16 CRANKCASE (12 CYLINDER SHOWN) 10/95 3015/1
I
10 31 1)’ II 35 37
11 Oil filler assembly
Engine: Title: Date: Man. Na
ESL 12 CRANKCASE DOORS (12 CYL. ‘A’ BANK SHOWN) 11/94 3019
MIRRLEES =
PART§ LIST Section 1
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 3
BLACKSTONE
13
14 /
Engine: Title: Date: Man. No

ESL12 & 16 CRANKCASE EXPLOSION DOOR 11/94 3020
\
14
\
15 ‘16
Flywheel end flange detail
ESL 12&16 END COVERS 11/94 3021

WIRRLEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 5
Engine: Title: Date: Man. N O
ESL 12&16 CRANKCASE COVERS & PANELS 11/94 3022

MIRRLEES E I X
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 PageNO. 1
ITEM ON QTYENG
- PART No. DESCRIPTION -
Fig 1
- -
12 Cyl 16 Cyl
CRANKSHAFT
Crankshaft Assembly
1 71 - 170- 120 Crankshaft - 12 Cyl 1 -

1 71-170- 160 Crankshaft - 16 Cyl - 1
E197 Gearwheel Assy Comprising : 1 1
2 71-170-210 Gear - matched pair 2 2
a 3
4
E706
10040420
Spacer
Capscrew - M16 x 180 Long
8
4
8
4
5 10191469 Locknut - Cleveloc M16 4 4
6 40-36960 Dowel - Gear Half Locating 2 2
7 71-170-220 Dowel - Gear Drive 2 2
8 71-170-230 Dowel Retaining Plate 2 2
9 10001203 Setscrew - M8 x 12 Long 4 4
10 71-170-311 Balance Weight 12 16

11 71-170- 720 Tabwasher 12 16
12 71 -170-710 - Balance Weight - M24
Bolt 36 48
13 31-170-790 Dowel - Large 12 16
a 14 71- 170-760 Dowel - Small 12 16
--
Illustration Ref No(s) 3024
r

PageNO- 2 ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
ZIBLACKSTONE
-
-
ITEM ON
PART NO. DESCRIITION - QTYENG
-
- Fig 2 12 Cyl
-
16 Cyl
Darnner & Crankshaft Pullev Ass'y
1 71-171-021 Holset Damper 1 1

2 20201142 Spirol Pin - M10 x 45 Long 2 2
3 10058609 Bolt - M24 x 120 Long 4 4
4 10191333 Stiffnut - M24 8 8
5 71- 171-040 Stud - M24 2 2
6 71-173-513 Crankshaft Pulley (900/1000) 1 1
7
8
20201141
10001308
Dowel
Setscrew - M12 x 35 Long
2
8
2
8
e
9 20210812 Washer 8 8
10 71-171 -031 Spacer Plate 1 1
11 10040303 I Capscrew M12 x 30 Long 2 2
- -
Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk 2
Spec Section (s) 02-02
Last Issued 30/11/94
e
Illustration Ref No(') 3025
~~
MIRRLEES
MB
Z BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
ESL 12&16 CRANKSHAFT 11/94 3024

MIRRLEES =
M
1BLACKSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 2
I
6

ESL 12&16 DAMPER & CRANKSHAFT PULLEY ASSEMBLY 11/94 3025
~~
- MIRRLEES =
ITEM ON
- - PART NO. DESCRIPTION
16 Cyl
Fig 1
- -
Fig
-
12 Cyl
SUMP ASSEMBLY
1 71 -125-202 Sump Fab Assy - 12 Cyl 1 -
1 71 -125-302 Sump Fab Assy - 16 Cyl - 1
2 20210043 Washer 30 40
3 10001257 Setscrew - M10 x 25 Long 15 20
4 10191386 Stiff Nut M10 15 20
e 5 71-125-400 Seal - Sump 2400mm 2 -

5 71 -125-450 Seal - Sump 3050mm - 2
6 10001308 Setscrew - M12 x 35 Long 44 56
7 20001279 Plug - 1” BSP 2 2
8 20803911 Washer - Copper 2 2
9 20201169 Spring Pin - M12 x 36 Long 2 2
10 71 -125-171 Lub. Oil Manifold End Cover 2 2

11 20000634 ‘0’ Ring 2 2
12 10082404 Stud - M16 x 35 Lg. 8 8
13 10091006 Nut - M16 8 8
-
Illustration Ref No(’) 3027
MIRRLEES =
Ad BLACKSTOAE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
‘7

ESL 12&16 SUMP (12 CYLINDER SHOWN) 12/94 3027
PARTS LIST
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Page No- 1
~
ITEM ON QTYENC
Fig 1 Fig 2 16 Cyl
-
PUMP DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Belt Drive Assembly

71 -173-000 Belt Drive Assy - 12 Cyl -
71 -173-000 Belt Drive Assy - 16 Cyl 1
1 71 -173-350 Belt - 900/1000 rpm -
1 71-173-360 Belt - 900/1000 rpm 1
e 2 1 71-300-094 Pulley, Large (L.O. Pump & Belt Tensioner) 1
3 71-420-413 Pulley, Small (Fresh & Raw Water Pumps) 2
4 71-302-093 Pulley (Lub Oil Pump) 1
2 20210379 Washer (Tensioner Pulley Only) 1
5 20211016 Washer (Other Pulleys) 3
6 3 10191395 Stiffnut M30 Pulley, Retaining 4
-
0 Parts List ESL 12-16 M k 2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
Illustration Ref No6) 3030,3028
PageNO. 2 ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
= BLACKSTOhE e
- PART NO. DESCRI~~ION - QTYENG
-
-
Fig 2 Fig
~
--
13 Cyl 16 Cyl
Tensioner Assembly
71 - 173-802 Belt Tensioner Assy 1 1
71-173-050 Bearing Housing Assy 1 1
4 71-173-810 Bearing Housing 1 1
5 71-173-831 Pulley Spindle 1 1
6 20 100258 Fonvard Bearing 1 1
7 20200253 Circlip 2 2
8 20000610 ‘0’ Ring 1 1 a
9 99-30139 Oil Seal 1 1
10 20 100257 Rear Bearing 1 1
11 71- 173- 820 Sealing Plug 1 1
12 20000624 0 Ring 1 1
13 20805404 Male Stud Coupling 1 1
14 Not Allocated - -
15 20200249 Circlip 1 1
16 20831503 Pressure Plug 1 1
17 10001523 Setscrew M20 x 160 Long 1 1
18 71 -173-840 Locking Tab 1 .1
19
20
10191389
20210359
Stiff Nut M16 x 2
Washer
2
4
2
4 a
21 99-36392 Bellville Washer 4 4
22 10001410 Setscrew M16 x 2 x 50 Long 2 2
23 10082407 Stud M16 x 2 2 2
24 71 -740-190 Guard Plate 1 1
25 71 -173-850 Mounting Plate Assy 1 1
26 10040401 Capscrew - M16 x 30 Long 2 2
27 10001409 Setscrew - M16 x 45 Long 2 2
28 20210814 Spring Washer - M16 2 2
-
Last Issued 15/9/95
a
ZZ BLACKSTOh!E
ITEM ON
- PART No. DESCRIPTION -- QTYENG
12 cyr
Fig 3
-
Fig
-
16 Cyl
V !
1 E847 Frame Ass’y, ‘A‘ Bank Comprising : 1 1
71 418 200 Latch 6 6
2 71 740 152 Frame Ass’y ‘B’ Bank 1 1

71 481 200 Latch 4 4
3 71 740 161 Front Cover ‘A’ Bank 1 1
4 71 740 111 Front Cover ‘B’Bank 1 1
5 E938 Additional Piece ‘A’ Bank 1 1
6 71 740 071 Finger Guard 1 1
7 71 740 171 Support Bracket, ‘A‘ Bank 1 3
8 71 740 121 Support Bracket, ‘B’ Bank 1 1
9 71 740 220 Cover Plate 1 1
10 71 740 091 Seal Strip 1 1
11 71 740 140 Latch- Wire Pawl 6 6
12 71 740 710 Stud M16 1 1
13 10001208 Setscrew M8 x 30 Lg. 9 9
14 10091003 Nut MS 13 13
15 20210810 Spring Washer 13 13
16 10001257 Setscrew M10 x 25 Lg 6 6
17 10091004 Nut M10 6 6
18 20210811 Spring Washer M10 6 6
19 10001305 Setscrew M12 x 20 Lg. 4 4
20 20210812 Spring Washer M12 4 4
21 10001405 Setscrew M16 x 25 Lg. 4 4
22 10091006 Nut M16 2 2
23 20210046 Plain Washer 2
- -
Spec Section (s) (Contractual) Last Issued 15/4/96
-
MIRRLEEC
Page NO.4 ELS 12 & 16 Mk2
- ~
c
ITEM ON
_
Fig 3 Fig
PART No. DESCRIPTION -
QTYENG
-
12 Cyl 16 Cyl
c _
Belt Guard Assemblv fContl
24 20210814 Spring Washer M16 5 5

25 10191465 Nyloc Nut 4 4
26 10001205 Setscrew M8 x 16 Lg 4 4
21 20211010 Plain Washer M8 8 8
-
Parts List ESL 12-16Mk2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
Illustration Ref No6 ) 3189
PARTS LIST
a BLICKSTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
3 For pump drive pulley
I See sect. 2 fig. 2

I
For belt tensioner and pulley

See fig. 2
a Engine: Title: Date: Man. No

E L 12&16 BELT DRIVE ASSEMBLY - SINGLE CIRCUIT 4/96 3190
COOLED ENGINE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
e BLACKSTONE
Fig 2
e Engine:
ESL 128~16
Title:
BELT TENSIONER ASSEMBLY
Date:
12/94
Man. Na
3028
MIRRLEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 3
BLACILTTONE
22 23

ESL 12&16 BELT GUARD ASSEMBLY - SINGLE CIRCUIT 4/96 3189
COOLED ENGINES
MIRRCEES = Section 5
PARTS LIST
ITEM ON
- - PART NO. DESCRIPTION L_
-
Fig 1 Fig 2 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
FLYWHEEL
1 80438 Flywheel 1
2 31-175-720 Flywheel Bolt 8
3 10191394 Stiff Nut 8
V4229/1 Flexible Coupling 1
5 10001512 Setscrew 12
6 20210816 Spring Washer 12
13 Rectangular Taper Key 1
16 78440 Dowel 2
17 10091006
I Nut
2
Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

Illustration Ref No 6 )3033
MIRRLEES
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
Engine: Title: Date: Man. N'

E L 12&16 FLYWHEEL 12/94 3033
ESL 12 & 16 M U Fig 2
BLACKSTOhE
c
!
!
!
;
a 7
L ._..
!
..._.._..- ..- .. .-. .
!
Engine: Title: Date: Man. N

'
E L 12&16 FLYWHEEL & COUPLING 7/95 79612
MIRRLEES :
-BUCKSTONE
ITEM ON
- PART Na DESCRIPTION -
QTYENG
-
16 Cyl
Fig 1
- Fig
-
12 Cyl
-
CAMSHAFT DRIW ASSEMBLY
1 31- 151-200 Compound Gear & Bush Assy 2 2
31-151-211 Compound Gear 2 2
2 99-41723 Bush 4 4
31-151-221 Pinion - Compound 2 2
3 71 - 151-220 Gearshaft Compoundfldler 3 3

4 20831501 Taper Pressure Plug-Gearshaft Ends l / BSP
~ 6 6
5 71 -151-721 Locating Pin Compound Gear 2 2
6 71-151-612 Plug Compound Gearshaft Bore 2 2
7 20000623 '0' Ring 2 2
8 71-151-152 Lub Oil Spray & Idler Gear Locat. Peg Assy 1 1
9 20000604 '0' Ring 1 1
10 20210814 Spring Washer 1 1
11 10001405 Setscrew - M16 x 25 Long 1 1
12 71- 120-440 Bush - Inner Cylinder Housing, Idler 3 3

13 71- 120-430 Bush - Outer Cylinder Housing Idler and
Compound Gear 3 3
14 71 -151 -710 Tab Washer 2 2
15 71-900 -460 Pointer - Timing 1 1
16 10001306 Setscrew - M12 x 25 Long 2 2
17 20211012 Washer - Plain 2 2
18 20210812 Washer - Spring 2 2
19 71 -151 -690 Strip - Retaining 1 1
20 10001305 Setscrew - M12 x 20 Long 2 2
21 20210812 Spring Washer - M12 2 2

Illustration Ref N o 6) 3034
MIRRLEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
ZZ BL4CKSTONE I
17. 15
\
12

ESL 128~16 CAMSHAFT DRIVE ASSEMBLY 12/94 3034
PARTS LIST
BLACXSTONE
~
ITEM ON
- - PART No. DESCRIPTION -- QTYIENG
16 Cyl
Fig 1 Fig U Cyl
- -
CAMSHAFT
Canishaft Asseniblv (‘A’ Bank)
71 -015-031 Camshaft Assy - ‘A’ Bank (12 Cyl) 1

71 -015-051 Camshaft Assy - ‘A’ Bank (16 Cyl) 1
1 71 -015-121 Camshaft - 12 Cyl 1
1 71-015-161 Camshaft - 16 Cyl 1
2 31 -158-210 Gearwheel - Camshaft 1 1
3 31-150-311 Cam-Air Inlet 6 8
4 71 -150-320 Cam-Exhaust 6 8
5 71-150-330 Cam-Fuel 6 8
31-150-501 Bearing Assy - Camshaft 6 8
6 31-150-511 Camshaft Bearing Housing 6 8
7 31- 150-520 Bush 6 8
8 20202058 Helicoil - M16 6 8
9 71-150-410 Spacer - Camshaft 2 2

10 10058413 Setscrew - Camshaft Brg Hsg M16 x 120 12 16
11 20210814 Lockwasher - Camshaft Bearing Housing 12 16
71-150-650 Bearing - Camshaft End Bearing H’sing Ass: 2 2

12 71-150-600 Camshaft End Bearing Housing 2 2
13 31-150-520 Bush 2 2
14 20831501 Plug - 1/8” BSP 2 2
15 20000637 ‘0’ Ring 2 2

16 20201107 Roll Pin- M8 x 22 Long 2 2
17 10001307 Setscrew - M12 x 30 Long 6 6
18 20210812 Washer - Spring 6 6

Specsection (s) 07-01 Last Issued 20/12/94
Section 7
Page No. 2
ITEM ON
-
1 PARTS LIST
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
DESCRIIT‘ION -
PART No.
Fig 1 Fig 12 Cyl
-
16 Cyl
Camshaft Assemblv PB’ Bank)
1 71-015-121 Camshaft - ‘B’ Bank (12 Cyl) 1

1 71-015-161 Camshaft - ‘B’ Bank (16 Cyl) 1
2 31-158-210 Gearwheel - Camshaft 1 1
3 31- 150-311 Cam-Air Inlet 6 8
4 71-150-320 Cam-Exhaust 6 8
5 71-150-330 Cam-FueVAir Start 6 8
31-150-501 Bearing Assy - Camshaft 6 8

6 31-150-511 Camshaft Bearing Housing 6 8
7 31- 150-520 Bush 6 8
8 20202058 Helicoil 6 8
9 71-150-410 Spacer - Camshaft 2 2

10 10058413 Setscrew - Camshaft Brg Hsg M16 x 120 12 16
11 20210814 Lockwasher - Camshaft Bearing Housing 12 16
71- 150-650 Bearing - Camshaft End Bearing Hsg Assy 2 2

12 71 - 150-600 Camshaft End Bearing Housing 2 2
13 31- 150-520 Bush 2 2
14 20831501 Plug - 1/8” BSP 2 2
15 20000637 ‘0’ Ring 2 2
16 20201107 Roll Pin- M8 x 22 Long 2 2
17 10001307 Setscrew - M12 x 30 Long 6 6
18 20210812 Washer - Spring 6 6

Illustration Ref No (’) 3035
MIRRLEES Z
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
7 6
Engine: Title: Dale: Man. Na

ESL 12&16 CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY - ‘B’ BANK SHOWN 12/94 3035
PARTS LIST
ITEM ON
- PART No. DESCRIPTION - QTYENG
’ig 1 Fig
-
12 Cyl
-
16 Cyl
TAPPET BLOCK (OVER 800 RPM.1

71-015-561 Tappet Block and Air Start Valve Assy 12 16
1 71-155 -504 Tappet Block 12 16
2 20202056 Helicoil - M10 24 32
3 20202058 Helicoil - M16 12 16
4 20831504 Plug - 1/2” Tappet 24 32
Fuel Tappet Assy , Compr :- 12 16
a 5 71-015-522
71 -155-022 Body - Tappet 12 16
71 -155-031 Cup - Tappet 12 16
6 20202054 Helicoil - M6 12 16
7 71- 155-280 Pin - Fuel Cam Follower 12 16
8 10046101 Grubscrew - M5 12 16
9 10046186 Grubscrew - M6 12 16
10 31- 155-050 Roller - Tappet 12 16
11 20202055 Helicoil - M8 12 16
12 71 -155-430 Shim - 0.1 Thick (2/Cyl) AIR NR
12 71 -155 -480 Shim - 0.3 Thick (4/Cyl) AIR AIR
12 71 -155-450 Shim - 1.0Thick (4/Cyl) AIR AIR
a 13 71-155-470 Screw - Adjusting 12 16
14 71 -155-691 Spring - Fuel Tappet Return 12 16

15 71 -155-670 Thrust Plate 12 16
16 20200239 Circlip 12 16
17 71-015-512 Air and Exhaust Tappet Assy 24 32
71- 155-022 Body - Tappet 24 32
71- 155-031 Cup - Tappet 24 32
18 20202054 Helicoil - M6 24 32
19 71-155 -080 Pin - AirExhaust Cam Follower 24 32
-
Illustration Ref No (9 3036
PageNO. 2 ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
~
- ITEM ON
PART No. DESCRIPTION -- QTYIENG
Fig 1 12 Cyl 16 Cyl

- ~~ ~~~ ~~ - -
Taooet Block (Over 800 ram.)(Cont.)
20 10046101 Grubscrew - M5 24 32
21 10046186 Grubscrew - M6 24 32
22 31-155-050 Roller - Tappet 24 32
23 71 -155-043 Screw - Tappet Locating 36 48

24 71-155-720 Tabwasher 36 48
25
26
71-155 -460
71- 155-490
Valve - Air Start Timing
Spring - Air Start Timing Valve
12
12
16
16
a
27 71-503-511 Connecting Pipe - Air Start (Tappet
Block to Cylinder Head 12 16
28 20000542 ‘0’ Ring 24 32
29 71- 155-830 Retaining Plate 12 16
30 10001254 Setscrew - M10 x 14 Long 12 16
31 10058415 Bolt - Tappet Block/Housing M16x140 Long 24 32
32 10058410 Bolt - Tappet BlocWousing M16x90 Long 24 32
33 20210814 Spring Washer 48 64
34 20203046 Dowel - M16 x 40 Long 24 32
35 71-325-110 Pipe - Oil feed, block to cyl. head 12
24
16
32
a
36 20000529 ‘0’Ring
37 71-155-840 Retaining Plate 12 16
38 10001254 Setscrew - M10 x 14 Long 12 16
- - -
Last Issued 5/1/95
e
PARTS LIST
~
ITEM ON
-
Fig
PART NO. DESCRIPTION - QTYIENG
-
Fig 1
- -
12 Cyl 16 CyI
AirlExheust Push Rod
39 71-104-003 Push Rod Assembly, Comprising 24 32

71-104-013 Tube 24 32
71-104-023 Ball End 24 32
71-104-033 Cup End 24 32
Fuel Dum0 uush rod
e 40 71-104-250
71-104-260
Fuel Pump Push Rod Assembly, Comprising :
Ball End
12
12
16
16
71 - 104-221 Tube 12 16
71 - 104-231 Top End 12 16
41 71- 104-240 Adjusting Screw 12 16
42 71-155-230 Drip Deflector 12 16
43 71-155-730 Shim - 0.5 Thick (3/Cyl) A/R NR
44 71 -155-740 Shim - 0.125 Thick (5/Cyl) AIR NR
45 c 71 -155-750 Shim - 0.5 Thick (5/Cyl) AIR A/R
46 71 -155-240 Plate 12 16
- - - -
ESL 12&16 TAPPET BLOCK ASSEMBLY 1/95 3036
MIRIUEES = Section 9
PARTS LIST
M
=BLACKSTONE ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Page No. 1
~
ITEM ON
- PART No. DESCRIPTION - QTYIENG
'ig 1
- Fig
-- 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
PISTON & CONN. ROD ASSEMBLIES
Piston Assembly
1 E815 Piston (Distillate & Heavy Fuel) 12 16

2 E643 First Piston Ring (Fire) 12 16
3 E644 Second Piston Ring (Compression) 12 16
4 E645 Third Piston Ring (Compression) 12 16
5 E646 Fourth Piston Ring (Conformable) 12 16
31-142-053 Gudgeon Pin Assy 12 16

6 31-142-064 Gudgeon Pin 12 16
7 71 -142-070 Plug - R 3/4 Flush 24 32
8 31-140-030 Circlip 24 32
Connectinp Rod Ass'y
9 E105 Shank (Not supplied separately) 12 16

10 31-143-210 Bush Small End (Not supplied separately) 12 16
11 71-141-OS0 Screw - Bush Locating 12 16
10 31-930-010 Bush Small End (Spares Replacement) 12 16
12 E106 Block - Large End 12 16

13 71 -141-050 Stud - Connecting Rod 24 32
14 71-141-061 Nut - Connecting Rod 24 32
15 71-141 -070 Dowel - Connecting Rod 24 32
16 20201135 Spirol Pin - M10 x 24 Lg. 24 32
17 71-141-110 Bearing Large End 24 32
-
PartsList ESL 12-16 M k 2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
MIRRLEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
= BUCKSTOhE
j/
/
10
I%

ESL 12&16 PISTON & CONNECTING ROD 1/95 3037
-
MIRRLEES Z Z Z
ITEM ON Q'IYENG
- - PART N" DESCRIPTION
Fig 1 Fig 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
-
CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY
71 -100-992 Cylinder Head Sub Assy Comprising:- 12 16
1 71-110-012 Cylinder Head 12 16
2 71-100-340 Plug - R1.1/2 24 32
3 20831502 Plug- R1/4 72 96
4 71-100-112 Tube - Injector 12 16
5 71-100-360 Plug - G1 12 16
6 20831505 Plug - G 5/8 12 16
7 71 -100-370 Plug - R 1 3/4 36 48
8 71-100-020 Guide - Air Valve 24 32
9 71-100-030 Guide - Exhaust valve 24 32
10 3 1-100- 041 Guide - Air Start Valve 12 16
11 31 -100- 352 Plug - Pressure Release 12 16
12 31 - 100- 920 Insert - Valve Seat 48 64
13 20805422 Connector - Male 12 16
-
0 Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk 2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
Last Issued 25/1/95
Illustration Ref No(93038
Section 10
MIRRL.EES =
PARTS LIST
=BUCKSTONE
ITEM ON QWlENG
Fig 2 Fig 12 Cyl
- -
16 Cyl
Valves & Sorings

1 71-103-910 Valve - Air 24 32
2 71-103-910 Valve - Exh. 24 32
3 71- 103-030 Valve Spring - Inner 48 64
4 71-103-020 Valve Spring - Outer 48 64
5 71- 103-080 Spacer - Valve Spring - Air 24 32
6 71 -103-052 Collar - Air Exh. Valve 48 64
7 71 -103-040 Collets - Air/Exh. (Pair) 48 64
8 71- 103-090 Circlip 48 64
71- 103- 150 Valve Rotator Assy - Exh. 24 32

9 71- 103-060 Valve Rotator Assy 24 32
10 20200956 Roll Pin 24 32
71- 100- 100 Valve Bridge Assy 24 32

11 71-100-061 Guide - Valve Bridge 24 32
12 71- 100-070 Lockwasher 12 16
Air StartVr..e
13 71-103-210 Valve - Air Start 12 16
14 99-7709 Spring 12 16
15 E300 Collar - A.S.N.R.V. 12 16
16 20000530 ‘0’ Ring 12 16
17 E302 Collet - Pair 12 16
18 E301 Retaining Nut 12 16
19 20000110 ‘0’Ring 12 16
20 E400 Nylon Plug 12 16
-
SpecSection (s) 10-02 Last Issued 25/1/95
Illustration Ref No(I) 3040
MB BUCKSTONE
ITEM ON
Fig 2
- Fig 3 12 Cyl 16 CyI
Rocker Gear
21 71-102-011 Rocker Pedestal (Distillate) 12 16
22 20831501 Plug G118 24 32
23 20203034 Dowel 24 32
71- 102-000 Rocker Lever Assy Comprising:- 24 32

24 71-102-212 .Rocker Lever 24 32
25 31- 102-220 Bush 24 32
26 31-102-271 Grubscrew - M8 24 32
27 10046151 Grub Screw - M6 24 32
28 71-102-330 Screw - Tappet Adjuster - M22 24 32
29 71 -102-340 Locknut - M12 24 32
30 71-102- 151 Collar - Rocker Location 24 32
31 20200434 Circlip 24 32
Iniector Flange Assenihlv
10082280 Stud - Injector Flange - M10 x 22 Long 24 32
10191386 Stiffnut M10 24 32
71-230 -050 Injector Flange (Distillate) 12 16
Valve Rridee Assemhly
71-102-411 Valve Bridge 24 32
71-102-422 Pad - Valve Bridge 24 32
71 -102-430 Adjuster - Valve Bridge 24 32
71-102-440 Locknut - M12 x 1.5 24 32
71-102-460 Adaptor - Valve Bridge 24 32
--
Spec Section (s) 10-04,05,06 Last Issued 25/1/95
Illustration Ref No 6) 3040,3041
/

7
ITEM ON
QTYENG
-
-
Fig 3
-
1; Cyl 16 Cyl
Cylinder Head Cover

71-101-010 Valve Gear Cover Sub Assy Comprising: - 12 16
9 71- 101-021 Valve Gear Cover 12 16
10 20202057 Helicoil Insert - M12 36 48
11 71-101-511 Gasket - Valve Gear Cover 12 16

12 71-101 -711 Bolt 12 16
13 71 -101-750 Washer - Leakproof 12 16
Iniector Seal Assembly
14 71- 101- 110 Flange - Injector Seal 12 16
15 99 -37001 0 Ring 12 16
16 10001306 Setscrew M12 x 25 Long 24 32
17 20210812 Lockwasher 24 32
Fuel Iniector PiDe Clamp
18 71-220-711 Clamp - Fuel Injector Pipe 24 32
19 99-30400 Collar 12 16
20 10058308 Bolt- M12 x 75 Long 12 16
21 71 -220 -721 Grommet - Clamp (Unsheathed Fuel Pipe) 12 16
21 71 -225 -720 Grommet - Clamp (Sheathed Fuel Pipe) 12 16
Gasket
71 -100-501 Cylinder Head Gasket Arrgt : Comprising:- 12 16
22 71 -100-512 Gasket - Cylinder Head 12 16
23 71 -100-520 Ring - Seal 144 192
24 10040309 Capscrew - M12 x 60 Long (Air Port Side) 24 32

25 10040303 Capscrew - M12 x 30 Long (Push Rod Side) 24 32
26 20210812 Washer - Spring 48 64
- -
Spec Section (s) 10-07,08,09,109,10 Last Issued 25/1/95
Illustration Ref No (’) 3041
MB
1BLACKSTOM
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
i
',

ESL 12&16 CYLINDER HEAD PLUGS & GUIDES 1/95 3038
(DISTILLATE FUEL)
MIRRLEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
i BL4CXSTOhE
Fig 2
e
MIRRLEES :
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 3

ESL 12&16 W I N D E R HEAD & FITTINGS 1/95 3041
BLACKSTONE
ITEM ON QTYIENG
- PART NO. DESCRIPTION
Fig 1 Fig
EXHAUST SYSTEM
Exhaust Manifold (‘A’ Bank1
71-047-300 Exhaust Manifold System
71-047- 100 Exhaust Manifold Assy ”A” Bank(VTC 254)
1 71-478-000 Pipe - ExhaustBellows
2 71-478-010 Pipe - ExhaustBellows
3 71-472-010 Exhaust Branch (Short)
4 71-472-021 Exhaust Branch (Long)
5 71-478-060 Exhaust Manifold
6 20202057 Helicoil
7 10001307 Setscrew M12 x 1.75 x 30 Long
8 99-30081 Sealing Ring
10 31-474-060 Sealing Ring
12 71 -478-080 Sealing Ring
13 10091005 Nut - M12
Exhaust Manifold I‘B’ Bank)

71-047- 150 Exhaust Manifold Assy -‘B’ Bank(VTC254)
14 71-478-020 Exhaust PipeBellows Cyl 1 , 2 & 3
15 71-478-030 Exhaust PipeBellows Cyl4,5 & 6
16 71-472-010 Exhaust Branch (Short)
17 71-472-021 Exhaust Branch (Long)
18 71-478-060 Exhaust Manifold
19 20202057 Helicoil
21 99 -30081 Sealing Ring
-
Spec Section (s) 11-01,02 (Contractual) Last Issued 3/2/95
Illustration Ref No(’) 3042
/
MIRRL.EES
Page No- 2 ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
BLACKSTONE
QTYlENC
PART No. DESCRIPTION
Fig
- 12 Cyl
- -
16 Cyl
Exhaust Manifold I'B' Bank1

10001308 Setscrew M12 x 1.75 x 35 Long 48
31-474-060 Sealing Ring 12
10001312 Setscrew M12 x 1.75 x 55 Long 8
71-478-080 Sealing Ring 2
10091005 Nut - M12 8

-
MIRRLEES :
Page No. 5
a zB.ucmTom
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
ITEM ON QTYENG
Fig 2
-
Fig
- -12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Heat Shields Nertical Outlet1

71 -048 -950 Heat Shield Assy (VTC304) Comprising:- 1
1 71-486-900 Heat Shield - Turbo ‘A’ Bank (VTC 304) 1
2 71-486-950 Heat Shield - Turbo ‘B’ Bank (VTC 304) 1
71-481-090 Rivet - Pop 5
71-481-061 Strike - Heat Shield 1
71 -481-050 Latch 1
a 3 71 -486-100 Heat Shield Inter ‘A’ Bank Comprising:- 1
4 71-486-110 Heat Shield Inter ‘B’ Bank Comprising:- 1
71 -481-090 Rivet - Pop 18
71-481-050 Latch 2
71-481 -061 Strike - Heat Shield 2
71-481 -030 Handle - Cover 2
71 -483-410 Bracket - Heat Shield Support 1
71 -483-410 Bracket - Heat Shield Support 1
5 20210812 Spring Washer 14
6 10001304 Setscrew M12 x 1.75 x 16 Long 10
a 71 -048 -200 Heat Shield Assy - Main

(VTC254/304) Comprising: - 1
7 71-482-100 Main Cover Comprising: - 6
71 -481-061 Strike - Heat Shield 6
71 -481-030 Handle - Cover 6
71 -481-090 Rivet - Pop 600
71 -481-040 Latch 6
8 71 -482- 150 Flywheel End Cover- ‘A’ Bank Comprising:- 1

9 71-482-250 Flywheel End Cover-‘B’ Bank Comprising: - 1
-
Illustration Ref No (9 3047
-
-
-
ITEM ON
PART N O . DESCNPTION
QTY/ENG
-
Fig 2 Fig
7
Cgl
-12
-
16 Cyl
Heat Sheilds ICont....l

10 71-481 -020 Boss - Threaded 12
71-481-050 Latch Clip 18
71-482- 120 Latch Base 12
11 10001253 Setscrew M10 x 12 Long 12
12 20211011 Plain Washer - M10 12
13 20211012 Plain Washer - M12 10
14
15
71-481-070
10001305
Angle Bracket - Heat shield Comprising: -
Setscrew M12 x 20 Long
1
2
a
16 10001302 Setscrew M12 x 12 Long 6
71-481-090 I Pop Rivet 90
-
Illustration Ref No 6)3047
MIRRLEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
BUCKSTOM?

ESL 12 EXHAUST SYSTEM - 12 CYLINDER 1/95 3042
W BI
BLICXSTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig- 2
t
b
i d b
0 0
Ei
I
I
7
Cylinder arrangement
\
$ne: Title: Date: Man. No

8L 12 12 CYL. HEAT SHIELDS - VERTICAL OUTLET 2/95 3045
PARTS LIST
~~
- ITEM ON
QTYIENG
-
- -
TURBOCHARGER. INTERCOOLER &
BRACKET ASSEMBLY (VERT. OUTLET)
"brbochareer
1 VTC 304 Turbocharger & Intercooler Arrg't VTC304
(Vertical Gas Outlet) Comprising:- 1
VTC 304 AFS Air Filter/.Silencer 1
Turbocharger Fittings
71-046-030 Turbo Fittings Assy-VTC 304 Comprising:- 1
2 10058509 Bolt M20 x 2.5 x 100 Long 4
3 20210816 Washer M20 4
4 71-804-100 Joint Exhaust Outlet - VTC 304 1
5 10082305 Stud M12 x 1.75 x 35 Long 18
6 10091005 Nut M12 x 1.75 18
Thrbochareer Bracket
71-046-010 A i r Delivery System & Turbo
Brkt Assy Comprising:- 1
8 71 -808-260 Stud - M10 12
9 10091004 Nut - M10 12
11 71 -817 - 120 Air Inlet Duct 1
12 71 -808-014 Turbocharger Bracket 1
14 20210816 Washer M20 4
15 10058713 Bolt M30 x 3.5 x 190 Long 2
16 10058703 Bolt M30 x 3.5 x 90 Long 2
17 20211845 Washer M30 4
18 71-817-030 Joint - Air Inlet Pipe 1
-
Spec Section (s) 12-101, 102, 103 (Contractual) Last Issued 11/2/95
Illustration Ref No 6) 3049
MIRRL.EES__
Page No. 2 ELS 12 & 16 Mk2
~
- ITEM ON
Fig 1
QTY/ENG
-
- 12 Cyl
- -
16 Cyl
'hrhochsrger Bracket ICont....)

19 71-817-020 Air Delivery Bellows Pipe 1
21 10058303 Setscrew M12 x 50 Long 8
22 10091005 Nut M12 x 1.75 8
23 20210812 M12 Spring Washer 16
24 71-817-030 Joint - Air Inlet Pipe 1
In tercooler Ass'y
25 71-833- 100 Intercooler - High Efficiency 1
26 71-808-221 Adaptor Plate 1
SD731/1 Hylornar 310 Sealant A/R

SD731l2 Hylornar 2000 Gasket AIR
-
Spec Section (s) 12-103 ,04(Contractual) Last Issued 17/2/95
24
PARTS LIST
M
=BucKsTom
--
ITEM ON
DESCRIPTION -
Fig 1
--
Fig
-
12 Cyl 16 Cgl
MECHANICAL PROTECTION DEVICES

Oversaeed TriD Assemble
1 71-560-200 Operating Levertipindle Assy Compr:- 1 1

71-560-220 Arm - Operating 1 1
71-560-210 Spindle - Overspeed 1 1
2 71-560-010 Housing Assy - Overspeed Spindle Cornpr:- 1 1

3 99 -41747 Bush 2 2
4 99-41426 Oil Seal 1 1
5 7591-5077 Lever - Overspeed Trip Latch 1 1

6 10001261 Bolt MIO x 45 Long 1 1
7 10191386 Stiffnut M10 1 1
8 20201010 Rollpin - M4 1 1
9 71-560-710 Screw - Overspeed Adjustment '1 1
10 10091006 Locknut M16 1 1
11 20211013 Washer - M16 1 1
12 7591-5076 Latch Pulley 1 1

13 99-41749 Bush 1 1
14 99-41748 Bush 1 1
15 7591-5072 Pivot Pin 1 1
16 20211014 Collar 2 2
17 20200417 Circlip 1 1
- -
MIRRLEEZ
Page No. 2 ELS 12 & 16 Mk2
QTYIENG
PART No. DESCKII’TION
Fig I?. Cyl 16 Cyl
Overspeed Trin ASS’V(Cont....)

71 -500-370 Reset Arm
31-562-191 Knob
20201168 Tension Spring Pin - Housing
7591-5071 Locking Screw MS
10091041 Nut M8

MIRRL.EES = Section 13
PARTS LIST
M
= EUCXSTOlvE ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Page No. 3
- ITEM ON
- PART NO. DESCRIPTION -
QTYENG
-
Fig
- Fig 2 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
-
Overweed ' R i D Weipht (&Idler Gear) Ass'y
E200 Overspeed Trip Weight (& Idler Gear) Assy
(1000 R.P.M) Comprising:- 1 1
1 71-560-252 Weight Assembly Comprising:- 1 1
71 -560-262 Weight - O/S Trip 1 1
71-560-241 Bush - Metalastik 1 1
71-560-271 Pocket - Spring 1 1
2 10058308 Bolt - M32 x 75 Long 1 1

3 71-560- 130 Washer 1 1
4 71 -560-150 Bolt M12 x 75 Long (Special) 1 1
5 10191387 Stiffnut M12 2 2
6 E402 Spring - 1000 rpm 1 1
7 99-36679 Circlip 1 1
8 E401 Adjuster 1 1
9 71-151 -111 Gearwheel - Idler 1 1
10 31-151-120 Bush 2 2
11 E403 Cup - O/S Spring 1 1
- - -
Parts List E L 12-16 Mk 2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
Illustration Ref No6 )3050
ITEM ON
- - PART No. DESCRIITION
Q'IYlENC
-
-
-
Air Butterflv Valve and Cable Pulley
Assemblies
71-056-250 Air Butterfly Shutdown Valve Assy &
Cable Pulley Assy Comprising:- 1 1
71 - 120-451 Air Butterfly Shutdown Valve Assy Compr:- 1 1
1 71- 120-470 Butterfly Valve 1 1
2 71 -120-461 Spindle - Valve 1 1
3 71- 120-480 Bush 2 2
4 20100514 Steel Ball M10 1 1
5 71 -120-770 Bolt - M10 x 45 Long 2 2
6 10191386 Nut M10 4 4
7 71-120-490 Taper Pin 2 2
8 20211010 Washer M8 3 3
9 71 -120-700 Stiffnut - M20 1 1
10 20211014 Washer - M20 1 1
11 71-120-791 Balance Spring 1 1
12 10082301 Stud - M12 2 2
13 10091005 Nut - M12 2 2
14 71-562-230 Cable Holder - Butterfly Pulley 1 1
15 10001256 Setscrew - M10 x 20 Long 1 1
16 20210811 Spring Washer - M10 1 1
17 20201171 Spring Pin - M12 1 1
18 20211012 Plain Washer - M12 2 2
19 71-562-211 Butterfly Pulley - Overspeed Trip 1 1
20 20302111 Key - Butterfly Pulley 1 1
71-562-000 Cable & Spring Assy Comprising:- 1 1
21 71-562- 124 Cable - Overspeed Trip 1 1
22 71-562-261 Spring - Air Butterfly 1 1
23 71-562-181 Retaining Plate - Spring 1 1
24 10001306 Setscrew M12 x 25 Long 2 2
--
MIRRLEES Z
BLACXSTOhrE
I-
ITEMON
-
PART No DESCRIPTION
-
Air Butterflv Valve and Cable Pulley
Assemblies (Continued1
25 20210812 Spring Washer - M12 2 2
26 71-562- 190 Sleeve - Cable End 1 1
27 20201139 Spring Tension Pin - M10 2 2
28 I 1 -562-250 Pulley - Governor Mounting Brkt Cornpr:- 1 1
29 99-41749 Bush 1 1
30 71-562-060 Pivot Pin - Pulley 1 1
31 20211014 Collar Washer - M20 1 1
32 20200417 Circlip 1 1
- --
Last Issued 6/3/95
MIRRL.EE.5 =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
E BLACXSTONE
For overspeed trip weight &

idler gear See fig. 2

ESL 12&16 OVERSPEED TRIP ARRANGEMENT 4/96 3188
(FOR USE WITH BELLHOUSING)
MIRRLEES
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 2
a
For gear shaft 9 10

5
See sect. 6
7
l
\2
3
a Engine:
ESL 12&16
Title:
OVERSPEED TRIP WEIGHT & IDLER GEAR
Date:
2/95
Man. No
3050
MIRIUEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 3
BLACKSTONE

ESL 12&16 AIR BUTTERFLY SHUTDOWN VALVE AND 3/95 3052
CABLE PULLEY ASS'Y
MB
1BLACKSTONE
ITEM ON QTY/ENG
PART No, DESCRIPTION
Fig 1 Fig It Cyl 16 Cyl
GOVERNOR & FUEL CONTROL

Governor
1 v4239/1 Heinzmann Electronic Actuator 1 1
v4239/2 Heinzmann Electronic Control Box
(Instrument Panel Mounted, Free issued
to panel manufracturer as appropriate) 1 1
2 10001206 Setscrew M8 x 20 Long 4 4
3 20210810 Spring Washer - M8 4 4
31-206-910 Potentiometer 1 1
31-206-810 Wiring.Harness 1 1
71-206-610 Probe - Speed Sensing 1 1
71-207-100 Air Manifold End CoverElectronic Governor

Support Bracket Assy Comprising: - 1 1
4 71 -207- 111 Air Manifold End Cover & Governor
Support Bracket 1 1
5 71-207-120 Joint 1 1
6 20001274 Drain Plug - 3/s BSP 1 1
7 E216 Support - Air Butterfly Cable 1 1
8 10001405 Sctscrew 2 2
10091044 Nut 1 1
9 10040302 Capscrew M12 x 25 Long 3 3
10 20803904 Copper Washer 1 1
11 10001308 Setscrew M12 x 35 Long 8 8
12 20211012 Washer 8 8
71-120-900 Gear Chest Inspection Cover Assy Compri:- 1 1

13 71-120-660 Gear Chest Inspection Cover 1 1
-
Spec Section (s) 14-01 ( Contractual) Last Issued 13/3/95
Illustration Ref No6) 3053
-
ITEM ON QTYENG
L_
- Fig Fig 12 Cyl
- -
16 Cyl
Governor (Cont.)
14 71-120-670 Joint 1 1
15 10001306 Setscrew M12 x 25 Long 10 10
16 20210812 Lockwasher - M12 10 10
71- 126-300 Overspeed Trip Cover Ass’y Comprising 1 1

17 71-126-200 Cover - Overspeed Trip 1 1
18 71- 126-540 Joint 1 1
19 10001306 Setscrew - M12 x 25 Lg. 8 8
Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk 2 Mirrlees Blacktone Ltd

MB
ZBLACXSTOhrE
ITEM ON
PART No. DESCRIPTION - QTYENG
Fig 2
--
12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Governor Control Linksee Assembly

71-207-501 Governor Lever Springbox Assy Compr: - 1 1
1 71-207-551 Lever Assy Compr:- 1 1
71-207-561 Lever 1 1
71-207 -640 Retainer - Spring 1 1
2 99-41751 Bush - Flanged 1 1
e 3 71 -207 -601 Lever Assy Compr: -

Lever
1
1
1
1
71-207-611
71-207-621 Bush - Serrated 1/2'1 x 36 1 1
71 -207-640 Retainer - Spring 1 1
71-207-630 Block - Adjusting 1 1
4 71-207-510 Spring 1 1
5 71-207-520 Adjuster 1 1
6 10001207 Setscrew - M8 x 25 Long 1 1
7 10091003 Nut - M8 1 1
8 10001208 Setscrew M8 x 30 Long 1 1
9 10191385 Nut - M8 Stiff 2 2
10 99-30398 Washer 1 1
(I) 11 99-36395 Belleville Washer 1 1
12 99-36397 Washer - Wave Spring 1 1
13 20200421 Circlip - M25 1 1
14 10001211 Setscrew - M8 x 45 Long 1 1
15 71 -207 -701 Connecting Rod Govenor Linkage- A Bank 1 1

16 71 -207-751 Connecting Rod Govenor Linkage- B Bank 1 1
17 10058203 Setscrew M8 x 40 Long 4 4
18 71-207-530 Spacer 4 4
-
Page No. 4 ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 MB
=BLACKSTOM? @
ITEM ON QnENC
PART No. DESCRIPTION
Fig 2 Fig
Governor Control Linkaze Assemblv (COnt...

19 10191385 Stiffnut
20 20211010 Washer
21 10091003 Nut M8
22 20305224 Rod End - Female

MZRIUEES
AA BLACKSTONE
ITEM ON
- PART Na DESCRIPTION -
QTYIENG
Fig 3 Fig 12 Cyl

- -
16 Cgl
Fuel Pumo Control Soindle Assembly

71-021-120 Fuel Pump Control Spindle Assy ”A” Bank
‘CV’ Pump Comprising: - 1
71 -021 -020 Fuel Pump Control Spindle Assy ”A” Bank
1 71-211-060 Shaft - Fuel Pump Control ”A” Bank 1
1 71-211-080 Shaft - Fuel Pump Control ”A” Bank 1
2 71-21 1-200 Support Assy Comprising:- 4 5

3 31-562-020 Bush 4 5
4 99-30609 Grease Nipple 4 5
5 10001307 Setscrew M12x 1.75 x 30 Long 8 10

6 20210812 Lockwasher M12 8 10
7 71-211 -331 Lever - Pump Rack Adjusting Compr:- 7 9

8 20202065 Helicoil - M8 7 9
9 10191386 Stiffnut M10 x 1.5 7 9

10 10001261 Setscrew M10 x 1.5 x 45 Long I 9
11 71 -211 -343 Spring - Lever 6 8
12 71-211 -350 Pin - Pump Rack 6 8
13 20210003 Washer 3/8 ” 12 16
14 10191385 Stiffnut M8 x 1.25 7 9
15 10046242 Grubscrew - Dogpoint M8 6 8
16 10091003 Locknut M8 x 1.25 7 9
17 20201046 Spring Tension Pin 5 Dia x 16 Long 7 9
18 71-212-500 Operating Lever Assy Comprising: - 1 1
71-212-510 Lever 1 1
71-212-520 Lug 1 1
-
i) Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk 2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
Illustration Ref No 3058,3056
MIRRLEES I
MBa BLACKSTOhE
QnENG
- ITEM ON
- PART NO. DESCRIF+ION -
Fig 3
- ?ig
-
4
-
12 Cyl
-
16 Cyl
Fuel Puma Control Spindle Assemblv fCont,

19 10058204 Bolt M8 x 1.25 x 45 Long 1 1
20 71-212-760 Adjusting Screw M10 x 1.5 (Operating Lever) 1 1
21 10191386 Stiffnut M10 x 1.5 (Operating Lever) 1 1
22 20201055 Spring Tension Pin - 5 Dia x 36 Long 1 1

23 71-211-270 Pin - Overload Stop 1 1
24 99-46608 Lead Seal 1 1
25 99 -06785 Locking Wire 1 1
26 71-211-280 Collar 2 2
27 20201055 Spring Tension Pin - 5 Dia x 36 Long 2 2
28 10001153 Setscrew M6 x 1x 10 Long (Slave Part) 2 2
29 71-211-320 Link - Fuel Pump Tack (Constant Speed) 6 8
30 10091004 Nut - M10 6 8
71-021-130 Fuel Pump Control Spindle Assy - B Bank

71-021-030 Fuel Pump Control Spindle Assy - B Bank
‘CV’ Pump Comprising:- 1
1 71 -211 -070 Shaft - Fuel Pump Control 1
1 71-211-090 Shaft - Fuel Pump Control 1
2 71-211 -210 Support Assy 1 1

3 31-562-020 Bush 1 1
5 10001307 Setscrew M12 x 1.75 x 30 Long 8 9
-
Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk 2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd U
PARTS LIST
ITEM ON
PART Na DESCRIPTION - QTYENG
Fig 4
-
12 Cyl
-
16 Cyl
Fuel P u m a Control Saindle Assemblv (Cont.

6 71-211-200 Support Assy 3 4
7 31-562-020 Bush 4 5
9 10040302 Capscrew M12 x 1.75 x 25 Long 1 1

10 20210812 Lockwasher M12 8 10
11 71-211-331 Lever - Pump Rack Adjusting Compr:- 7 9

12 20202065 Helicoil - M8 7 9
13 10191386 Stiffnut M10 x 1.5 7 9

14 10001261 Setscrew M10 x 1.5 x 45 Long 7 9
15 71-211-343 Spring - Lever 6 8
16 71-211 -350 Pin - Pump Rack 6 8
17 20210003 Washer 31g ” 12 16
18 10191385 Stiffnut M8 x 1.25 7 9
19 10046242 Grubscrew - Dogpoint M8 6 8
20 10091003 Locknut M8 x 1.25 7 9
21 20201046 Spring Tension Pin 5 Dia x 16 Long 7 9
22 71-212-510 Operating Lever 1 1
23 10058204 Bolt M8 x 1.25 x 45 Long 1 1
24 2020 1055 Spring Tension Pin - 5 Dia x 36 Long 1 1
25 71-211 -270 Pin - Overload Stop 1 1
26 99-46608 Lead Seal 1 1
27 99-06785 Locking Wire 1 1
28 71-211 -280 Collar 2 2

rl) Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk2
Illustration Ref No6)3058.3056
MIRRL.EES
ITEM ON
QTYBNG
-
-
Fig 4 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Fuel Pump Control Spindle Assemblv (Cont

29 20201055 Spring Tension Pin - 5 Dia x 36 Long 2
30 10001153 Setscrew M6 x 1 x 10 Long (Slave Part) 2
31 71 -211 -320 Link - Fuel Pump Rack (Constant Speed) 8
32 10091004 Nut - M10 8
-
Illustration Ref No6 ) 3058,3056
MZRRLEES :
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
‘8 Z BLACKSTONE
19
* Engine:
ESL 12&16
Title:
GOVERNOR ASSEMBLY (HEINZMANN)
Date:
3/93
Man. No
3053
MIRRL.EES 1
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 2
0 BLACXSTOAE
1
15or16
I 2’ 18
5
\ \

E L 12&16 GOVERNOR FUEL CONTROL LINKAGE 3/95 3054
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 3
BLACKSTONE
20

ESL 12&16 FUEL PUMP CONTROL SPINDLE (‘A’ BANK) 3/95 3058
MIRRL.EES Z
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig- 4
BLACKSTONE I
I
18
~~~ ~
ESL 12&16 FUEL PUMP CONTROL SPINDLE (‘B’ BANK) 3/95 3056
- BLlCxIiTONE
ITEM ON
- PART NO. DESCRIPTION - QTYBNC
Fig 1
-
12 Cyl 16 Cyl
ENGINE CONTROL ASSEMBLY

71-500-002 Engine Control Assy Comp:- 1 1
71-500 -050 Housing Assy Comprising:- 1 1
1 71-500-011 Housing 1 1
2 99-41749 Bush 1 1
5 99-40436 Nameplate - Mode Indicator 1 1
6 20202222 Drive Screw - No. 2 4 4
71-500-300 Control Shaft Assy Comprising:- 1 1

7 71-500-310 Shaft 1 1
8 71-500-360 Handle Boss 1 1
9 71-500-340 Locating Flange 1 1
10 99-41749 Bush 1 1
11 02-73029 Drive Screw - No. 8 1 1
12 71-500-910 Plug - 2
13 71-500-330 Cam - Fuel Rack 1 1
14 7592-5004 Handle 1 1
15 31-562-191 Knob 1 1
16 99-40432 Nameplate "Stop" 1 1
17 10001252 Setscrew - 2
18 20001227 Plug - 1
19 99-40435 Nameplate "Work" 1 1
20 20202222 Drive Screw 8 8
22 20803909 Copper Washer - 1
23 20200417 Circlip 1 1
-
'*
-
- ITEM ON
PART No. DESClUPTION --
Fig 1
- 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Eneine Control Assemblv IContd

25 71-500-380 Spring 1 1
26 99-34644 Screwdown Non-return Valve - 1
27 71-500-160 End Cover 1 1
28 20830106 Backnut - 1
29 10001257 Setscrew M10 x 25 Long 6 6
30 20000614 0 Ring 2 2
32 20211014 Washer - M20 1 1
33 10058255 Bolt M10 x 55 Long 4 4
34 71-500-030 Block - Air Inlet and Priming 1 1
35 20000610 0 Ring 1 1
36 20000615 0 Ring 1 1
37 10001256 Setscrew M10 x 20 Long 2 2
40 71-580-011 Bracket - Reed Switch 2 2
41 71-580-001 Microswitch 2 .2
42 10001204 Setscrew - M8 x 14 Long 4 4
43 10022008 Setscrew - M3 x 25 Long 4 4
44 10091019 Nut- M3 4 4
45 71-500- 981 Adaptor - A / S Inlet to Valve 1 1

46 20803911 Washer 1” - Copper 2 2
47 E455 Cam - Engine Control 1 1
48 9691-2716 Connector - Nylon 12M - PG7 2 2
49 9691-2718 Adaptor - Gland 2 2
- --
MIRlUEES = PARTS LIST Section 15
M
-
- BUCKSTOhE
ITEM ON
- - PART N"
Fig 1 Fig
Engine Control Assemhlv (COnt.1

50 71-500-020 Outlet Block - Air Start
51 20000610 0 Ring
52 10040259 Capscrew - M10 x 50 Long
53 71 - 120-390 Block - Control Housing Mounting
54 10082323 Stud M12 x 160 Long
55 20211012 Washer
56 10091005 Nut M12

Spec Section (s) 15-101 (Contractual)
MIRIUEES =
1111
BUCXTTONE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
View on arrow 'A' 42'

ESL 128~16 ENGINE CONTROL VALVE ARRANGEMENT
(AIRMATIC)
4/95
3101 I
I
MIRIUEES Z
- ITEM ON
Fig 1
-
Fig
PART Na. DESCRIPTION -- QTYBNG
- - 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
-
AIR START PIPE
1 20805814 Elbow - 1”BSP 2 2
2 71-503-201 Air Start Cross Over Pipe Assy (Heinzman)
‘A’ Bank Comprising: - 1 1
3 71-500-082 Connecting Block 1 1
4 20831507 Plug -1” BSP Taper 1 1
5 20831502 Plug -l/4’’ BSP Taper 1 1
. 6 10058308 Bolt M12 x 75 Long 2 2
7 20210812 Washer - Spring (M12) 2 2
8 20000621 0 Ring 1 1
9 71-503-050 Pipe - Air Start Jumper ‘B’ Bank 1 1
10 20000545 0 Ring 4 4
11 71-503-010 Pipe - Air Start Jumper ‘A’ Bank 1 1
12 71-503-040 Flange - Air Start Pipe 2 2
13 10001308 Setscrew M12 x 35 Long 2 2
14 20000621 0 Ring S 1
15 20000610 0 Ring 1 1
16 71-502-012 Air Start Tee - Tappet Block 12 16
17 20000608 0 Ring 12 16
e 18 10001407 Setscrew M16 x 35 Long 12 16
19 71-502-190 Connecting Pipe - Air Start so 14
20 20000545 0 Ring 20 28
21 71-502-020 End Plug 2 2
22 20201019 Rollpin - M4 2 2

Illustration Ref No6) 3064
MIRIUEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
BLACKSTONE
'6' BANK
Engine: Date: Man. No

E L 12&16 AIR START PIPING ARRANGEMENT 4/95 3064
(HEINZMANN ELECTRONIC GOVERNOR)
MIRRLEES :
AA BLACILliTONE
ITEM ON
- - PART N" DESCRIPTION -
-
FRESH WATER SYSTEM
Fresh Water PumD - Std. Rotation
1 E267 Fresh Water Pump - Std Rotation Compr:- 1 1
2 71-420-440 Bracket - Fresh Water Pump Support 1 1
3 71-420-450 Bolt - M10 Fitted . 2 2
4 10191386 Stiff Nut - M10 2 2
5 71-420-420 Shim - 1.6mm 3 3
6 71-420-430 Shim - 0.8mm 3 3
7 10001406 Setscrew - M16 x 30 Lg. 2 2
F.W Suction ElbowRvlountinp Bracket
Assembly
8 71-420 -020 F/W Suction Elbow Mounting Bracket 1 1
9 10001408 Setscrew - M16 x 40 Long 4 4
10 20210814 Spring Washer - M16 4 4
11 20211013 Plain Washer - M16 4 4
71-413-190 Blanking Flange 1 1
71-413-170 Joint 1 1
-
Illustration Ref No@) 3073
Page No. 2 ESL 12 & 16 M U
ITEM ON QTYlENG
- PART No. DESCIU~TION
-
Water Manifold Assembly
71-040-020 Water Manifold Assy - 12 Cyl
for VTC254 Turbocharger Comprising: - 1
71-040 -000 Water Manifold Assy - 12 Cyl
71-040-010 Water Manifold Assy - 16 Cyl
1 71-400-800 Water Manifold Assy Comprising: - 1
1 71-400-850 Water Manifold Assy Comprising: - 1
2 71-400 -700 Pipe- Cyl Head Outlet Comprising:- 12 16
3 71-414-400 Support - Water Manifold (VTC 254) 1
4 71-413-400 Support - Water Manifold (VTC 304) 1
4 71-413-400 Support - Water Manifold 1
5 20001225 Plug G 1/2 1 1
7 10001309 Setscrew M12 x 40 Long 7 7
8 20210812 Spring Washer - M12 7 7
9 10091005 Nut M12 4 4
10 20805421 Male Connector 12 16

Specsection (s) 17-03,103 Last Issued 11/5/95
PARTS LIST
IZZBLACXTTONE
~~~
ITEM ON QTYIENG
-- PART No. DESCRIPTION
Fig 2 Fig 3
- -12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Manifold Flow Control & 'hrho F/W

Deliverv Piping Ass'y
71 -004 -600 Primary Coolant Manifold Flow Control
& Turbocharger Freshwater Delivery
Piping Arrg't Comprising:- 1 1
71 -040 -050 Primary Coolant Manifold Flow Control
Assembly Comprising: - 1 1
11 3590-4162 Pipe - Manifold Outlet 1 1
a 71-400-360
71-400-370
Flange - Water Outlet Manifold
Flange - 8ONB
1
1
1
1
3581-0504 BOSS- G'/z 3 3
12 71-400-520 Joint 1 1
13 10001308 Setscrew M12 x 35 Long 6 6
14 40-81860 Orifice Plate 1 1
15 71 -400 -370 Flange - 80NB 1 1
16 20000639 0 Ring 2 2
17 10001411 Setscrew M16 x 55 Long 4 4
18 10091006 Nut M16 4 4
71-041-750 Turbocharger Fresh Water Delivery

Piping Assy Comprising:- 1 1
0 1 78853 Pipe - Water Inlet to Intercooler 1 1
2 79812 Pipe - Intercooler to Engine 1 1
3 3589-4105 Pipe - Inlet to Engine 1 1
4 20000631 '0' Ring 1 1
5 70-67420 Joint 2 2
6 40-36760 Joint 3 3
7 10001308 Setscrew 3 3
9 10001411 Setscrew 12 12
- -
Illustration Ref No6 ) 3068,3187
I = BL4CKSTONE
-
ITEM ON
DESCRIflION
QTY/ENG
-
-
Fig 3 Fig
-
12 Cyl
-
16 Cyl
Manifold Flow Control & n r b o F/W

Deliverv Pbine ASS’VICont.1
10 10091006 Nut 12 12
11 20210814 Spring Washer 12 12
12 1001507 Setscrew 8 8
14 99-31852 Thermometer 3 3
16 3590-4085 Pipe Intercooler to Engine 1 1
17 78854 Pipe - Fresh Water Pump Delivery 1 1
18 20001223 Brass Plug 1 1
20 SD3015 Brass Plug 1 1
21 CW66l10412 Copper Washer 1 1
22 SD30113 Brass Plug 1 1
23 ~~3315212 Copper Washer 1 1
24 1 71-413 -800 Pipe - Water Delivery to TIC 1 1
25 2 20000612 0 Ring 2 2
--
PARTS LIST
ZZ BIACKSTOhE
ITEMON I QTVlENC
-
DESCRIPTION
-
Fig 4
-
12 Cyl 16 Cyl
'hrhocharper Water Piuing

Turbocharger Water Piping Arrg't
- VTC 304 (Vertical Outlet) Comprising:- 1 1
1 Pipe - Turbocharger Water Outlet

'B' Bank 1 1
2 Pipe - Turbocharger Water Outlet
'A' Bank 1 1
3 Connector G 1 1/4 x 38 OD 3 3
4 Block - Water Feed to Turbocharger 1 1
5 Bolt M12 x 1.75 x 110 Long 2 2
6 Washer M12 2 2
7 Pipe - Turbocharger Water Inlet 1 1
- -
MIRRL.EES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
BLACKSTOAE

ESL 128~16 FRESH WATER PUMP -STD. ROT. SINGLE 5/95 3073
CIRCUIT, 190 DIA. IMPELLER
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 2
Bracket for VTR 304 turbo. /
'1
Cngine: Title: Date: Man. No

ZSL 12&16 WATER MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY 5/95 3068
/ Water therrnomete<detail
/
15
2, 22, 23
\ 10 \

ESL 128.~16 TURBOCHARGER FRESH WATER DELIVERY 6/96 3187
PIPING
MIRRLEES :
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 4
fig. 2
Engine: Title: Date: Man. Nn

ESL 128.~16 T/CCOOLING WATER PIPES VTC 304 TURBO. 5/95 3071
PARTS L E T Section 18
~
ITEM ON QTYENG
- - PART N" DESCRIPTION
Fig 1
--
Fig
-12 Cyl 16 Cyl
RAW WATER SYSTEM
Raw Water Pump 6 t d . Rotation]

This section is not used on single circuit
cooled engines.

MB
IBLACXSTOhE ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 PageNO. 1
ITEM ON
- - PART N' DESCRIPTION --
Fig 1 Fig
-
12 Cyl 16 Cyl
LUBRICATING OIL PUMP ASSEMBLY

1 71-300 -000 Lub. Oil Pump Assembly (12 Cyl) Compr:- 1
71 -300 -660 Rotation Plate 1
99-45004 Dowel - 3/8 x 13/4 Long 2
71-300-410 Front Cover Gasket 1
71 -300 -420 Rear Cover Gasket 1
71-300-440 Seal Housing Gasket 1
71-300-220 Bearing Housing 3
71-300-210 Bearing Housing 1
71 -300-300 Front Cover 1
71 -300-100 Pump Body 1
71-300-070 Idler Shaft & Rotor Assy 1
71 -300 -350 Bell Housing 1
71-300-600 Plain Cover 1
71 -300 -340 Seal Track 1
71-300-330 Lip Seal Housing 1
71-300-160 Retaining Collar 1
71-300-030 Main Shaft & Rotor Assy 1
71-300-710 Capscrew - 5/16UNF 4
20210724 Spring Washer - 5/16 4
71-300 -720 Capscrew - 1/2 UNF 18
20210727 Spring Washer - l/2 18
71-300-730 Capscrew - */8 UNF 4
20210729 Spring Washer - 5/8 4
71-300-750 Grub Screw - l/4 UNF 1
20210730 Spring Washer - 3/4 8
10191395 Nut - M30 1
20211016 Plain Washer - M30 1
0 Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk 2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

M I R R L E E ~
Page No. 2 ESL 12 & 16 M U
*
i ITEMON
PART No- DESCRIITION
Lubricatine oil uumu ASS’V(COnt.1

71-300-260 Circlip 3
20200239 Circlip 1
71 -300-760 Drive Screw 6
71 -300-770 Plug 3/s BSP 2
71 -300-110 Outer Race 3
71 -300-130 Outer Race 1
71 -300-120 Inner Race 3
71-300- 140 Inner Race 1
71-300- 150 Pump Bearing 1
20000649 0 Ring 1
71 -300-310 Lip Seal 1
71-300-320 Mechanical Seal 1
71-300 -740 Capscrew - ‘/4” UNF 4
71-300-670 Nameplate 1
71 -300-450 Gasket - Lip Seal Housing 1
71-300-560 Housing - Mechanical Seal 1
20831302 Plug - l/4 BSP Taper 1
20831304 Plug - l/2 BSP Taper 1
10032408 Stud - M16 x 55 Long 6
20210814 Lockwasher 6
10091006 Nut - M16 6
20201170 Roll Pin - M12 x 40 Lg. 2

Illustration Ref No6 )3107
MIRRL.EES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1

ESL 12~916 LUBRICATING OIL PUMP ASSEMBLY - 12 CYL 8/95 3107
MIRRL.EES 1
=BLACKSTOhE
ITEM ON
- PART NO. DESCRIPTION - QTYENG
Fig 1
--
U Cyl 16 Cyl
ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM

Base Eneine Lubricatine Svstem
71-032-000 Strainer & Main Bearing Lub Oil Feed
Arrangement Comprising:- 1
71-032-010 Strainer & Main Bearing Lub Oil Feed
Arrangement Comprising:- 1
71-032-100 Main Bearings Lub Oil Pipe Assy
(Std Rotation) Comprising:- 1
T.B.A. Main Bearings Lub Oil Pipe Assy
(Std Rotation) Comprising:- 1
71-321-101 Main Bearings Lub Oil Pipe 7 9
71 -321 -151 Main Bearings Lub Oil Pipe 1 1

20805425 Connector 8 10
208058 13 Elbow - Male 8 10
71-372- 102 Lub Oil Strainer Assy Comprising:- 1 1

71-372- 130 Boss 2 2
10058267 Bolt - M10 x 140 Long 2 2
10191386 Nut - M10 2 2
-
-
Illustration Ref No (s) 3108
MIRRL.EES__
ITEM ON
- - PART No. DESCRIIT'ION -
QTYIENG
-
-
Enpine Lub. Oil Svstem - Simplex Filter.

71-037-010 Lub Oil Piping Arrg't (Simplex Filter,
Standard Rotation) Comprising: - 1
71-320-650 Elbow Assy Lub Oil Pump Inlet Compr:- 1
1 71-320-661 Elbow - Lub Oil Pump Inlet 1
2 10082405 Stud - M16 x 40 Long 4
3 10091006 Nut - M16 4
4 20000634 0 Ring 2
5 71-320-670 Flange - Lub Oil Pump Inlet 2
6 71-320- 680 Jumper Pipe - Lub Oil Inlet 1
7 20000716 0 Ring 1
8 10001412 Setscrew M16 x 60 Long 4
9 20211013 Washer 4
71-320-050 Elbow Assy - Lub Oil Suction

(Standard Rotation) Comprising: - 1
10 -
71 -320 060 Elbow - Lub Oil Suction
(Standard Rotation) 1
11 10001408 Setscrew M16 x 40 Long 4
12 20000629 0 Ring 1
13 10001412 Setscrew M16 x 60 Long 4
14 20211013 Washer - M16 4
-
Illustration Ref No(1' 3109,3111
MIRRLEES :
.1BLACKSTOhE
ITEM ON
- - PART No. DESCRIPTION - -
QTYIENG

-
Engine
- Lub. Oil Svstem - Simplex Filter.
1Cont.l
15 20000634 0 Ring 1
16 20000716 0 Ring 1
17 71-320-670 Flange - Lub Oil Suction Elbow 2
18 71-320-550 Lub Oil Outlet Pipe Assy 1
19 10001408 Setscrew - M16 x 40 Lg. 4
20 20805808 Elbow - Male I/zG 1
21 71-320-470 Pipe - Lub Oil Drain Pipe 1
22 20805415 Straight Connector - */2G 1
23 71-320-780 Adaptor - I/2G 1
24 20805420 Straight Connector 1
25 71-320 -440 Lub Oil Drain Pipe Assy 1
26 20805811 Elbow 1
T.B.A. Elbow Assy - Lub Oil FilterDelivery
Bracket Comprising:- 1
1 71 -370-201 Bracket Lub Oil FilterDelivery Elbow 1
2 10082405 Stud - M16 x 4OLong 6
3 10091006 Nut - M16 6
4 20000631 ‘0’Ring 1
5 10001507 Setscrew - M20 x 45 Long 4
6 20000634 ‘0’Ring 1
7 20806605 Tee - Male 2
8 71-320-030 Flange - Lub Oil Filter Adapter 1
9 20000630 ‘0’ Ring 1
- -
Illustration Ref No 6 ) 3109,3111
MIRRLEEZ
QTYlENG
PART N O . DESCRIPTION
Fig 3
- 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Eneine Lub. Oil Svstem - Simnlex Filter.

(Cont.)
99-54538 Capscrew - 314 UNC x 1 112 Long

20000627 ‘0’Ring
20000629 ‘0’ Ring
10 20001246 Plug - ‘14 BSP
a.
.‘

Illustration Ref No(s) 3109,3111
~

-
ITEM ON
- PART N O , DESCRIPTION
QTYENG
-
~~ -
Lub. Oil Piues - FWD End Pump
1 20807005 Tee - Male 1 1
2 20807703 Reducer - M10 - M6 2 2
3 71-326-350 Pipe - Lub Oil Intermediate 1 1
4 1 20807403 Tee - Union 2 2
5 71-326 -300 Pipe - Lub Oil Feed to F/W Pump 1 1
6 20805802 Elbow - Male G x O.D. 2 2
e 7
8 2
71-326-150
7&4%-4m
Pipe - Lub Oil Feed/Lub Oil Pump
Pipe - Lub Oil Feed Cross Over to R/W
1 1
Pump 1 1
3 71-326-450 Pipe - Lub Oil Feed to Tensioner 1 1
4 2kw5404 Connector - I14 G 2 2
9 5 7&42&&% Coupling - Stud 2 2
10 6 2ooows7 ‘0’ Ring 2 2
11 7 2JxKm-B Seal - Dowty 2 2
12 8 TL4a4s% Pipe - Lub Oil Drain Comprising:- 2 2

13 9 ?nnnnl;n7 ‘0’ Ring 2 2
14 10 3JxMx57 Setscrew - M10 x 25 Long 4 4
a 11
71-326-450
71-326- 100
Pipe - Feed to Tensioner
Pipe -Lub Oil Feed to R/W Pump Compr:-
1
1
1
1
12 40 -90370 Grommet - Pipe 1 1
13 02-72908 Plate - Clamp 1 1
14 02-72907 Clamp 1 1
15 10001160 Setscrew - M6 x 35 Long 1 1
16 10191384 Nut - M6 1 1
17 20831502 Plug - Taper l/4 BSP 1 1
-- --
0 Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk 2
Spec Section (s) 20-03 (Contractual)
Last Issued 31/8/95
Illustration Ref No 6 ) 3118
M I R l U E E S
ITEM ON QTYENG
- PART No. DESCFUMION -
Fig Fig 12 cyl
- 5
- -
16 Cyl
Lub. Oil Pipes - FWD End Pumn

18 71-173-610 Elbow - Tensioner Oil Drain 1 1
19 20000608 ‘0’ Ring 1 1
20 10001306 Setscrew - M12 x 25 Lg. 3 3
21 10001206 Setscrew - M8 x 20 Lg. 1 1
22 20001102 Dowty Seal 1 1
23 71-173-620 Pipe - Belt Tensioner Oil Drain 1 1
24 20000602 ‘0’Ring 2 2
-
MIIlRLEES = Section 20
PARTS LIST
Ad
IZ BLACKSTOhE
- ITEMON
Fig 6
I
PART No.
I
DESCRIPTION -- QTYlENG
16 Cyl
12 Cyl
- -
Lub. Oil Pioes - Camshaft &Tappet Block
FA' Bank)
71-032-501 Tappet Block & Camshaft Bearing Pipe Assy
('A' Bank) Comprising:- 1
71-032-301 Tappet Block & Camshaft Bearing Pipe Assy
('A' Bank) Comprising:- 1
1 71-325-202 Tappet Block Assy ('A' Bank) 2
1 71-325 -652 Tappet Block Assy ('A' Bank) 2
20800205 Ring - Coupling 4 4
20800155 Nut 4 4
3 20801412 Elbow 3/8 O.D. 2 2
4 71 -325-220 Pipe - Lub Oil Feed (Free End) 1 1
5 71-325 -040 Pipe - Lub Oil Feed (Free End) 1 1
6 71-325-060 Pipe - Camshaft Bearing Lub Oil Delivery 1 1
7 20805607 Connector 2 2
8 71 -325-641 Pipe - Lub Oil Tappet Block Dely 1 1
9 71-325-300 Pipe - Lub Oil Delivery 1 1
10 20807005 Tee - Male 1 1
11 02-72203 Adaptor - Bearing 6 8
12 71 -325-350 Pipe - Lub Oil Delivery 1 1
13 20805410 Connector - l/4 G 1 1
14 58-36951 Fitment 11 15
-
Illtistration Ref No(')3119
MIRRLEEE
-
-
ITEM ON QWIENG
7 - PART No. DESCRIII'ION -
- Fig 6 Fig
-
12 Cyl
-
16 Cyl
Lub. Oil Piaes - Camshaft & Tapaet Block

i'B' Bank1
71-032-551 Tappet Block & Camshaft bearing Pipe Assy
('B' Bank) Comprising:- 1
71-032-351 Tappet Block & Camshaf Bearing Pipe Assy
('B' Bank) Comprising:- 1
1 71-325 -202 Tappet Block Assy ('B' Bank) Comprising:- 2
1 71-325-652 Tappet Block Assy ('B' Bank) Comprising- 2
20800205 Ring - Coupling 4 4
20800155 Nut 4 4
3 20801412 Elbow 3/8 O.D. 2 2
6 71-325-060 Pipe - Camshaft Bearing Lub Oil Delivery 1 1
7 20805607 Connector 2 2
8 71-325-241 Pipe - Lub Oil Tappet Block Dely Compr:- 1 1
9 71-325 -700 Pipe - Lub Oil Delivery Comprising:- 1 1
10 20807005 Tee - Male 1 1
11 02- 72203 Adaptor - Bearing 6 8
12 71-325 - 350 Pipe - Lub Oil Delivery Comprising:- 1 1
13 20805410 Connector - '/4 G 1 1
14 58-36951 Fitment 11 15
15 71-120-610 Pipe - Oil Drain (Cylinder Head) 12 16
16 71-413-330 Plug - 11/4"B.S.P. 1 1
17 71- 120-640 Clamp - Stauff Pipe (Pair) 12 16
18 10001160 Setscrew - M6 x 35 Lg. 12 16
19 20211009 Washer - M6 Plain 12 16
20 10191384 Stiff Nut - M6 12 16
-
Illustration Ref No@) 3119
PARTS LIST
e 1111
1BLICXSTOAE
ITEM ON
QlYiENG

-- -
Thermostatic Valve
20509055 Lub Oil Thermostat, (100 N.B.) 1
NOTE: Ident shown is for typical Amot,
specijication may however be subject to
variafion due to contractual requirement.
This item ispart of M.B. scope of supply
and is supplied loose and taged.
Lub. Oil Relief Valve

1 71-309-010 Valve Body 1
2 71-309-030 Valve - Lub Oil Relief 1
3 71-309-020 Spring - Relief Valve (Outer) 1
4 71-309-060 Spring - Relief Valve (Inner) 1
5 71 -309-040 Relief Valve Cap 1
6 10191387 Locknut - M12 2
7 20211012 Washer - M12 Plain 2
( r
8 71-309-710 Stud - M12 2
9 20000554 0 Ring 1
10 20210008 Washer 314 5
11 71-309-070 Strap - Relief valve Cap 1
e Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk 2

Last Issued 19/9/95
Illustration Ref No @)3124
ITEM ON
- - PART No. DESCRIPTION -
QnlENG
-
Fig 9 Fig 12 Cyl
- - 16 Cyl
Lub. Oil Filter - SimDlex

1 71-370- 100 Lub Oil Filter (Simplex) Comprising:- 1
2 98-25483 Element 1
3 71-370-300 Centre Tube Stud 1
4 71-370-310 Gag Assy 1
5 71 -370-450 Washer - G1/2 8
6 31 -371 -180 Drain Plug - G1/z 7
7 20000745 0 Ring 1
8 10001510 Setscrew - M20 x 60 Long 4
9 10091007 Nut M20 4
10 20001273 Plug - G1/4 1
11 71-370-460 Washer 1
12 71-370-350 Plug - G1/2 1
13 71-370-710 Stud - G1/2 - M20 1
-
Spec Section ( s ) 20-06,07 Last Issued 19/9/95
Illustration Ref No 6 ) 3122
MZRRL.EES = Section 20
PARTS LIST
= BUCXSTOAE
ITEM ON
- - PART N O - DESCRIPTION --QTYENG
Fig 7 Fig
--
12 Cyl 16 Cyl
nrbochareer Lub. Oil Piping

1 71-328-940 T/C Lub Oil Inlet Connection 1
2 71-328-950 Pipe - Lub Oil Feed Upper 1
3 71-328-353 Pipe - Lub Oil Feed Lower 1
4 20805420 Male Connector - G1/2 x 20 0 . D 2
5 20807508 Union Elbow 20 O.D. 1
6 71 -328-790 Clamp Assy 1
7 40-90360 Grommet 1
8 71-328-711 Clamp Assy 2
9 40-90360 Grommet 1
10 10001311 Setscrew - M12 x 50 Long 1
11 71 -328-750 Spacer Clamp Assy 1
12 10001317 Setscrew - M12 x 80 Long 1
13 10001316 Setscrew - M12 x 75 Long 1
14 20210812 Lockwasher M12 1
15 E655 Pipe - VTC 254 T/C - Lub. Oil Drain 1
16 E486 Joint 1
17 E488 Joint 1
18 1000130 Setscrew - M12 x 30 Long 4
19 20211012 Washer 4

Illustration Ref No (43120
MIRRLEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 1
I
I
For sump arran ement
See sect. 3 &.I

ESL 12&16 STRAINER & MAIN BEARING LUB. OIL FEED 8/95 3108
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 2
10
20
MIRRLEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 3

ESL 12&16 LUBRICATING OIL FILTER DELIVERY BRACKET 8/95 3111
(12 CYLINDER ENGINES)
MIRRCEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 4
BLACKSTONE
\
10
Engine: Title: Date: Man. N"

ESL 128~16 LUB. OIL PIPES TO FRESH WATER & LUB. OIL 8/95 3117
PUMPS
MIRRLEES Z
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 5
BLACXIiTOhE I ~

ESL 128~16 LUB. OIL PIPES TO BELT TENSIONER & RAW 9/95 3118
WATER PUMP
=I
MIRRLEES
PARTS LIST I Section20
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 1 Fig6
16
\

ESL 128~16 LUB OIL PIPES - CAMSHAFT & TAPPET 9/95 3119
BLOCK ( ‘B’ BANK SHOWN ONLY )
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 7
ZZ BLACKSTONE

ESL 128~16 TURBOCHARGER LUB. OIL PIPING 9/95 3120
(VTC 254 T/C)
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
Engine: Title: Date: Man. N

:
ESL 128~16 LUB. OIL RELIEF VALW - 12 CYLINDER 9/95 31221
MIRRLEES
~~
=
~

ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 9
1BLACWTONE
12
/
n /
. 7
586
10&11
13
/
E L 12&16 LUB OIL FILTER - 12 CYLINDER 9/95 3124

PARTS LIST
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 PageN'. 1
ITEM ON QTY/ENG
- - PART Na DESCRIFTION
?ig 1 Fig 12 CYl 16 Cyl
-
FUEL PIPES
Fuel Manifold Assemblies lHeaw Fuel1

1 31-210-951 Fuel Pump (CV) 12 16
2 71-221-861 Fuel Manifold Assy 4
2 71-221-881 Fuel Manifold Assy 4
71-221-221 Flange - Fuel Manifold 4 4
71-221-121 Tube - Fuel Return Manifold 2
0 71-221-161 Tube - Fuel Return Manifold 2
71-221 -061 Tube - Fuel Manifold 2
71-221 -081 Tube - Fuel Manifold 2
40-31580 Boss - Bleed 4 4
71-221 -130 Boss - Fuel Manifold 12 16
71-221 -030 Strap 8 10
3 71-223 -901 Pipe Assy - Fuel Return 12 16
4 99-54106 Elbow - Male 24 32
5 71 -221 -620 Cover - Fuel Manifold End 3 3
6 71-221-630 Flange - Fuel Manifold 4 4
7 10040255 Capscrew - M10 x 1.5 x 30 Long 16 16
e 8
9
10040254
71-221-711
Capscrew - M10 x 1.5 x 25 Long
Bolt - Fuel Manifold Banjo
12
12
12
16
10 71 -221 -291 Spacer - Fuel Manifold 12 16
11 20000606 0 Ring (Usage Various) 24 32
12 20001112 Seal - Dowty 12 16
- - -
MIRIUEES
.
- -
Fig 1
ITEM ON
Fig 2
PART Na, DESCRIPTION -
QTYIENG
-
- -
12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Fuel Manifold Assemblies

lcontinued).
13 10082319 Stud - M12 x 1.75 x 120 Long 48 64
14 10091005 Nut - M12 x 1 . 7 5 ~ 48 64
15 20210812 Washer - Spring (M12) 48 64
16 71-223-012 Block- Fuel Pump Mounting 12 16
17 20203134 Dowel - M12 x 25 Long 16 20
18 20000622 0 Ring
19 99-41427 Nu-Lip Ring
24
12
32
16
a
20 40-32160 Screw - Bleed - M10 4- 4
21 20803901 Washer - Copper 4 4
Injector Leak-off Manifold Arr’et
1 31-222- 100 Pipe - Injector Drain Comprising:- 10 14
2 71-222-101 Pipe - Injector Leak Off Comprising:- 12 16
3 20805805 Elbow - Male 1/4”G x 3/8” O.D. 12 16
4 20807405 Tee - Union 9 13
5 20807505 Elbow Union 2 2
6 71 -223-090 Clamp - Pipe 10 14
7 10040157 Capscrew - M6 x 1 x 30 Long 10 14
8 61-82520 Packing - Pipe Clamp 10 14 a
9 20808105 Tee 1 1
- - --
Spec Section (s) 21-101,02
Last issued 2411ii95
a
Illustration Ref No6) 3146,3129
PARTS LIST
ZZ BLACKSTONE
ITEM ON
- PART N" DESCRIPTION - QTYENG
Fig 3 Fig
- -
12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Iniector Leak-off Piaine Assembly

1 71-222-140 Pipe - Manifold Pressure Relief Valve 1 1
2 71-222-651 Pipe - Injection Drain Manifold ('B' Bank) 1 1
3 71 -222-700 Pipe - Injection Leak Off Cross Over 1 1
4 71-222-601 Pipe Assy - Injection Drain Manifold
('A' Bank) 1 1
5 71-222- 120 Relief Valve 1 1
6 71-222- 130 Elbow - Manifold Pressure Relief Valve 1 1
7 20805411 Connector - 3/8"G 1 1
8 20806605 Male Tee 1 1
9 71-224-041 Non Return Valve 1 1
10 71-224-050 Adaptor - Non Return Valve 1 1
11 20808105 Tee 1 1
12 20807505 Elbow - Union 1 1
13 71-222 -250 Clamp - Base 2 2
14 10058305 Bolt - M12 x 1.75 x 60 Long 2 2
15 71-223 -090 Clamp - Pipe 3 3
16 10040157 Capscrew - M6 x 1x 30 Long 3 3
17 61 -82520 Packing - Pipe Clamp 5 5
0
-
MIRRLEEC
PARTS LIST
Page NO- 4 ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
PART No. DESCRIF?ION -

QTYENG
-
Fig 5 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Fuel Drain Manifold Assembly

71-223 -040 Pipe - Fuel Pump Drain Conn. 10 14
20200418 Circlip 20 28
20000516 0 Ring 20 28
71-223-020 Plug - Blanking 4 4
71-222-710 Plug - Injector Leak Off 12 16
20831502 Plug - Taper !A” B.S.P. 14 18
CW32lI52l2
E656
Copper Washer - Injector Leak Off Plug
Fuel Drain Manifold /Pipe F.E. ‘B’ Bank
12
1
16
1
a
Fuel Drain Tank Arr’et
71-223-500 Fuel Oil Drain Tank Assy 4 4
1 71-223-510 Drain Tank Fab Assembly 4 4
2 99-00104 Cock - Drain 4 4
3 E657 Fuel Drain Pipe (’A’ Bank) F.E. 1 1
4 E658 Fuel Drain Pipe (‘A’ Bank) F.W.E. 1 1
5 E659 Fuel Drain Pipe (’B’ Bank) F.W.E. 1 1
6 E493 Clamp - Pipe 1 1
7 E494 Clamp - Pipe 3 3
8
9
61-82520
40-90360
Packing - Pipe Clamp
Packing - Pipe Clamp
1
1
1
1 e
10 10001163 Setscrew - M6 x 1 x 50 Long 4 4
11 10191384 Nut - Stiff M6 x 1 4 4
- -
Spec Section (s) 21-04,05
Last Issued 5/10/95
a
Illustration Ref No 3131, 3132
MIRRLEES
II BLACKSTONE
ITEM ON QTYENG
Fig 6
- Fig 7 12 Cyl 16Cyl
Fuel Filter Assembly (SimDlexl

1 40-62280 Filter Assembly, Comprising : 1 1
1 98 -27320 Head 1 1
2 98-27319 Filter Bowl Retaining Bolt 1 1
3 98-2730s Support Washer 1 1
4 98-27302 Joint Ring 1 1
5 MB5168 Element - Fuel Filter 1 1
6 98-27321 Bowl 1 1
7 98-27309 Seal (Element Bottom) 1 1
8 98-27306 Spring 1 1
9 98 -27317 Air Vent Plug 1 1
10 98-27318 Air Vent Plug Washer 1 1
11 98-27310 Circlip 1 1
2 E440 Adaptor 1 1
3 E439 Banjo Connector 1 1
4 71-221 -352 Pipe - Manifold Inlet ‘B’ Bank 1 1
5 20806608 Tee 1 1
6 71-221 -720 Adaptor 2 2
7 20001118 Washer 3 3
8 71-240- 200 Mounting Block 1 1
9 10040309 Capscrew M12 x 1.75 x 60Lg 2 2
10 10001257 Setscrew M10 x 1.5 x 25Lg 2 2
11 71-223-751 Clamp Assembly 2 2
12 40-90360 Insert 2 2
13 71-221-201 Pipe - Fuel Inlet to Manifold 1 1
14 10805421 Coupling 2 2
15 20807808 Elbow 2 2
Parts List ESL 12- 16 Mk 2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

Illustration Ref No (s) ST0037, 3133
-
- PART NO- DESCRIPTION -

QTYENG
-
Fig
- -
1.2 Cyl 16 Cyl
-
Iniector Ass'Y 119.5 Bar. Distillate)
71-023 -021 Injector Assy (Light Fuel) Comprising: - 12 16
71-230-001 Injector Body Assy : Comprising- 12 16
71-230-010 Injector Body 12 16
31-230-060 Dowel 24 32
71-230-070 Transfer Block 12 16
71 -230 -040 Thrust Cap 12 16
40-64010 Shim (5/Cyl) AJR m
71 -230-150 Injector Spring 12 16
71 -230-130 Nozzle Nut 12 16
71-230-250 Protective Cap 12 16
71-230-260 Protective Plug 24 32
71-230-270 Washer 12 16
71-230-260 Protcctive Plug 12 16
71-230-160 Injector Nozzle 12 16

20000612 0 Ring 12 16
20000145 0 Ring 24 32
99-07026 Copper Washer 12 16

Illustration Ref No6)3138
MIIUUEES
-- PART No. DESCRIPTION

16 Cyl
Fig 9
-
Fig
-
12 Cyl
Iniector Piae Ass'v (Unsheathed1

1 71-220-012 Injector Pipe Ass'y (Unsheathed) Comprising 12 16
71-220 -020 Nut 24 32
71-220-030 Collar 24 32
-
Illustration Ref No(s) 3139
MIRRLEES I
ITEM ON QTYENG
Fig 10
-
12 Cyl 16
- Cyl
Fuel Return Manifold Connecting

Pi pew0 rk
1 71-221-630 Flange 1 1
2 20805811 Elbow - Male 1 1
3 71-222-060 Block - Mounting 1 1
4 10040259 Capscrew - M10 x 50 Long 4 4
5 71-222-151 Pipe Assy - Fuel Return Crossover 1 1
6 20000457 0 Ring 1 1
7 71 -222- 080 Coupling - Stud, 1 1
8 20001113 Dowty Seal 1 1
9 71-222-750 Clamp, 1 1
10 40-90360 Grommet 1 1
11 10001264 Setscrew - M10 x 60 Long 2 2
12 20211011 Washer - M10 Plain 2 2
13 71 -222- 070 Relief Valve 1 1
14 20000465 ‘0’Ring 1 1
15 20000615 ‘0’Ring 1 1
16 20803909 ‘0’Ring 1 1

PARTS LIST
ZZ BLACKSTONE
ITEM ON
- 1 PART No. DESCRIPTION
QTYIENG
-
?ig 11 Fig 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
-
CV FUEL INJECTION PUMP
JHeaw Fuel and 19.7 BAR)
31 210 951 CV Fuel Injection Pump 12 16
1 31 214 110 Pump Housing 12 16
2 31 210 120 Shim Plate - Pump Housing 12 16
3 31 210 130 Shims - Pump Housing AIR m
4 31 214 500 Element Assembly R H 12 16
5 31 214 540 Seal- 0 Ring 12 16
6 31 214 070 Screw - Barrel Locating 12 16
7 31 214 550 Washer 24 32
8 31 214 080 Spill Plug 12 16
9 31 214 090 Washer - Spill Plug 12 16
10 31 214 200 Control Rod Assembly 12 16
11 31 214 230 Stop Cap - Control Rod 12 16
12
'
31 214 240 Bolt- Stop Cap 12 16
13 31 214 250 Shims - Stop Cap AIR AIR
14 31 214 260 Washer - Locking 12 16
15 31 214 560 Control Sleeve 12 16
16 31 210 750 Wire - Locking AIR AIR
17 31 210 320 Spring Plate - Upper 12 16
18 31 210 050 Circlip - Upper 12 16
19 31 214 310 Spring - Plunger 12 16
20 31 210 330 Spring Plate - Lower 12 16
21 31 214 360 Tappet 12 16
22 31 210 060 Circlip - Lower 12 16
23 31 214 600 Delivery Valve & Seat Assembly 12 16
24 31 214 430 Spring - Delivery Valve 12 16
25 31 214 480 Delivery Valve Holder 12 16
26 31 214 490 Retaining Nut 12 16
27 31 214 170 Nameplate 12 16
- -
Spec Section (s) - -- Last Issued 2/9/94
Illustration Ref No @) ST0042
MIRIUEEZ I
ITEM ON
- -
CV FUEL INJECTION P U M P
lHeaw Fuel and 19.7 BAR1
28 31 210 180 Pins - Nameplate 24 32
29 31 210 760 Protective Cap 12 16
30 31 210 770 Protective Plug 24 32
31 31 210 780 Protective Plug 12 16
32 31 214 680 Seal - 0 Ring 12 16
33 31 214 690 Seal - 0 Ring 12 16
34 31 214 670 Washer - 0 Ring 12 16
35 31 210 140 Tucker Rivets 48 64
36 31 214 570 I Blanking Plug 12 16
- -
Specsection (s) --- Last Issued 2/9/94
Illustration Ref No (') ST0042
1IRRL.EES =
PART§ LI§T Section 21
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig- 1
1 BUCKSTONE 1
lange details
I
3ngine: Title: Date: Man. '

N
ESL 12&16 FUEL PUMP/ MANIFOLD (HEAW FUEL) 11/95 3146
(WOODWARD GOY) CV PUMPS
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 2
1 BUCKSTONE
ree end detail - ’A’ bank
I 6
7
/
1

ESL 12&16 INJECTOR LEAK-OFF PIPING - ‘B’ BANK 9/95 3129
(‘A’ BANK IS REVERSE)
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
' A Bank detail
4 15
\ \ 5
MIRRLEES =
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 4
BLACKSTOM I v
Blankina Dlua details

ESL 12&16 FUEL DRAIN MANIFOLD ASS’Y 1Ol9.5 3131
I
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
I
10
0
10
'A Bank flywheel end detail

ESL 128~16 FUEL DRAIN TANK ARRG'T 10/95 3132
MIRRLEES :
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 6

E L 128~16 SIMPLEX FUEL FILTER 1/93 ST0037
4IRRLEES
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 7
Z BUCKYTONE
a
'I I / a
'3
14
\
\
/
P
0 0
b
0
0 0
\
0 0
I
4
~~
Date: Man. No
ESL 12&16 FUEL FILTER PIPING ARRANGEMENT 10/95 3133
(SIMPLEX FILTER)
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 8
14
6
- 13
7 10 (Remove before fitting nozzle)
15

ESL 12&16 INJECTOR ASSEMBLY 11/95 3138
MIRRLEES T
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 9
BLQCXSTOhB

ESL 12&16 INJECTOR PIPE ASSEMBLY 10195 3139
MIRRLEES =
1111
Z BUCXTTOhE
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 10
~~~ ~
'A Bank connection detail

5 /
4
'2

ESL 128~16 FUEL RETURN MANIFOLD CONNECTING 11/95 3140
PIPING
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig 11 .
BLACILTTONE

E L 12&16 CV FUEL INJECTION PUMP 9/94 ST0042
IVIlrnfiE
PARTS LIST
ITEM ON
PART No. DESCRIPTION --
Fig 1 12 cyl 16 Cyl
-
ENGINE INSTRUCTION PLATES
1 MB10420 Rating Plate 1 1
2 MB4332 Engine Patent Plate 1 1
3 MB4333 Stressed Bolt Instruction Plate 1 1
4 R21086 Crankcase door Warning plate 2 2
5 U8109 Noise Warning Plate 1 1
6 K30729 Lub. Oil Filler Instructions 1 1
7 K24.557 Dipstick Instruction 1 1
8 K30779 Recommended Lub. Oil Plate 1 1
9 K30806 Overspeed Governor Instruction Plate 1 1
10 71-120-191 . Plate - Lifting Instruction 1 1

11 99 -40340 Plate - Large End Warning 1 1
20202243 Drive Screw - NO.6 4 4
SD642/1 Silcoset 152 Adhesive AIR AIR

SD642/2 Primer AIR AIR
--
PartsList ESL12-16Mk2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig l a
1 BLACKSTONE

ESL 128~16 ENGINE INSTRUCTION PLATES 12/94 3032
MIRRLEES :
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Fig Ib
THE NOISE LIKELY TO BE GENEFIATED

BY ThlS ENGlhE WILL EXCEED 90dB(A)
6 7
8 9
0 WARNING 0 0
10
LIFTING SLINGS MUST BE VERTICAL

TORQUE TIGHTEN LIFTING BOLTS TO
0 380lbf1, 515 Nm 0 0
11

ESL 12&16 ENGINE INSTRUCTION PLATES (CONTINUED) 12/94 3032
MIIUUEES
BIACILTTONE
ITEM ON
- PART Na DESCRIPTION - QTY/ENG
Fig Fig
-12 Cyl
INSTRUMENT & ELECTRICAL

PROTECTION SYSTEM
InstrumentlProtection Panel Ass’e

E298 Engine Control Panel 1
E934 Mounting Plate 1
71-072-120 Bracket 1
10001208 Setscrew 4
10091003 Nut 4
10001406 Setscrew 4
E915 Pressure Gauge Panel 1
E740 Bracket 1
E741 Bracket 1
10001205 Setscrew 4

Illustration Ref No@)
MIRRLEEX
ITEM ON QTYENG
- PART N O . DESCRIPTION - -
Fig 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor

El19 Thermocouple - Exhaust (Cyl Head) 12 16
E120 Thermocouple -Exhaust (Exhaust Outlet) 1 1
Micro-Switch Ass’v - Overspeed Governor
A99-01188 Micro-switch
A99-01816 Screw
A99-01818 Washer
a

Spec Section (s)
Last Issued 1/1/93
a
Illustration Ref No 6)
PARTS LIST
a Z Z BUCKSTONE
~ ~~
ITEM ON QTYENG
- - PART N DESCRIPTION -
Fig
--
Fig
-
U Cyl 16 Cyl
-
Electrical Runkinp
1 E383 Pipework Trunking - 1
2 E384 Electrical Trunking 1 -
2 E385 Electrical Trunking - 1
3 E386 Electrical Trunking 1 -
3 E387 Electrical Trunking - 1
4 SD329119 Trunking Blank Ends 3 3
a 5 E444 Trunking End Plate 2 2
6 E445 Trunking End Plate 2 2
7 SD329/69 Trunking 90 Degree Elbow 2 2
8 SD329184 Trunking 45 Degree Elbow 2 2
9 SD32911 Trunking 1 1
10 E447 Support Bracket (A Bank) 3 4
11 E447 Support Bracket (B Bank) 3 4
12 E449 Support Bracket (FWE) 2 2
13 10001302 M12 x 1.75 x 12 Setscrew 6 8

14 20210812 M12 Washer 6 8
a 14
15
10001152
20210809
M6 x 1x 8 Setscrew
M6 Spring Washer
12
12
15
15
16 E45 1 16mm Blanking Grommet AIR NR
17 E452 16mm Grommet AIR m
18 E453 32mm Grommet 2 2
19 SD329117 M6 x lOmm Pan Head Screw Am NR
20 ETW4 1/4 Whit. Lock Washer AIR NR
--
e Parts List ESL 12-16 Mk 2
Spec Section (s) (Contractual)
Last Issued 1/1/93
Illustration Ref No 6 )
ITEM ON
QTYENG
-
Fig
- Fig 12 Cyl
-
16 Cyl
Jacket Water Pressure Switch &Mounting

Plate Assembly
01 E391 Pressure Switch Mounting Plate 1 1
02 E304/15 Jacket Water Pressure Switch 1 1
03 E304/4 Jacket Water Pressure Switch 1 1
04 E304/10 Lub. Oil Pressure Switch 1 1
05 E304/9 Lub. Oil Pressure Switch 1 1
06 E304/14 Ind. Lub. Oil Pressure Switch 1 1
07 E304/17 Turbocharger Pressure Switch 1 1
0
08 E326 Label - (Lub. Oil Alarm) 1 1
09 E328 Label - (Lub, Oil Trip) 1 1
10 E327 Label - (Ind. Lub. Oil Trip) 1 1
11 E331 Label - (Jacket Water Alarm) 1 1
12 E332 Label - (Jacket Water Trip) 1 1
13 E349 Label - (Turbocharger WO Normal) 1 1
14 E369 Label - (Main Terminal Box) 1 1
15 K41185 Main Terminal Box 1 1
16 10001152 Setscrew M6xlx8L 16 16
17 10001155 Setscrew M6xlx14L 4 4
18 SD676/1 Cable - lmm Single Core 30ft 30ft 0
19 SD384/1 Flexible Conduit 12ft 12ft
20 SD358/2 Reducing Adaptor 6 6
21 SD383/11 Coupling 12 12
22 SD360/1 Locknut 6 6
23 SD357/6 Female Bush 6 6
24 SD332/1 Couduit Clip 6 6
25 SD236/13 R/Hd Screw 2BA x 3/sL 6 6
26 GW3 Spring Washer 6 6
For Insulated Boot Lace Ferrules, Cable Ties
and Markers See Section 23-07
--
Spec Section (s) Last Issued 1/1/93
Illustration Ref No(9
a ME BUCKSTONE
PARTS LIST
ESL 12 & 16 Mk2
Section 23
Page No. 5
-lTEM ON
Fig
-
Fig
PART N" DESCRIPTION -- QTYlENG
12 Cyl 16 Cyl
- -
3 n Engine
- TemDerature Switches lsecondary
Circuit Cooling Onlvl
E30616 Lub. Oil Temperature Switch (Alarm) 1 1
E30615 Lub. Oil Temperature Switch (Trip) 1 1
E30512 Jacket Water Temp. Switch (Alarm) 1 1
E30513 Jacket Water Temp. Switch (Trip) 1 1
e E324
E325
Lub. Oil Temperature Alarm (Label)
Lub. Oil Temperature Trip (Label)
1
1
1
1
E329 Jacket Water Temperature Alarm (Label) 1 1
E330 Jacket Water Temperature Trip (Label) 1 1
On Enpine Ternnerature Switches (Single
Circuitoolinr! Onlv)
0 E30617 Lub. Oil Temperature Switch (Alarm) 1 1
02 E30612 Lub. Oil Temperature Switch (Trip) 1 1
03 E30613 Jacket Water Temp. Switch (Alarm) 1 1
04 E30615 Jacket Water Temp. Switch (Trip) 1 1
05 E324 Lub. Oil Temperature Alarm (Label) 1 1

e 06 E325 Lub. Oil Temperature Trip (Label) 1 1
07 E329 Jacket Water Temperature Alarm (Label) 1 1
08 E330 Jacket Water Temperature Trip (Label) 1 1
- -
e Parts List ESL 12-16 M k 2 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd
Last Issued 1/1/93
Spec Section (s)
Illustration Ref No('1
MIRRLEEC
-- PART NO. DESCRIPTION

QlYENG
-
Fig Fig
-
12 Cyl
-
16 Cyl
On Engine Wiring & Accesories

5148.51 Terminal Box 1 -
6 SD38313 25mm Coupling 6 6
7 SD36014 25mm Locknut 6 6
8 SD35718 25mm Female Bush 6 6
9 SD38312 20mm Coupling 4 4
10 SD360l3 20mm Locknut 4 4
11 SD35717 20mm Female Bush 4 4
12 SD33212 20mm Clip 5 5
14 SD38412 20mm Kopex 9 ft 9ft
15 SD38413 25mm Kopex 6ft 6ft
19 SD35519 Circular Terminal Box 1 1
20 10001152 M6 x 1 x 8 Setscrew 2 2
21 20210809 M6 Spring Washer 2 2
22 96912707 12mm Kopex 7 ft 7 ft
23 SD70511 Flame Retardent Armoured Cable m IVR
24 SD69711 Cable Markers AIR IVR
25 SD69712 Cable Markers m. IVR
26 SD697l3 Cable Markers AIR A/R
27 SD69714 Cable Markers m IVR
28 SD697/5 Cable Markers AIR A/R
-
Illustration Ref No6 )
PARTS LIST
BUCKSTONE
ITEM ON
-- PART N O , DESCRIPTION
Fig Fig
--
On Engine Wiring & Accesories
29 SD69716 Cable Markers
34 SD70111 Cable Ties
35 SD69715 Insulated Boot Lace Ferrules
36 SD704/1 Heat Shrinkable Sleeving

Illustration Ref No (4
-ITEM ON
PART N O . DESCRIP?ION -
QTYIENG
-
Fig Fig
- ~
12 Cyl
- 16 Cyl
-
Pinework Canilliaries
SDU8 I/4”O.D Copper Tube 109ft 119ft
SD622/94 ‘/4”O.D Straight Coupling 30 35
SD622/119 l/4”O.D Equal Elbow 24 24
SD622/11 l/4”O.D Equal Tee 10 10
SD622/11 ‘/4”O.D x G1/8 Stud Elbow 12 12
SD103/1 G3/8 x G1/4 Reducing Bush 2 2
SD103/21 G1/4 x G1/8 Reducing Bush 10 10
SD300/105 Copper Strip 8ft 8ft
SD236/13 2BA x 3/8” Round Head Screws 50 60
GW3 3/16” Spring Washer 50 60
Additional Pinework Canilliaries (Used on
Off-Eneine mounted L.O. Filter]
1 SD622/16 Bulkhead Connector 2 2
2 E345 Bulkhead Bracket 1 1
3 10001152 M6 x 1x 8 Setscrew 2 2
4 20211009 M6 Washer 2 2
Eneine Tachometer Speed Probe
9681-3504 Probe - Magnetic Speed Probe 1 1
-- --
Illustration Ref No6 )
PARTS LIST
BUCKSTOM
ITEM ON QTYmNG
Fig
- Fig
- 12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Governor Terminal Box

1 E370 Label 1 1
2 J14850 Terminal Box 1 1
3 10001152 M6 x 1 x 8 Setscrew 4 4
4 10211009 M6 Spring Washer 4 4
5 SD33014 Assembly Rail AIR AIR
6 SD33015 End Bracket 2 2
7 SD33016 Locking Pin AIR AIR
8 SD330128 Marking Tags AIR AIR
9 SD33018 Terminal Type AKZ4 AIR AIR
10 SD33019 End Section 1 1
11 SD23.514 ClSunk Screw 4BA x 318 2 2
12 SD67l1 Nylic Nut 4BA 2 2
13 E399 Bracket 1 1
14 10001302 M12 x 1.75 x 12 Setscrew 1 1
15' 20210812 M12 Spring Washer 1 1
16 10091005 M12 Nut 1 1
17 SD35113 Compression Gland 1 1
-
Illustration Ref No 6)
MIRRLEEC
--
ITEM O N
Fig
PART N". DESCKI~~ION -
QTYIENG
-
7
Fig
-
12 Cyl 16 Cyl
Enpine Thermometers
01 71-410-760 Thermometer - Fresh Water (0-120°C)
(Outlet Manifold) 1 1
02 71-808-770 Thermometer - Air (0 - ZOO'C)
(Air Outlet from Intercooler) 1 1
03 99 -31852 Thermometer - Water/Oil (0 - 100°C)
Fresh Water Inlet, Lub Oil Inlet, Raw Water
Inlet ) 3 3
2_
--
Spec Section (s)
Last Issued 1/1/93 '
a
Illustration Ref No(')

0 Instruction Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

0 Instruction Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

0 Instruction Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

INDUSTRIAL AND &URINE ENGINES

Publication No- 71 October 1994

Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd. Hazel Grove, Stockport,

1) A quick reference, chapter location list (page i).

At the start of each maintenance task is a list of

1) Special tools and equipment required

2) The minimum spare parts required for maintenance planning.

3) Any major associatcd tasks.

4) Main component weights - as a guide to lifting and general handling.

The following standard headings are used in the text:

‘WARNING:’- indicates a particular hazard to personal safety.

‘CAUTION’- indicates a particular risk of damage to the engine or component.

‘NOTE:’- is for information only.

‘Replacement’ is used as a general term meaning removal and installation.

Last Issued 1/1/93 Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

4) Specific systems and wiring diagrams for the particular installation.

5) Where applicable, technical instructions for:

Technical Publications Department

The manual conforms to British Standard 4884, Parts 1 and 2.

SECTION 2 TECHNICAL DATA

SECTION 3 CRANKCASE AND CRANKSHAFT

SECTION 4 CYLINDER HEAD, PISTON, CONNECTING ROD AND LINER

SECTION 5 CAMSHAFT, DRIVE TRAIN AND TAPPET BLOCK

SECTION 6 AIR INLET AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS

SECTION 7 FUEL SYSTEM

SECTION 8 LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM

SECTION 9 COOLING SYSTEM

SECTION IQ AIR START SYSTEM

SECTION 11 SAFETY DEVICES, CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION

SECTION 12 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

SECTION 1.3 HYDRAULIC PACK, ENGINE LIFTING AND INSTALLATION

GLOSSARY GLOSSARY O F ABBREVIATIONS & WORDS

LastIuued 1/1/93 Contents i MirrleesBlackstone Ltd

SECTION 1 JNTRODUCTION PAGE

SECTION 2 TECHNICAL DATA PAGE

SECTION 3 CRANKCASE AND CRANKSHAFT PAGE

Lastlrmcd lly93 Contents iii Minlccr Blaehtonc Ltd

ESL 12 & 16 Mk2 Section

Servicing the Cylinder Head Assembly .................................. 10

LastIssucd 1 h 9 3 Contentsiv Mirrlccs Bladcrtonc Ltd

SECTION 6 AIR INLET AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS PAGE

7- FUEL SYSTEM PAGE

FUEL INJECTION PUMPS ..........................................

SECTION8 LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM PAGE

Last Issued 1/1/93 Contents v Mirrlees Blackstone Ltd

SECTION 9 COOLING SYSTEM PAGE

SECTION 10 AIR START SYSTEM PAGE

Last Issued 1/1/93 Contentsvi Mirrleer Blackstone Lid

SECTION 12 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PAGE

LastIssued 1/1/93 Contentsvii Mirrlees Blackstone Lld

SECTION13 HYDRAULIC PACK. ENGINE LIFTING AND INSTALLATION PAGE

LastIrmed 1/Y93 Contents viii Minlccs Blackstone Ltd

1.1. DESCRIPTION OF ENGINE .............................. 1

Contentsi Mirrlees Blackstone Lrd

Addresses for enquiries:

1) Direction of rotation - clockwise, looking on to the flywheel end.

3) One turbocharger and one intercooler, situated at the free end.

4) Controls and instruments situated at the flywheel end of the engine.